As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11, 2007
Registration No. 333-147798
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Amendment No. 1
to
Form F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Republic of the Marshall Islands
  4400   Not Applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park
West Bay Street and Blake Road
P.O. Box AP-59212
Nassau, Commonwealth of the Bahamas
(242) 502-8820
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP
Attention: Daniel C. Rodgers
100 Park Avenue, 31st Floor
New York, New York 10017
(212) 922-2200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
David Matheson
Evan Reynolds
Perkins Coie LLP
1120 N.W. Couch Street, 10th Floor
Portland, Oregon 97209
(503) 727-2000
  Andrew J. Pitts
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019-7475
(212) 474-1000
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

 
Explanatory Note
 
The sole purpose of this Amendment No.1 is to amend the exhibit index and to file Exhibits 1.1, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 8.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5 and 21.1 to the registration statement. No other changes have been made to the registration statement. Accordingly, the amendment consists only of the facing page, this explanatory note and Part II of this registration statement.


II-1


 

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 6.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
The section of the prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock — Limitations on Director Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers” discloses that we must indemnify officers and directors to the fullest extent authorized by applicable law and is incorporated herein by this reference. This section also discloses that we are authorized to advance certain expenses to our directors and officers and to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors and officers. Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement in which Teekay Tankers Ltd. will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to contribute to payments that may be required to be made in respect of these liabilities.
 
Item 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
On October 17, 2007, in connection with our incorporation, we issued 1,000 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Teekay Holdings Ltd. in consideration of a capital contribution of $1,000 by it. That issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within the past three years.
 
Item 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
  1 .1     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
  3 .2     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
  4 .1     Registration Rights Agreement between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation
  5 .1     Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, as to the legality of the securities being registered*
  8 .1     Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP relating to United States tax matters
  8 .2     Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP relating to Marshall Islands tax matters*
  10 .1     Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
  10 .2     Management Agreement
  10 .3     Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement
  10 .4     Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .5     Revolving Credit Facility
  21 .1     List of Subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
  23 .1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP*
  23 .2     Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)*
  23 .3     Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  23 .4     Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited*
  23 .5     Consent of Fearnresearch*
  24 .1     Powers of Attorney*
  99 .1     Consent of Richard du Moulin*
 
 
Previously filed.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.


II-2


 

All supplemental schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 9.    Undertakings
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-3


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Vancouver, British Columbia, on December 11, 2007.
 
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Bjorn Moller
Name:     Bjorn Moller
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed on December 11, 2007, by or on behalf of the following persons in the capacities indicated.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
     
/s/  Bjorn Moller

Bjorn Moller
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/   *

C. Sean Day
  Chairman of the Board
     
/s/   *

Peter Evensen
  Executive Vice President, Director and
Authorized Representative in the United States
     
/s/   *

Vincent Lok
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
         
By: 
 
/s/  Bjorn Moller

Bjorn Moller, Attorney-in-fact
   


II-4


 

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  1 .1     Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3 .1     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
  3 .2     Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
  4 .1     Registration Rights Agreement between Teekay Tankers Ltd. and Teekay Corporation
  5 .1     Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, as to the legality of the securities being registered*
  8 .1     Opinion of Perkins Coie LLP relating to United States tax matters
  8 .2     Opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP relating to Marshall Islands tax matters*
  10 .1     Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement
  10 .2     Management Agreement
  10 .3     Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement
  10 .4     Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10 .5     Revolving Credit Facility
  21 .1     List of Subsidiaries of Teekay Tankers Ltd.
  23 .1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP*
  23 .2     Consent of Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)*
  23 .3     Consent of Perkins Coie LLP (contained in Exhibit 8.1)
  23 .4     Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited*
  23 .5     Consent of Fearnresearch*
  24 .1     Powers of Attorney*
  99 .1     Consent of Richard du Moulin*
 
 
Previously filed.

 

Exhibit 1.1
Teekay Tankers Ltd.
10,000,000 Shares
Plus an option to purchase from the Company up to
1,500,000 additional Shares to cover over-allotments
Class A Common Stock
($0.01 par value)
Underwriting Agreement
New York, New York
December      , 2007
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     Teekay Tankers Ltd., a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue and sell (the “ Offering ”) to the several underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom you (the “ Representatives ”) are acting as representatives, 10,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value (“ Class A Common Stock ”) of the Company (said shares to be issued and sold by the Company being hereinafter called the “ Firm Securities ”). The Company also proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any (the “ Option Securities ”; the Option Securities, together with the Firm Securities, being hereinafter called the “ Securities ”). To the extent there are no additional Underwriters listed on Schedule I other than you, the term Representatives as used herein shall mean you, as Underwriters, and the terms Representatives and Underwriters shall mean either the singular or plural as the context requires. Certain terms used herein are defined in Section 21 hereof.
     As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has agreed to reserve out of the Securities set forth opposite its name on Schedule I to this Agreement, up to 1,000,000 shares, for sale to the Company’s and Parent’s employees, officers and directors (collectively, the “ Participants ”), as set forth in the Prospectus under the heading “Underwriting” (the “ Directed Share Program ”). The Securities to be sold by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the “ Directed Shares ”) will be sold by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not orally confirmed for purchase by any Participants by 8:00 AM New York

 


 

2

City time on the business day following the date on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. as set forth in the Prospectus.
     It is understood that the form of prospectus to be used in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities shall have a Canadian “wrap-around” for purposes of distribution to Canadian persons or entities.
     It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company was formed by Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Parent ”), to acquire the nine vessels (each, a “ Vessel ”) listed on Schedule III hereto from Parent, as described more particularly in the Prospectus. It is further understood and agreed by all parties that:
     (a) On the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3 hereof), pursuant to a Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement among the Company, Teekay Holdings Limited, a Bermudian holding company (“ THL ”) and Parent (the “ Contribution Agreement ”), the Company will acquire all the outstanding ownership interests of each of the entities listed on Schedule III hereto (each a “ Vessel Owning Subsidiary ” and, together with the Company, the “ Company Entities ”) and Parent will agree to offer the Company four Suezmax-class conventional oil tankers (the “ Option Vessels ”) on the terms set forth therein and as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;
     (b) On the Closing Date, Parent, Teekay Chartering Limited, a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Pool Manager ”), and the Company will enter into a Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement (the “ Pooling Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Pool Manager will agree to commercially manage certain of the Vessels and other vessels owned by Parent that trade in the conventional oil tanker spot market on the terms set forth therein and as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;
     (c) On the Closing Date, Teekay Tankers Management Services, Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Manager ”), and the Company will enter into a Management Agreement (the “ Management Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Manager will agree to provide commercial management, technical, administrative and strategic services in respect of the Vessels on the terms set forth therein and as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and
     (d) The transactions to be effected by the Contribution Agreement will have occurred at or prior to the Closing Date (such transactions are collectively referred to as the “ Transactions ”). In connection with the Transactions, the parties to the Transactions entered into various transfer agreements, bills of sale, assignments, conveyances, contribution agreements and related documents (collectively, and together with the Contribution Agreement, the “ Contribution Documents ”).
     The Company, the Manager and Parent are referred to herein as the “ Teekay Parties ” and, together with the Pool Manager are referred to herein as the “ Teekay Entities .”


 

3

          1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Teekay Parties. Each of the Teekay Parties, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Underwriter that:
     (a) Registration. The Company has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file number 333-147798) on Form F-1, including a related preliminary prospectus, for registration under the Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. Such Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto filed prior to the Execution Time, has become effective. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished to you. The Company will file with the Commission a final prospectus in accordance with Rule 424(b). As filed, such final prospectus shall contain all information required by the Act and the rules thereunder and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.
     (b) No Material Misstatements or Omissions in Registration Statement and Prospectus. On the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did, and when the Prospectus is first filed in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date (as defined herein) and on any date on which Option Securities are purchased hereunder, if such date is not the Closing Date (an “ Option Closing Date ”), the Prospectus (and any supplement(s) thereto) will, comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder; on the Effective Date and at the Execution Time, the Registration Statement did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the statements made or to be made in such documents that are covered by Rule 175(b) under the Act were made or will be made with a reasonable basis and in good faith; provided , however , that the Teekay Parties make no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (or any supplement thereto), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(d) hereof.
     (c) No Material Misstatements or Omissions in Disclosure Package. (i) As of the Execution Time, the Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Firm Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of


 

4

the Prospectus, when taken together as a whole, and (ii) each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus when taken together as a whole with the Disclosure Package and the price to the public, the number of Firm Securities and the number of Option Securities to be included on the cover page of the Prospectus, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 8(d) hereof.
     (d) No Ineligible Issuer. (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and (ii) as of the Execution Time (with such time being used as the determination date for purposes of this clause (ii)), the Company was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405), without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an Ineligible Issuer.
     (e) No Conflicting Information in Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus does not include any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified.
     (f) Formation and Qualification. Each of the Teekay Entities has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation, in good standing under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and is, or at the Closing Date will be, duly registered or qualified to do business and is, or at the Closing Date will be, in good standing as a foreign corporation, in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its businesses requires such registration or qualification, except where the failure so to register or qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “ Material Adverse Effect ,” as used throughout this Agreement, means a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties, assets or prospects of the Company Entities, taken as a whole, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto). Each of the Company Entities has all limited liability company or corporate, as the case may be, power and authority necessary to own or lease its properties currently owned or leased or to be owned or leased at the Closing Date, to assume the liabilities assumed or being assumed by it pursuant to the Transactions and to conduct its business as currently conducted and as to be conducted at the Closing Date, in each case in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (g) Parent Ownership of Class A and Class B Shares. At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Parent will own directly (or indirectly through THL) 12,500,000 shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A


 

5

Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”)) and 2,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (the amount of such shares of Class A Common Stock to be reduced on a share-for-share basis through repurchase by the Company if the Underwriters purchase any of the Optional Securities). All such shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (collectively, the “ Parent Shares ”) have been duly authorized and, when issued on or prior to the Closing Date, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and Parent will own all such shares free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests, charges, equities or other claims (collectively, the “ Liens ”).
     (h) Valid Issuance of the Class A Common Stock. At the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, the Firm Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, will be duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and, other than the Parent Shares, the Securities will be the only equity interests of the Company issued and outstanding at the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, other than any awards made to outside directors under the Company’s 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan, up to an aggregate of 5,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
     (i) Ownership of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries. At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Company will own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the equity interests in each of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries; such equity interests will be duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the organizational documents of each Vessel Owning Subsidiary (as the same may be amended and restated at or prior to the Closing Date, the “ Vessel Owning Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents ”) and will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the Company will own such equity interests free and clear of all Liens except for Liens under the Credit Agreements.
     (j) No Other Subsidiaries. Other than the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, and at the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, will not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or other entity.
     (k) No Preemptive Rights or Options. Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity interests of any of the Company Entities. Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase (i) any shares of Class A Common Stock or other interests in the Company or (ii) any equity interests in any Vessel Owning Subsidiary.
     (l) No Registration Rights. Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no holder of securities of any of the Company Entities has rights to the registration of such securities under the Registration Statement.

 


 

6

     (m) Capitalization. As of June 30, 2007, the Company would have had, on the consolidated pro forma basis indicated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), a capitalization as set forth therein.
     (n) Authority and Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver (i) the Securities, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and (ii) the Parent Shares, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contribution Documents. At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, all corporate action required to be taken by the Teekay Entities or any of their stockholders, partners or members for the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the Parent Shares, the execution and delivery by the Teekay Entities of the Operative Agreements (as defined in the last paragraph of Section 1(p) hereof) and the consummation of the transactions (including the Transactions) contemplated by this Agreement and the Operative Agreements to take place as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, shall have been validly taken.
     (o) Execution and Delivery of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by each of the Teekay Parties.
     (p) Enforceability of Operative Agreements.
     (1) the Contribution Agreement has been, or will be at the time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by Parent, THL and the Company;
     (2) each of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents has been, or will be at the time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the appropriate Vessel Owning Subsidiary;
     (3) the Secured Credit Facility Agreement dated December 17, 2003 among Great West Hull No. 1519 L.L.C., Great West Hull No. 1520 L.L.C., DSME Hull No. 5254 L.L.C., DSME Hull No. 5255 L.L.C., The Export-Import Bank of Korea, Fortis Capital Corporation, and Landesbank Hessen-Thuringen Girozentrale (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Company Entity that is a party thereto and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, is a valid and legally binding agreement of each Company Entity that is a party thereto, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
     (4) the Secured Facility Agreement dated November 28, 2007 among Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C. and the other Borrowers named therein; Nordea Bank Finland PLC, New York Branch, as Agent; and Nordea Bank


 

7

Norge ASA, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, ING Bank N.V., London Branch, and the other Lenders named therein (the “ Revolving Credit Agreement ” and, together with the Term Loan Agreement, the “ Credit Agreements ”), has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company Entities that is a party thereto and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, is a valid and legally binding agreement of each of the Company Entities that is a party thereto, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms;
     (5) each of the Contribution Documents has been, or will be at the time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto and is, or will be at the time of Closing, a valid and legally binding agreement of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms;
     (6) the Management Agreement has been, or will be at the time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Teekay Entity that is a party thereto, and is, or will be at the time of Closing, a valid and legally binding agreement of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms;
     (7) the Registration Rights Agreement dated December  , 2007, between the Company and the Parent (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Company and the Parent, is a valid and legally binding agreement of each of the Company and the Parent, enforceable against each of the Company and the Parent in accordance with its terms; and
     (8) the Pooling Agreement has been, or will be at the time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Teekay Entity that is a party thereto, and is, or will be at the time of Closing, a valid and legally binding agreement of each of them, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms.
provided that, with respect to each agreement described in this Section 1(p), the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and, provided further, that the indemnity, contribution and exoneration provisions contained in any of such agreements may be limited by applicable laws and public policy.


 

8

     The Contribution Documents, the Credit Agreements, the Management Agreement, the Pooling Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement are herein collectively referred to as the “ Operative Agreements .”
     (q) Enforceability of Other Agreements. Each of the agreements listed on Schedule IV (collectively, the “ Other Agreements ”) has been, or will be at the time of Closing, duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Teekay Entities party thereto and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, is, or will be at the time of Closing, a valid and legally binding agreement of such Teekay Entity, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except where the failure to be enforceable would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that, with respect to each agreement described in this Section 1(q), the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and, provided further, that the indemnity, contribution and exoneration provisions contained in any of such agreements may be limited by applicable laws and public policy.
     (r) Sufficiency of Contribution Documents. The Contribution Documents were or will be legally sufficient to transfer or convey to, or vest in, the Company and the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries satisfactory title to, or valid rights to use or manage, all properties not already held by them that are, individually or in the aggregate, required to enable the Company and the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries to conduct their operations (in all material respects as contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), subject to the conditions, reservations and limitations contained in the Contribution Documents and those set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Company and the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries, upon execution and delivery of the Contribution Documents, succeeded or will succeed in all material respects to the business, assets, properties, liabilities and operations of the Teekay Tankers Predecessor (as defined in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (s) No Conflicts. None of the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the Operative Agreements by the Teekay Entities that are parties hereto or thereto, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including the Transactions) (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a violation of any articles of incorporation or bylaws of any of the Teekay Entities, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach or violation of, or a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default) under, any indenture, contract, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement, or instrument to which any of the Teekay Entities is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties may be bound, (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to any of the Teekay Entities of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental


 

9

body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over any of the Teekay Entities or any of their properties, or (iv) results or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of any of the Company Entities (other than Liens referred to or described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), which conflicts, breaches, violations, defaults or Liens, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv), could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or could materially impair the ability of any of the Teekay Entities to perform their obligations under this Agreement, the Operative Agreements or the Other Agreements.
     (t) No Consents. Except for (i) the registration of the Securities under the Act, (ii) such Consents (as defined herein), approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of Securities by the Underwriters, (iii) such Consents that have been, or prior to the Closing Date will be, obtained, (iv) such Consents that, if not obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or could not reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of any of the Teekay Entities to perform their obligations under this Agreement, the Operative Agreements or the Other Agreements, and (v) as disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no permit, consent, approval, authorization, order, registration, filing or qualification (“ Consent ”) of or with any court, governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the Teekay Entities or any of their respective properties is required in connection with the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements by the Teekay Entities parties hereto or thereto, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements (including the Transactions).
     (u) No Default. None of the Teekay Entities is (i) in violation of its articles of incorporation or bylaws, (ii) in breach of or in default under (and no event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default has occurred or is continuing under) any term, covenant, obligation, agreement or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is or may be bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) in violation of any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to any of the Teekay Entities of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over any of the Teekay Entities or any of their properties, which breach, default or violation, in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), would, if continued, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or could reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of any of the Teekay Entities to perform their obligations under this Agreement, the Operative Agreements or the Other Agreements. To the knowledge of the Teekay Parties, no third party to any indenture, contract, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement, loan agreement, lease or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which any of the Teekay Entities is a party or by which any of them are bound or to which any of their


 

10

properties are subject, is in default under any such agreement, which breach, default or violation would, if continued, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (v) Conformity of Securities to Description in Prospectus. The Securities, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, and the Parent Shares, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Contribution Documents, will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (w) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) no Company Entity has sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, investigation, order or decree, (ii) there has not been any material change in the capitalization or material increase in the short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company Entities or any material adverse change, or any development involving or which could reasonably be expected to involve, individually or in the aggregate, a prospective material adverse change in or affecting the general affairs, management, condition (financial or otherwise), stockholders’ equity, partners’ equity, members’ equity, results of operations, business, properties, assets or prospects of the Company Entities, taken as a whole, and (iii) none of the Company Entities has incurred any liability or obligation, direct, indirect or contingent, or entered into any transactions, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, that, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the Company Entities taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
     (x) Financial Statements. The combined historical financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules) included in the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement (i) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the entities or businesses purported to be shown thereby on the basis stated therein, at the respective dates or for the respective periods indicated, (ii) comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and (iii) have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as otherwise noted therein). The summary historical and pro forma financial and operating information set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto) under the caption “Summary Historical Combined Carve-out Financial and Operating Data” and the selected historical and pro forma financial and operating data set forth in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data” is accurately presented in all material respects and prepared on a basis consistent with the audited and unaudited historical financial statements and pro forma financial statements, as applicable, from which it has been derived. The pro forma financial statements included in the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement include


 

11

assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein; the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions; and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package and the Registration Statement. The pro forma financial statements included in the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package and the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Regulation S-X under the Act.
     (y) Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The accountants, Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified or shall certify the financial statements of Teekay Tankers Predecessor (as defined in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) and the Company and delivered their report with respect to the audited combined carve-out financial statements included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, were and are the independent registered public accounting firm with respect to such entities within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations thereunder and the rules and regulations of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
     (z) Transfer Taxes. There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under U.S. federal law or the laws of any state, the Marshall Islands or Canada or any political subdivision thereof, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance or sale by the Company of the Securities or the consummation of the transactions (including the Transactions) contemplated by this Agreement and the Operative Agreements.
     (aa) Title to Properties. At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Company and the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries will have good and marketable title to all real property and good title to all personal property described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus to be owned by the Company and the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries, and each Vessel Owning Subsidiary identified on Schedule III is the sole owner of the Vessel set forth opposite its name on Schedule III, in each case free and clear of all Liens except (i) as described, and subject to the limitations contained, in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (ii) that arise under the Credit Agreements or (iii) as do not materially affect the value of such property, taken as a whole, and do not materially interfere with the use of such properties, taken as a whole, as they have been used in the past and are proposed to be used in the future, as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (the Liens described in clauses (i) through (iii) above being “ Permitted Liens ”); provided, that with respect to any interest in real property and buildings held under lease by the Company or any of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries, such real property and buildings are held under valid and subsisting and enforceable leases (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law)), with such exceptions as do not materially interfere with the use of the properties of the Company Entities, taken as a whole as they have been used in the past as described in the Disclosure Package and


 

12

the Prospectus and are proposed to be used in the future as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (bb) Vessel Registration. Each vessel identified in Schedule III is duly registered under the laws of the jurisdiction set forth on Schedule III in the name of the applicable Vessel Owning Subsidiary identified in Schedule III, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens.
     (cc) Permits. Each of the Company Entities has, or at the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date will have, such permits, Consents, licenses, franchises, concessions, certificates and authorizations (“ Permits ”) of, and has or will have made all declarations and filings with, all U.S. federal, provincial, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities, all self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, as are necessary to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, subject to such qualifications as may be set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and except for such Permits, declarations and filings that, if not obtained, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company Entities has, or at the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date will have, fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits which are or will be due to have been fulfilled and performed by such date and no event has occurred that would prevent the Permits from being renewed or reissued or that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results or would result in any impairment of the rights of the holder of any such Permit, except for such non-renewals, non-issues, revocations, terminations and impairments that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Company Entities, taken as a whole.
     (dd) Insurance. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus with respect to off-hire insurance, the Company Entities are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility covering against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance insuring the Company Entities or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; the Company Entities are in compliance with the terms of such policies and instruments in all material respects; and there are no claims by any of the Company Entities under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; none of the Company Entities has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company believes that each of the Company Entities will be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

13

     (ee) Contracts to be Described or Filed. To the best knowledge of the Teekay Parties, there is no agreement, franchise, contract, indenture, lease or other document or instrument of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or Prospectus, or to be filed as an exhibit thereto, which is not described or filed as required.
     (ff) Litigation. There is (i) no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court, arbitrator or governmental agency, body or official, domestic or foreign, now pending or, to the knowledge of the Teekay Parties, threatened, to which any of the Teekay Entities is or could reasonably be expected to be made a party or to which the business or property of any of the Teekay Entities is or could reasonably be expected to be made subject or that would be required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not adequately disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as required, (ii) no statute, rule, regulation or order that has been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or, to the knowledge of the Teekay Parties, that has been proposed by any governmental agency, and (iii) no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature issued by a Federal or state court or foreign court of competent jurisdiction to which any of the Teekay Entities is or may be subject, that, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (A) could reasonably be expected to (1) individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or (2) prevent or result in the suspension of the offering and issuance of the Securities, or (B) questions the validity of this Agreement, any Operative Agreement or any Other Agreement.
     (gg) Certain Relationships and Related Transactions. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any Teekay Entity, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, members, partners, stockholders, customers or suppliers of any Teekay Entity on the other hand that is required to be described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus that is not so described. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by any Teekay Entity to or for the benefit of any of the officers, directors or managers of any Company Entity or their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. No Teekay Entity has, in violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, directly or indirectly, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of any Company Entity.
     (hh) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Each of the Company Entities is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations of the Commission, the NYSE (as defined in Section 1(qq) hereof) that are effective and applicable to each of the Company Entities.
     (ii) No Labor Dispute. No labor problem or dispute with the employees of the Teekay Entities exists or is threatened or imminent, and none of the Teekay Parties is aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, contractors or customers, that, in each case, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 

14

     (jj) Tax Returns. Each of the Teekay Entities has filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns that are required to be filed or has requested extensions thereof (except in any case in which the failure so to file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith or as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (kk) Books and Records. Each Company Entity maintains systems of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
     (ll) Environmental Compliance. Each Company Entity (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or Hazardous Materials (as defined below) (“ Environmental Laws ”), (ii) has received and is in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business, (iii) has not received notice of any actual or potential liability under any environmental law, and (iv) is not a party to or affected by any pending or, to the knowledge of the Teekay Parties, threatened action, suit or proceeding, is not bound by any judgment, decree or order, and has not entered into any agreement, in each case relating to any alleged violation of any Environmental Law or any actual or alleged release or threatened release or cleanup at any location of any Hazardous Materials, except where such noncompliance or deviation from that described in (i) — (iv) above could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Teekay Entities has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“ CERCLA ”). The term “ Hazardous Materials ” means (A) any “hazardous substance” as defined in CERCLA, (B) any “hazardous waste” as defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, (C) any petroleum or petroleum product, (D) any polychlorinated biphenyl and (E) any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemical, material, waste or substance regulated under or within the meaning of any other Environmental Law.
     (mm) Effect of Environmental Laws. In the ordinary course of its business, each Company Entity periodically reviews the effect of Environmental Laws on its business, operations and properties, in the course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any


 

15

potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such review, each Company Entity has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (nn) Intellectual Property. The Company Entities own or possess, or as of the Closing Date will own or possess, after giving effect to the Transactions, rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, technology, know-how and other intellectual property necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such rights could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company Entities believe that the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict with, and the Company Entities have not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, any such rights of others.
     (oo) Private Placement. The offer, sale and issuance of the Parent Shares to Parent are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act, the rules thereunder and the securities laws of any state having jurisdiction with respect thereto, and none of the Teekay Parties has taken or will take any action that would cause the loss of such exemption.
     (pp) No Distribution of Other Offering Materials. None of the Teekay Parties has distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute, any prospectus (as defined under the Act) in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials, if any, permitted by the Act, including Rule 134 under the Act.
     (qq) NYSE Listing. The Securities have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”), subject only to official notice of issuance.
     (rr) Investment Company. None of the Company Entities is now, and after the issuance and sale of the Securities to be sold by the Company hereunder and application of the net proceeds from such sale as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds” and after giving effect to the Transactions will be, an “investment company” or a company “controlled by” an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1940 Act ”).
     (ss) Passive Foreign Investment Company. To the best knowledge of the Teekay Parties, the Company is not a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of Section 1296 of the Code.
     (tt) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. No Teekay Party nor any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of any Teekay Party, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or


 

16

authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and each of the Teekay Entities and its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
     (uu) Sanctions Laws and Regulations. Neither the issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will cause any U.S. person participating in the offering, either as underwriter and/or purchasers of the Securities, to violate the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, as amended, or any foreign asset control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (all such laws and regulations collectively referred to as the “Sanctions Laws and Regulations”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.
     (vv) OFAC. None of the Teekay Entities is, and, to the knowledge of the Teekay Parties, no director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of any of the Teekay Entities is, currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company Entities will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
     (ww) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Teekay Entities are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Teekay Entities with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Teekay Parties, threatened.
     (xx) Brokers. Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between any Company Entity and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against any Company Entity or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering of the Shares.
     (yy) Market Stabilization. None of the Teekay Entities has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or


 

17

manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
     (zz) Prohibition on Dividends. Except as provided in the Credit Agreements and by Section 43 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, no Vessel Owning Subsidiary is prohibited, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s equity securities, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.
     (aaa) Statistical and Market Data. The statistical and market-related data included in the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement are based on or derived from sources which the Teekay Parties believe to be reliable and accurate.
     (bbb) No Restrictions. There are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Securities under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
     (ccc) Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution. The pro forma cash available for distribution of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 contained under the caption “Our Dividend Policy and Restrictions on Dividends-Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution” in the Prospectus were made with a reasonable basis in good faith. All significant assumptions used in the preparation of such calculations are accurately disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and such assumptions are, in the opinion of management of the Company, reasonable.
     (ddd) Immunity. None of the Teekay Parties nor any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the United States, the Republic of The Marshall Islands or Canada or any political subdivisions thereof.
     (eee) Taxes. No capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the Republic of The Marshall Islands or Canada, or to any political subdivision or taxing authority of either thereof or therein in connection with the sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters or the sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof.
     (fff) Dividends and Distributions. All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may, under the current laws and regulations of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and any political subdivisions thereof, be paid in United States dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the


 

18

Republic of The Marshall Islands and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction and without the necessity of obtaining any Consents of or with any court or governmental agency or body in the Republic of The Marshall Islands or any political subdivision thereof.
     (ggg) Business in the Marshall Islands. The Company is not carrying on any business or conducting any transactions in the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
          Furthermore, the Teekay Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Representatives that (i) the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply, and any further amendments or supplements thereto are exempt from or will comply, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package or any preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities laws and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Securities are offered outside the United States. None of the Teekay Entities has offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Teekay Entities to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Teekay Entities, or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Teekay Entities or its products.
     Any certificate signed by any officer of any Teekay Party and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the closing of the Offering shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Teekay Party, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.
          2. Purchase and Sale. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price of $  per share, the amount of the Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule I hereto.
     (b) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to 1,500,000 Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Firm Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Firm Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 30th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the Option Closing Date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing


 

19

of the Firm Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.
          3. Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Securities and the Option Securities (if the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall have been exercised on or before the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date) shall be made at 9:00 AM, New York City time, on December     , 2007, at the offices of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, or at such time on such later date not more than three Business Days after the foregoing date as the Representatives shall designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the Representatives and the Company or as provided in Section 9 hereof (such date and time of delivery and payment for the Securities being herein called the “ Closing Date ”). Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Company. Delivery of the Firm Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.
          If the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof is exercised after the third Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, the Company will deliver the Option Securities (at the expense of the Company) to the Representatives, at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, on the date specified by the Representatives (which shall be within three Business Days after exercise of said option) for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Company by wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Company. If settlement for the Option Securities occurs after the Closing Date, the Company will deliver to the Representatives on the Option Closing Date for the Option Securities, and the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the Option Securities shall be conditioned upon receipt of, supplemental opinions, certificates and letters confirming as of such date the opinions, certificates and letters delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6 hereof.
          4. Offering by Underwriters. It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.
          5. Agreements. Each of the Teekay Parties, jointly and severally, agrees with the several Underwriters that:
     (a) Preparation of the Prospectus and Registration Statement. Prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities, the Company will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement unless the Company has furnished to you a copy for your review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object. The Company will cause the Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto to be filed in a form approved by the Representatives with the Commission pursuant to the applicable paragraph of Rule 424(b) within the time period


 

20

prescribed and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Representatives of such timely filing. The Company will promptly advise the Representatives (i) when the Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed (if required) with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) or when any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have been filed with the Commission, (ii) when, prior to termination of the offering of the Securities, any amendment to the Registration Statement shall have been filed or become effective, (iii) of any request by the Commission or its staff for any amendment of the Registration Statement, or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or for any supplement to the Prospectus or for any additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any notice objecting to its use or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose and (v) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose. The Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order or the occurrence of any such suspension or objection to the use of the Registration Statement and, upon such issuance, occurrence or notice of objection, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal of such stop order or relief from such occurrence or objection, including, if necessary, by filing an amendment to the Registration Statement or a new registration statement and using its best efforts to have such amendment or new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable.
     (b) Notification Regarding Disclosure Package. If, at any time prior to the filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b), any event occurs as a result of which the Disclosure Package would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made at such time not misleading, the Company will (i) notify promptly the Representatives so that any use of the Disclosure Package may cease until it is amended or supplemented; (ii) amend or supplement the Disclosure Package to correct such statement or omission; and (iii) supply any amendment or supplement to you in such quantities as you may reasonably request.
     (c) Filing of Amendment or Supplement. If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made or the circumstances then prevailing not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the rules thereunder, the Company promptly will (i) notify the Representatives of any such event; (ii) prepare and file with the Commission, subject to the first sentence of paragraph (a) of this Section 5, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and (iii) supply any supplemented prospectus to you in such quantities as you may reasonably request.


 

21

     (d) Reports to Shareholders. As soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 90 days after the close of the period covered thereby, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Representatives an earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158.
     (e) Copies of Reports. The Company will furnish or make available via the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) to its shareholders annual reports containing financial statements audited by independent public accountants and quarterly reports containing financial statements and financial information which may be unaudited. The Company will, for a period of two years from the Closing Date, furnish or make available via EDGAR, to the Underwriters a copy of each annual report, quarterly report, current report and all other documents, reports and information furnished by the Company to holders of the Securities (excluding any periodic income tax reporting materials) or filed with any securities exchange or market pursuant to the requirements of such exchange or market or with the Commission pursuant to the Act or the Exchange Act (other than any annual chief executive officer certification and annual written affirmations to the NYSE).
     (f) Signed Copies of the Registration Statement. The Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters photocopies of signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and to each other Underwriter a copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, so long as delivery of a prospectus by an Underwriter or dealer may be required by the Act (including in circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172), as many copies of each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any supplement thereto as the Representatives may reasonably request.
     (g) Qualification of Securities. The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as reasonably required for the distribution of the Securities; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Securities, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject. The Company will, from time to time, prepare and file such statements and reports as are or may be reasonably required of it to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as the Underwriters may reasonably request for the distribution of the Securities.
     (h) Lock-up Period; Lock-up Letters . Parent will not and will cause its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, not to, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by Parent or its affiliates) directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a


 

22

registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of 18 months after the date of this Underwriting Agreement; provided , however , that (i) the Company may grant restricted shares or options to purchase Class A Common Stock under the Company’s 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (x) during the last 17 days of the 18-month restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (y) prior to the expiration of the 18-month restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 18-month period, the restrictions imposed in this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event. The Company will provide the Representatives and any co-managers and each individual subject to the restricted period pursuant to the lock-up letters described in Section 6(m) with prior notice of any such announcement that gives rise to an extension of the restricted period.
          The lock-up period above applies to the Company for a period of 180 days.
     (i) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Each of the Company Entities will comply in all material respects with all applicable securities and other applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
     (j) Price Manipulation. The Teekay Parties will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
     (k) Expenses. The Company agrees to pay the costs and expenses relating to the following matters: (i) the preparation, printing or reproduction and filing with the Commission of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits thereto), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and each amendment or supplement to any of them; (ii) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments or supplements to any of them, as may, in each case, be reasonably requested for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities; (iii) the preparation, printing, authentication, issuance and delivery of certificates for the Securities, including any stamp or transfer taxes in connection with the original issuance and sale of the Securities; (iv) the printing (or reproduction) and delivery of this Agreement, any blue sky memorandum and all other agreements or documents printed (or reproduced) and delivered in connection with the offering of the Securities; (v) the registration of the


 

23

Securities under the Exchange Act and the listing of the Securities on the NYSE; (vi) any registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of the several states (including filing fees and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters relating to such filings); (vii) any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (including filing fees); (viii) the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on behalf of Company representatives in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities; (ix) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants and the fees and expenses of counsel (including local and special counsel) for the Company; and (x) all other costs and expenses of the Company or the Teekay Entities incident to the performance by them of their obligations hereunder. The Underwriters will reimburse the Company for expenses that are incurred in connection with the Offering up to a maximum of $ . Such reimbursement may be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account or accounts designated by the Company or such other method as agreed to by the parties following delivery of reasonably satisfactory documentation of the expenses to the Underwriters. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, except as expressly provided in this subsection (k), subsection (q) and Sections 7 and 8 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including without limitation, fees and disbursements of their counsel (including in connection with any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority), transfer taxes on the resale by them of any of the Securities by them, the transportation and other expenses incurred by or on their behalf in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of Securities and any advertising expenses relating to the offers they may make.
     (l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Each Teekay Party agrees that, unless it has or shall have obtained the prior written consent of the Representatives, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company that, unless it has or shall have obtained, as the case may be, the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the Free Writing Prospectuses included in Schedule II hereto and any electronic road show. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Representatives or the Company is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Free Writing Prospectus .” The Company agrees that (x) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and (y) it has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.
     (m) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”.


 

24

     (n) Rule 463. The Company will file with the Commission such information in Form 20-F as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act.
     (o) Investment Company; PFIC . For a period of five years after the Closing Date or, if later, the Option Closing Date, the Company will use its best reasonable efforts to ensure that (i) no Company Entity, nor any subsidiary thereof, shall become an “investment company” as defined in the 1940 Act, and (2) the Company shall not become a PFIC.
     (p) Sanctions Laws and Regulations . The Company will not take, and will cause each subsidiary not to take, directly or indirectly, any action that could reasonably be expected to result in a violation by any U.S. person participating in the offering of the Sanctions Laws and Regulations with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder. Further, the Company will not use, and will cause each subsidiary not to use, the proceeds from the sale of the Securities, directly or indirectly, for any purpose or activity that would cause the Underwriters or any purchaser of the Securities to be in violation of the Sanctions Laws and Regulations or any agent or “Specially Designated National” of any country the subject of the Sanctions Laws and Regulations, or any person or entity of any country the subject of the Sanctions Laws and Regulations.
     (q) Directed Shares .
     (1) The Company agrees to pay (i) all fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by the Underwriters, (ii) all costs and expenses incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the printing (or reproduction) and delivery (including postage, air freight charges and other charges for counting and packaging) of such copies of the Directed Share Program materials, and (iii) all stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.
     (2) Furthermore, the Company covenants with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. that the Company Entities will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.
     (r) Appointment of Qualified Independent Underwriter . The Teekay Parties hereby confirm their engagement of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as, and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC hereby confirms its agreement with the Teekay Parties to render services as, a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority with respect to the offering and sale of the Securities. Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, solely in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is referred to herein as the “Independent Underwriter.”


 

25

          6. Conditions to the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Teekay Parties contained herein as of the Execution Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 3 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Teekay Parties made in any certificates delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Teekay Parties of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
     (a) The Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, have been filed in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); any other material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or threatened.
     (b) All corporate, partnership and limited liability company proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Operative Agreements, the Class A Common Stock, the Parent Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the Transactions) shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
     (c) The Company shall have requested and caused Watson, Farley & Williams (New York) LLP, special Marshall Islands counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:
     (i) Formation of the Company. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and has the corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties, to assume the liabilities and to conduct its business, in each case in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (ii) Formation of Subsidiaries. Each Vessel Owning Subsidiary has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and has the limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its properties, to assume the liabilities being assumed by it pursuant to the Contribution Documents and to conduct its business, in each case in all material respects as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.


 

26

     (iii) Valid Issuance of the Class A Common Stock. The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities, as the case may be, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, have been validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and, other than the Parent Shares, the Securities are the only equity interests of the Company issued and outstanding, other than any awards made to outside directors under the Company’s 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan, up to an aggregate of 5,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.
     (iv) Ownership of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries. Following the consummation of the Transactions, the Company owns 100% of the equity interests in each of the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries; such equity interests have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Vessel Owning Subsidiaries’ Organizational Documents, have been fully paid and are nonassessable; and the Company owns such equity interests free and clear of all Liens except for Liens pursuant to the Credit Agreements.
     (v) Parent Ownership of Class A and Class B Shares. Following the consummation of the Transactions, Parent owns directly (or indirectly through THL) the Parent Shares and all such Parent Shares have been duly authorized, have been validly issued and fully paid and are nonassessable; Parent owns all such shares free and clear of all Liens.
     (vi) No Preemptive Rights or Options. Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity interests of any Company Entities, in each case pursuant to the organizational documents of such entity. To the knowledge of such counsel and except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase (A) any shares of Class A Common Stock or other interests in the Company or (B) any equity interests in any Vessel Owning Subsidiary.
     (vii) No Registration Rights. To the knowledge of such counsel, neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any securities of any of the Company Entities.
     (viii) Authority and Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver (i) the Securities, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and (ii) the Parent Shares, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contribution Agreement and the Contribution Documents. All


 

27

corporate action required to be taken by any of the Teekay Entities or any of their respective stockholders, pursuant to the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands for the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the Parent Shares, the execution and delivery of the Operative Agreements to which any of the Teekay Entities are a party and the consummation of the transactions (including the Transactions) contemplated by this Agreement and such Operative Agreements, has been validly taken.
     (ix) Due Execution and Delivery of the Underwriting Agreement and the Operative Agreements. Each of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements (not including the Credit Agreements) to which any of the Teekay Entities is a party has been duly authorized and validly executed and delivered by each such Teekay Entity party hereto and thereto.
     (x) Enforceability of Contribution Documents. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by THL, the Contribution Documents constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Teekay Entities parties thereto, enforceable against each such Teekay Entity in accordance with its respective terms, except that (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (ii) the indemnity, contribution and exoneration provisions contained in any of such agreements may be limited by applicable laws and public policy.
     (xi) Sufficiency of Contribution Documents. Each of the Contribution Documents is in a form legally sufficient under the law of the State of New York to transfer or convey to, or vest in, the Company Entities, as the case may be, the properties identified in such Contribution Documents, subject to the conditions, reservations and limitations contained in such Contribution Documents. The Company Entities, upon execution and delivery of the Contribution Documents, succeeded or will succeed in all material respects under the law of the State of New York to the business, assets, properties, liabilities and operations of the Teekay Tankers Predecessor to the extent provided by such Contribution Documents.
     (xii) No Conflicts. None of the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities, the execution, delivery and performance by the Teekay Entities of this Agreement or the Operative Agreements, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including the Transactions) (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a violation of the organizational documents of any


 

28

Company Entity, (ii) violates or will violate any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree known to such counsel of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority situated in, the Republic of The Marshall Islands, or (iii) to such counsel’s knowledge, results or will result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of any of the Company Entities other than under the Credit Agreements.
     (xiii) No Consents. No Consent (as defined under Section 1(t)) under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands is required for the offering, issuance and sale by the Company of the Securities, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Operative Agreements by the Teekay Entities party thereto or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Operative Agreements.
     (xiv) Permits. To the knowledge of such counsel, no Permits (as defined under Section 1(cc) of this Agreement) of, or declarations or filings with, any governmental or regulatory authorities of the Republic of The Marshall Islands are required for any of the Company Entities to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (xv) Accuracy of Statements. The statements in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Business-Regulation- Environmental Regulation-International Maritime Organization,” “Business-Regulation-Environmental Regulations-U.S. Requirements,” “Business-Regulation-Environmental Regulation-Other Environmental Initiatives,” “Business-Regulation-Vessel Security Regulation,” “Business-Taxation of the Company-Marshall Islands Taxation,” “Comparison of Marshall Islands Corporate Law to Delaware Corporate Law,” “Non-U.S. Tax Consequences” and “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities,” insofar as they constitute descriptions of agreements governed by Marshall Islands law, fairly describe in all material respects the portions of the agreements addressed thereby, and insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of Marshall Islands law or legal conclusions, fairly describe in all material respects the portions of the statutes and regulations addressed thereby.
     (xvi) Negative Assurance. Although we have not independently verified, are not passing on and are not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Business-Regulation-Environmental Regulation- International Maritime Organization,” “Business-Regulation- Environmental Regulations-U.S. Requirements,” “Business-Regulation- Environmental Regulation- Other Environmental Initiatives,” “Business-


 

29

Regulation-Vessel Security Regulation,” “Business-Taxation of the Company-Marshall Islands Taxation,” “Comparison of Marshall Islands Corporate Law to Delaware Corporate Law,” “Non-U.S. Tax Consequences” and “Service of Process and Enforcement of Civil Liabilities” (except to the extent specified in the foregoing opinion), no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that lead such counsel to believe that the above-referenced sections of the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, that the above-referenced sections of the Prospectus, as of its issue date and the Closing Date, contains or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or that the above-referenced sections of the Disclosure Package, as of the Execution Time, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (xvii) Choice of Law. The choice of New York law to govern this Agreement constitutes a valid choice of law under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
     (xviii) Non-Exclusive Jurisdiction. The submission by the Company to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, is a valid submission under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
     (xix) Enforcement of Judgments. A judgment granted by a foreign court against the Company may be enforced in the Republic of The Marshall Islands without a retrial on the merits of the matter provided that: (i) the judgment is for a sum of money and is final in the jurisdiction granting the judgment; (ii) the court granting the judgment had jurisdiction under the laws of the place where it sat and the judgment does not offend principles of the Republic of The Marshall Islands as to due process, propriety or public order, and (iii) the defendant was actually present in person or by a duly appointed representative and the judgment does not constitute in effect a default judgment.
     (xx) Conformity of Securities to Description in Prospectus. The Securities and the Parent Shares conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (xxi) No Restrictions. There are no restrictions on subsequent transfers of the Securities under the law of the Republic of The Marshall Islands.


 

30

     (xxii) No Immunity. None of the Teekay Parties nor any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands or any political subdivisions thereof.
     (xxiii) Taxes. No capital gains, income, withholding or other taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters to the Republic of The Marshall Islands, or to any taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with the sale and delivery by the Company of the Securities to or for the respective accounts of the Underwriters or the sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Securities to the initial purchasers thereof.
     (xxiv) Dividends and Distributions. All dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the shares of capital stock of the Company may, under the current laws and regulations of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, be paid in U.S. dollars and may be freely transferred out of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, and all such dividends and other distributions will not be subject to withholding or other taxes under the laws and regulations of the Republic of The Marshall Islands and are otherwise free and clear of any other tax, withholding or deduction and without the necessity of obtaining any Consents of or with any court or governmental agency or body in the Republic of The Marshall Islands.
     In rendering such opinion, such counsel may (A) rely in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers and employees of the Teekay Entities and upon information obtained from public officials, (B) assume that all documents submitted to them as originals are authentic, that all copies submitted to them conform to the originals thereof, and that the signatures on all documents examined by them are genuine, (C) state that their opinion is limited to Federal laws, the laws of the State of New York and the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, (D) state that they express no opinion with respect to the title of any of the Teekay Entities to any of their respective real or personal property purported to be transferred by the Contribution Documents nor with respect to the accuracy or descriptions of real or personal property. References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (c) shall also include any supplements thereto at the Closing Date.
     Such counsel will state that their opinion filed as Exhibit 8.2 to the Registration Statement is confirmed and the Underwriters may rely upon such opinion as if it were addressed to them.
     (d) The Company shall have requested and caused Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, special English counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:


 

31

     (i) Enforceability of Management Agreement and Pooling Agreement. Each of the Management Agreement and the Pooling Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Teekay Entities parties thereto, enforceable against each such Teekay Entity in accordance with its respective terms, except that (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (ii) the indemnity, contribution and exoneration provisions contained in any of such agreements may be limited by applicable laws and public policy.
     (e) The Company shall have requested and caused Perkins Coie LLP, counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:
     (i) Tax Opinion. The opinion of Perkins Coie LLP that is filed as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement is confirmed and the Underwriters may rely upon such opinion as if it were addressed to them.
     (ii) No Options. To the knowledge of such counsel and except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase any Securities in any of the Company Entities.
     (iii) No Registration Rights. Except as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, to the knowledge of such counsel, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between any of the Teekay Entities and any person granting such person the right to require any of the Teekay Entities to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of any of the Company Entities owned or to be owned by such person or to require any of the Teekay Entities to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by any Company Entity under the Act.
     (iv) Accuracy of Statements. The statements in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the captions “Our Dividend Policy and Restrictions on Dividends-Limitations on Dividends and Our Ability to Change Our Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-New Credit Facility,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Covenants and Other Restrictions in Our Financing


 

32

Agreements,” “Business-Our Charters and Participation in the Teekay Pool-Spot Charters,” “Business-Our Charters and Participation in the Teekay Pool-Time Charters,” “Our Manager and Management-Related Agreements-Management Agreement” “Our Manager and Management-Related Agreements-Pooling Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions-Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement,” insofar as they constitute descriptions of agreements, fairly describe in all material respects the portions of the agreements addressed thereby; provided, however, that such counsel need not express any opinion with respect to Marshall Islands law.
     (v) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Act; any required filing of the Prospectus and of, any supplements thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b); and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued under the Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened.
     (vi) Compliance as to Form. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than the financial statements and other financial and statistical information contained therein, as to which such counsel need not express any opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules thereunder.
     (vii) Legal Proceedings or Contracts to be Described or Filed. To the knowledge of such counsel, (i) there is no pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any of the Teekay Entities or its property of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as required and (ii) there is no agreement, franchise, contract, indenture, lease or other document or instrument of a character that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus by the Act or to be filed by the Act as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.
     (viii) Investment Company. No Company Entity is an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.


 

33

     (ix) Private Placement. The offer, sale and issuance of the Parent Shares to Parent are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act.
     (x) NYSE Listing. The application of the Company to list the Securities on the NYSE has been approved by the NYSE.
     (xi) No Immunity. To the knowledge of such counsel, none of the Teekay Parties nor any of their respective properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of otherwise) under the laws of the United States or any political subdivisions thereof.
     (xii) Enforceability of Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Company and the Parent, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its respective terms, except that (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or law) and (ii) the indemnity, contribution and exoneration provisions contained in any of such agreements may be limited by applicable laws and public policy.
     In addition, such counsel shall state that, in the course of such counsel’s participation, as counsel to the Company, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, such counsel has examined information available to it, including legal records, documents and proceedings, and has attended conferences with, among others, representatives of the Underwriters, officers and other representatives of the Company and the independent public accountants for the Company, at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus were discussed. Such counsel shall also state that, without undertaking to determine independently or assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, such counsel has no reason to believe that: (i) the Registration Statement, as of its effective date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) the Disclosure Package, as of the Execution Time, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) the Prospectus, as of its issue date or as of the Closing Date, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (except that such counsel need not express any statement or belief with respect to (x) the financial statements included therein, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditor’s report, thereon, or (y) the other financial or statistical data included in the Registration Statement, Disclosure Package or the Prospectus).
     (f) The Company shall have requested and caused Lennox Patton, special Bahamian counsel for the Company, to have furnished to the Representatives their


 

34

written opinion, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:
     (i) Ownership of Vessels. Each of the vessels identified in Schedule III hereto as registered under the laws of the Bahamas is registered under the law of the Bahamas in the ownership of the owning entity identified in Schedule III hereto, free and clear of all recorded pledges, liens, encumbrances, security interests, charges, equities or other claims, except (i) as described, and subject to limitations contained, in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) as do not materially affect the value of such property, taken as a whole, as they have been used in the past and are proposed to be used in the future, as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
     (g) The Company shall have requested and caused Arthur Bensler, Executive Vice President and General Counsel for Parent, to have furnished to the Representatives a letter, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, which shall state that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Teekay Entities and the independent public accountants of the Company and your representatives, at which the contents of the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed, and although such counsel has not independently verified, is not passing on, and is not assuming any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in, the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no facts have come to such counsel’s attention that lead such counsel to believe that: (i) the Registration Statement (other than (x) the financial statements included therein, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditors’ reports thereon, and (y) the other financial and statistical information included therein, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of its effective date contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) the Disclosure Package (other than (x) the financial statements included therein, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditors’ reports thereon, and (y) the other financial and statistical information included therein, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of the Execution Time contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) the Prospectus (other than (x) the financial statements included therein, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditors’ reports thereon, and (y) the other financial and statistical information included therein, as to which such counsel need not comment), as of its issue date and the Closing Date contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (h) The Representatives shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Representatives, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Securities,


 

35

the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto) and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
     (i) Each of Parent, the Manager and the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters a certificate, signed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of each such entity, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as well as each electronic road show used in connection with the offering of the Securities, and this Agreement and that:
     (i) the representations and warranties of the Teekay Parties in this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same effect as if made on the Closing Date and each Teekay Party has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;
     (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to such entity’s knowledge, threatened; and
     (iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no material adverse effect on the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business, properties, assets or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).


 

36

     (j) The Company shall have requested and caused Ernst & Young LLP to have furnished to the Representatives, at the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Teekay Entities within the meaning of the Act and the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “ PCAOB ”) and that they have performed a review of the unaudited interim financial information of Teekay Tankers Predecessor for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 and as at June 30, 2007, in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100 and stating in effect that:
     (i) in their opinion the audited financial statements and financial statement schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and reported on by them comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission;
     (ii) on the basis of a reading of the latest unaudited financial statements made available by the Company and its subsidiaries; their limited review, in accordance with standards of the PCAOB as described in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100, of the unaudited interim financial information for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 and as at June 30, 2007; carrying out certain specified procedures (but not an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) which would not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the comments set forth in such letter; a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, directors and committees of the Company and Parent; and inquiries of certain officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters of the Company and its subsidiaries as to transactions and events subsequent to December 31, 2006, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that:
     (1) any unaudited interim financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements of the Act and with the related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission with respect to registration statements on Form F-1; and any material modifications should be made to said unaudited financial statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus;


 

37

     (2) with respect to the period subsequent to June 30, 2007, there were any changes, at a specified date not more than five days prior to the date of the letter, in the long-term debt of Teekay Tankers Predecessor or decreases in the consolidated net current assets (working capital) or stockholders’ equity of Teekay Tankers Predecessor as compared with the amounts shown on the June 30, 2007 consolidated balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or for the period from July 1, 2007 to such specified date there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period during the preceding year in combined net revenues or net income of Teekay Tankers Predecessor, except in all instances for changes or decreases set forth in such letter, in which case the letter shall be accompanied by an explanation by the Company as to the significance thereof unless said explanation is not deemed necessary by the Representatives; or
     (3) the information included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus in response to Form 20-F, Item 3A (Selected Financial Data) and Form 20-F, Item 6B (Compensation) is not in conformity in all material respects with the applicable disclosure requirements of Form F-1 and Form 20-F.
     (iii) they have performed certain other specified procedures as a result of which they determined that certain information of an accounting, financial or statistical nature (which is limited to accounting, financial or statistical information derived from the general accounting records of the Company and Teekay Tankers Predecessor) set forth in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, including the information set forth under the captions “Summary — Summary Historical Combined Carve-out Financial and Operating Data,” “Capitalization,” “Dilution,” “Selected Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, agrees with the accounting records of the Company and Teekay Tankers Predecessor, excluding any questions of legal interpretation; and
     (iv) on the basis of a reading of the unaudited pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (the “ pro forma financial statements ”); carrying out certain specified procedures; inquiries of certain officials of Teekay Entities who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters; and proving the arithmetic accuracy of the application of the pro forma adjustments to the historical amounts in the pro forma financial statements, nothing came to their attention which caused them to


 

38

believe that the pro forma financial statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X or that the pro forma adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical amounts in the compilation of such statements.
          References to the Prospectus in this paragraph (h) include any supplement thereto at the date of the letter.
     (k) Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been (i) any change or decrease specified in the letter or letters referred to in paragraph (h) of this Section 6 or (ii) any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, condition (financial or otherwise), stockholders’ equity, members’ equity, results of operations, business, properties, assets or prospects of the Company Entities taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto) the effect of which, in any case referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above, is, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof), the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
     (l) Prior to the Closing Date, the Teekay Entities shall have furnished to the Representatives such further information, certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
     (m) Subsequent to the Execution Time, there shall not have been any decrease in the rating of any of the debt securities of the Company Entities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act) or any notice given of any intended or potential decrease in any such rating or of a possible change in any such rating that does not indicate the direction of the possible change.
     (n) The Securities shall have been listed and admitted and authorized for trading on the NYSE, and satisfactory evidence of such actions shall have been provided to the Representatives.
     (o) At the Execution Time, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a lock-up letter substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto from each officer and director of the Company and addressed to the Representatives.
          If any of the conditions specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as provided in this Agreement, or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance


 

39

to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, this Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled at, or at any time prior to, the Closing Date by the Representatives. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or by telephone or facsimile confirmed in writing.
          The documents required to be delivered by this Section 6 shall be delivered at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at Worldwide Plaza, 825 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019, on the Closing Date.
          7. Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses. If the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth in Section 6 hereof is not satisfied, because of any termination pursuant to Section 10 hereof or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Teekay Parties to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof other than by reason of a default by any of the Underwriters, the Teekay Parties will reimburse the Underwriters severally through Citigroup Global Markets Inc. on demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been reasonably incurred by them in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Securities.
          8. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Teekay Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter and each person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement for the registration of the Securities as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Teekay Parties will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Teekay Parties by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Teekay Parties may otherwise have.
     (b) The Teekay Parties, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and the directors, officers, employees and agents of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and each person, who controls Citigroup Global Markets Inc. within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act (the “ Citigroup Entities ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state


 

40

statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the prospectus wrapper material prepared by or with the consent of the Teekay Parties for distribution in foreign jurisdictions in connection with the Directed Shares Program attached to the Prospectus or any preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement in such wrapper material, when considered in conjunction with the Prospectus or to any applicable preliminary prospectus, not misleading; (ii) were caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of the securities which immediately following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase; or (iii) are related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Shares Program, except that this clause (iii) shall not apply to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Citigroup Entities.
     (c) In addition to and without limitation of the Teekay Parties’ obligations to indemnify Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC as an Underwriter, the Teekay Parties also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Independent Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Independent Underwriter and each person who controls the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, incurred as a result of the Independent Underwriter’s participation as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in connection with the offering of the Securities.
     (d) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Teekay Parties, each of their respective directors, each of their respective officers who signs the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Teekay Parties within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the indemnity in Section 8(a) from the Teekay Parties to each Underwriter, but only with reference to written information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Teekay Parties by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Representatives specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have. The Teekay Parties acknowledge that the statements set forth (i) in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding delivery of the Securities and (ii) under the heading “Underwriting”, (A) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (B) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (C) the paragraph related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.


 

41

     (e) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ one separate counsel (in addition to local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (x) if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the directors, officers, employees and agents of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., and all persons, if any, who control Citigroup Global Markets Inc. within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program and (y) if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 8(c) hereof in respect of such action or


 

42

proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Independent Underwriter in its capacity as a “qualified independent underwriter”, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Independent Underwriter, and all persons, if any, who control the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances if, in the reasonable judgment of the Independent Underwriter, there may exist a conflict of interest between the Independent Underwriter and the other indemnified parties. Any such separate counsel for the Independent Underwriter and such control persons of the Independent Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Independent Underwriter.
     (f) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 8 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Teekay Parties, jointly and severally, and the Underwriters severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending the same) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which one or more of the Teekay Parties and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Teekay Parties on the one hand and by the Underwriters on the other from the Offering; provided , however , that in no case shall any Underwriter (except as may be provided in any agreement among underwriters relating to the offering of the Securities) be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Teekay Parties and the Underwriters severally shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Teekay Parties on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Teekay Parties shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Offering (before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received by the Underwriters shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, in each case as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Teekay Parties on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Teekay Parties and the Underwriters agree that Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC will not receive any additional benefits from the Teekay Parties hereunder or otherwise for serving as the Independent Underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (f), no person guilty of fraudulent


 

43

misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 8, each person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each person who controls any of the Teekay Parties within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of any of the Teekay Parties who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of any of the Teekay Parties shall have the same rights to contribution as the Teekay Parties, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (f).
          9. Default by an Underwriter. If any one or more Underwriters shall fail to purchase and pay for any of the Securities agreed to be purchased by such Underwriter or Underwriters hereunder and such failure to purchase shall constitute a default in the performance of its or their obligations under this Agreement, the remaining Underwriters shall be obligated severally to take up and pay for (in the respective proportions which the amount of Securities set forth opposite their names in Schedule I hereto bears to the aggregate amount of Securities set forth opposite the names of all the remaining Underwriters) the Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase; provided , however , that in the event that the aggregate amount of Securities which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase shall exceed 10% of the aggregate amount of Securities set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall have the right to purchase all, but shall not be under any obligation to purchase any, of the Securities, and if such nondefaulting Underwriters do not purchase all the Securities, this Agreement will terminate without liability to any nondefaulting Underwriter or the Teekay Parties. In the event of a default by any Underwriter as set forth in this Section 9, the Closing Date shall be postponed for such period, not exceeding five Business Days, as the Representatives shall determine in order that the required changes in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the Teekay Parties and any nondefaulting Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.
          10. Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice given to the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities, if at any time prior to such delivery and payment (i) trading in the Company’s Class A Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Commission or the NYSE or trading in securities generally on the NYSE shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices shall have been established on such exchange, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by Federal or New York State authorities or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Representatives, impractical or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the Securities as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
          11. Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Teekay Parties or their


 

44

respective officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Teekay Parties or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Securities. The provisions of Sections 7, 8 and 9 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.
          12. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Representatives, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to the Citigroup Global Markets Inc. General Counsel (fax no.: (212) 816-7912) and confirmed to the General Counsel, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York, 10013, Attention: General Counsel and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, 1585 Broadway, new York, New York 10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or telefaxed to Teekay Tankers Ltd., Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park, West Bay Street and Blake Road, P.O. Box AP-59212, Nassau, Commonwealth of the Bahamas, Attn. Corporate Secretary (fax no. 242-502-8840), with a copy to Perkins Coie LLP, 1120 N.W. Couch Street, 10th Floor, Portland, Oregon 97209-4128, Attn: David Matheson (fax no. 503-727-2222).
          13. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 8 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.
          14. No fiduciary duty . Each of the Teekay Parties hereby acknowledges that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters and any affiliate through which it may be acting, on the other, (b) the Underwriters are acting as principal and not as an agent or fiduciary of any of the Teekay Parties and (c) the Company’s engagement of the Underwriters in connection with the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as independent contractors and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, each of the Teekay Parties agree that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the Offering (irrespective of whether any of the Underwriters has advised or is currently advising it on related or other matters). Each of the Teekay Parties agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe an agency, fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
          15. Integration . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Teekay Parties and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          16. Judicial Proceedings.
     (a) Each of the Teekay Parties irrevocably (i) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based upon this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or alleged violations of the securities laws of the United States or


 

45

any state in the United States may be instituted in any New York court, (ii) waive, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding in any New York court and (iii) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Teekay Parties has appointed Watson, Farley & Williams, New York, New York, as its authorized agent (the “ Authorized Agent ”), upon whom process may be served in any such action arising out of or based on this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or any alleged violations of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States which may be instituted in any New York court, expressly consents to the jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such action, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. Each of the Teekay Parties represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as such agent for service of process and agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of such service to any of the Teekay Parties shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon such Teekay Party.
     (b) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Underwriters could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in the City of New York on the business day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Teekay Parties in respect of any sum due from it to the Underwriters shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, not be discharged until the first business day, following receipt by the Underwriters of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which (and only to the extent that) the Underwriters may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency; if the U.S. dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Underwriters hereunder, each of the Teekay Parties agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, that the party responsible for such judgment shall indemnify the Underwriters against such loss. If the U.S. dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Underwriters hereunder, the Underwriters agree to pay to the applicable Teekay Party an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Underwriters hereunder.
          17. Applicable Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York.
          18. Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the Teekay Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


 

46

          19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          20. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          21. Definitions. The terms that follow, when used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings indicated.
          “Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
          “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Disclosure Package” shall mean (i) the Preliminary Prospectus that is generally distributed to investors and used to offer the Securities, including any document that is incorporated by reference therein (ii) the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto and (iii) any other Free Writing Prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package.
          “Effective Date” shall mean each date and time that the Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment or amendments thereto and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement became or becomes effective.
          “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “Execution Time” shall mean the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
          “FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
          “Free Writing Prospectus” shall mean a free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.
          “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” shall mean an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433.
          “Preliminary Prospectus” shall mean any preliminary prospectus referred to in Section 1(a) above and any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date that omits Rule 430A Information.


 

47

          “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time.
          “Registration Statement” shall mean the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) above, including exhibits and financial statements and any prospectus supplement relating to the Securities that is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and deemed part of such registration statement pursuant to Rule 430A, as amended at the Execution Time and, in the event any post-effective amendment thereto or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement becomes effective prior to the Closing Date, shall also mean such registration statement as so amended or such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, as the case may be.
          “Rule 158”, “Rule 163”, “Rule 164”, “Rule 172”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430A”, “Rule 433” and “Rule 462” refer to such rules under the Act.
          “Rule 430A Information” shall mean information with respect to the Securities and the offering thereof permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A.
          “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) relating to the offering covered by the registration statement referred to in Section 1(a) hereof.


 

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among Parent, the Company, the Manager and the several Underwriters.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    Teekay Corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
           
    Teekay Tankers Management, Ltd.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
           
    Teekay Tankers Ltd.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:
 
   
 
  Title:        


 

         
The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.    
 
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated    
 
       
By:
  Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    
 
       
By:
       
Name:
 
   
Title:
       
 
       
By:
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated    
 
       
By:
       
Name:
 
   
Title:
       
 
       
For themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule I to the foregoing Agreement.    


 

SCHEDULE I
         
    Number of Firm Securities
Underwriters   to be Purchased
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
       
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
       
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
       
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
       
Dahlman Rose & Company, LLC
       
Scotia Capital (USA) Inc.
       
Johnson Rice & Company L.L.C.
       
 
       
Total
    10,000,000  
 
       

 


 

SCHEDULE II
Schedule of Free Writing Prospectuses included in the Disclosure Package
[None].

 


 

SCHEDULE III
         
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Registration   Vessel Name
Erik Spirit L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Erik Spirit
 
       
Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Matterhorn Spirit
 
       
Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Everest Spirit
 
       
Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Kanata Spirit
 
       
Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Kareela Spirit
 
       
Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Kyeema Spirit
 
       
Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Nassau Spirit
 
       
Falster Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Falster Spirit
 
       
Sotra Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Bahamas   Sotra Spirit

 


 

SCHEDULE IV
1. Erik Spirit Time Charter Party, dated September 4, 2007, between Teekay Chartering Limited as Disponent Owner and ConocoPhillips Company as Charterer.
2. Matterhorn Spirit Time Charter Party between Teekay Chartering Limited as Disponent Owner and Eiger Shipping SA as Charterer. The parties intend to sign this agreement with an expected effective date of November 1, 2007.
3. Kanata Spirit Time Charter Party, dated October 15, 2003, between Teekay Chartering Limited as Disponent Owner and Sabic Hydrocarbons bv as Charterer, along with Addendums No. 1 – 4.
Falster Spirit Time Charter Party, dated June 12, 2007, between Teekay Chartering Limited as Disponent Owner and Skaugen Petro Trans Incorporated as Charterer.

 


 

     
[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]   EXHIBIT A
     
[Letterhead of officer, director of Company]
Teekay Tankers Ltd.
Public Offering of Class A Common Stock
[ ], 2007
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
As Representatives of the several Underwriters,
c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013
Ladies and Gentlemen:
               This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), among Teekay Tankers Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (the “ Company ”), Teekay Tankers Management, Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation, Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation, and each of you as representatives of a group of Underwriters named therein, relating to an underwritten public offering of Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), of the Company.
               In order to induce you and the other Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned or any person in privity with the undersigned or any affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder with respect to, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for the Company’s capital stock, or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction, for a period of [180] days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement, other than shares of Class A Common Stock disposed of as bona fide gifts approved by Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. 1
               If (i) the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news, or a material event relating to the Company occurs, during the last 17 days of the lock-up period, or
 
1   Any exceptions to the lock-up TBD.

 


 

(ii) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions imposed by this agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or the occurrence of the material event, unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated waive, in writing, such extension. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice to the undersigned of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period and agrees that any such notice properly delivered to the undersigned will be deemed to have given to, and received by, the undersigned.
               Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent that (a) at any time subsequent to the execution of this Lock-up Agreement the undersigned would not be required to make filings under Section 16 for reasons other than the fact that the Company is a foreign private issuer and is not required to make filings under Sections 13(d) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to any Common Stock, and (b) the undersigned has entered into or will enter into an agreement similar to this Lock-up Agreement (1) in connection with a bona fide issuer directed share program relating to the underwritten public offering of shares of Class A Common Stock (a “ DSP Program ”) with respect to any Class A Common Stock to be purchased in such DSP Program (the “ DSP Shares ”) and (2) with any member of the underwriting syndicate or any affiliate of such member who is acting as administrator of such DSP Program, the terms of such other similar lock-up agreement and not of this Lock-up Agreement shall govern the undersigned’s rights with respect to such DSP Shares.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions herein shall not apply to transactions relating to the Class A Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the public offering, provided that with respect to any proposed subsequent sales of the Class A Common Stock acquired in such open market transactions, it shall be a condition to such proposed subsequent sales that no filing by any party under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such sales.

 


 

               If for any reason the Underwriting Agreement shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement), this lock-up agreement shall likewise automatically be terminated.
     
 
  Yours very truly,
 
   
 
  [Signature of officer, director or major stockholder]
 
   
 
  [Name and address of officer, director or major stockholder]

 

 

Exhibit 3.1
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
PURSUANT TO THE MARSHALL ISLANDS BUSINESS CORPORATIONS ACT
ARTICLE I
NAME
     The name of the Corporation shall be “Teekay Tankers Ltd.”
ARTICLE II
PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA and without limiting the foregoing the Corporation shall have every power which a corporation now or hereafter organized under the BCA may have.
ARTICLE III
ADDRESS; REGISTERED AGENT
     The registered address of the Corporation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may establish branches, offices or agencies in any place in the world and may appoint legal representatives anywhere in the world.
ARTICLE IV
INCORPORATOR
     The name and address of the incorporator is:
         
    Name   Post Office Address
 
  Daniel C. Rodgers   100 Park Avenue, 31st Floor
New York, New York 10017
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
      5.1 Authorized Capital Stock
     The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which (a) 200,000,000 shares shall be registered shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class A Common Stock ”), (b) 100,000,000 shares shall be registered shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Class B Common Stock ”) (the Class A Common

 


 

Stock and the Class B Common Stock being collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Stock ”), and (c) 100,000,000 shares shall be registered shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Registered shares may not be exchanged for bearer shares.
      5.2 Preferred Stock
     The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of such series. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of any series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding.
      5.3 Common Stock
     The following is a statement of the powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock of the Corporation:
  (a)   Except as otherwise set forth below in this Section 5.3, the powers, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock shall be identical in all respects.
 
  (b)   Subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock, and subject to any other provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any corporation (other than Common Stock of the Corporation) or property of the Corporation when and as may be declared thereon by the Board from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in all such dividends and other distributions. In the case of dividends or other distributions payable in Common Stock or right to acquire Common Stock, including distributions pursuant to stock splits or divisions of Common Stock of the Corporation, only shares of Class A Common Stock shall be paid or distributed with respect to Class A Common Stock and only shares of Class B Common Stock shall be paid or distributed with respect to Class B Common Stock. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock so distributed in respect of each share shall be equal for each such class of Common Stock. Neither the shares of Class A Common Stock nor the shares of Class B Common Stock may be reclassified, subdivided or combined unless such reclassification, subdivision or combination occurs simultaneously and in the same proportion for each such class of Common Stock.
 
  (c)   At every meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of Class A Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the transfer books of the Corporation, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to five votes

2


 

      in person or by proxy for each share of Class B Common Stock standing in such holder’s name on the transfer books of the Corporation, in connection with the election of directors and all other matters submitted to a vote of shareholders; provided, however , that in the event the aggregate votes of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock exceed 49% of the votes of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, the number of votes to which each holder of Class B Common Stock is otherwise entitled pursuant to these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall be reduced pro rata such that the aggregate votes of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock equal 49% of the votes of the outstanding Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class. Except as may be otherwise required by law or by these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class and their votes shall be counted and totaled together on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation. Any provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation for the voluntary, mandatory or other conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into or for shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis shall be deemed not to adversely affect the rights of the Class A Common Stock, and every reference in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to a majority or other proportion of the votes of shares of Common Stock, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes to which such shares of Common Stock, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock are entitled.
 
  (d)   In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the amounts, if any, required to be paid to the Corporation’s creditors and the holders of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of Common Stock, and the holders of Class A Common Stock and the holders of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the same amount per share in respect thereof. For purposes of this paragraph (d) of this Section 5.3, the voluntary sale, conveyance, lease, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into one or more other corporations or entities (whether or not the Corporation is the corporation surviving such consolidation or merger) shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, voluntary or involuntary.
 
  (e)   Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one share of Class A Common Stock upon the transfer of such share if, after such transfer, such share is not beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation or any of its affiliates (not including the Corporation and the Corporation’s subsidiaries) or any successor to Teekay Corporation’s business or all or substantially all of its assets. For purposes of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, each reference to a “person” shall be deemed to include not only a natural person, but also a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association or legal entity of any kind; each reference to a “natural person” (or to a “record holder” of shares, if a natural person) shall be deemed to include in his or her representative capacity a guardian, executor, administrator or other legal representative of such natural person or record holder. For purposes of these Amended and Restated Articles of

3


 

      Incorporation, “affiliate” and “beneficial ownership” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Rules 12b-2 and 13d-3, respectively, under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
      In addition, each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one share of Class A Common Stock on the date, if any, on which the aggregate number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (not including the Corporation and the Corporation’s subsidiaries) or any successor to Teekay Corporation’s business or all or substantially all of its assets, represents less than 15% of the aggregate number of shares of the then outstanding Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, the last sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section 5.3 shall not apply to the preceding sentence.
 
      The Corporation will provide notice to all holders of record of the Common Stock as of the conversion date of any automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph of this paragraph (e) of this Section 5.3 as soon as practicable following any such conversion; provided, however , that the Corporation may satisfy such notice requirement by providing such notice to such holder of record not more than 60 nor less than 15 days prior to such conversion. Such notice shall be provided by mailing notice of such conversion, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record of the Common Stock, at such holder’s address as it appears on the transfer books of the Corporation; provided, however , that no failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the automatic conversion of any shares of Class B Common Stock. Each such notice shall state, as appropriate, the following:
  (i)   the automatic conversion date;
 
  (ii)   that all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock are (or will be) automatically converted; and
 
  (iii)   the place or places where certificates, if any, for such shares of Class B Common Stock may be surrendered in exchange for certificates representing shares, or uncertificated entry on the books of the Corporation, of Class A Common Stock.
      The Corporation shall not be required to pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock on the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph (e) of this Section 5.3, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.
 
  (f)   Each record holder of shares of Class B Common Stock (not including the Corporation and the Corporation’s subsidiaries) may convert any or all of such shares of Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock by such record holder providing a written notice to the Corporation, accompanied by certificates, if any, for such shares and any payment required for documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, stating that such record holder desires to convert such shares of Class B Common Stock into the same number of shares of Class A

4


 

      Common Stock, including for the purpose of the sale or other disposition of such shares of Class A Common Stock, and requesting that the Corporation issue all of such shares of Class A Common Stock to persons named therein, setting forth the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued to each such person and, if to be issued in certificated form, the denominations in which the certificates therefor are to be issued. To the extent permitted by law, such voluntary conversion shall be deemed to have been effected at the close of business on the date such record holder provides such written notice (and, if applicable, certificates) to the Corporation.
 
  (g)   Immediately upon any automatic or voluntary conversion of Class B Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.3, the rights of the holders of the applicable shares of Class B Common Stock as such shall cease and such holders shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record owners of the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion; provided, however , that such holders shall be entitled to receive when paid any dividends declared on the Class B Common Stock as of a record date preceding the time of such conversion and unpaid as of the time of such conversion.
 
      Upon any conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.3, any dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, for which the record date shall precede but the payment date shall be subsequent to such conversion, that may have been declared on the shares of Class B Common Stock so converted shall be deemed to have been declared, and shall be payable, with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock into or for which such shares of Class B Common Stock shall have been so converted, and any such dividend that shall have been declared on such shares payable in shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to have been declared and shall be payable in shares of Class A Common Stock.
 
  (h)   The Corporation shall not reissue or resell any shares of Class B Common Stock that shall have been converted into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to or as permitted by the provisions of this Section 5.3, or any shares of Class B Common Stock that shall have been acquired by the Corporation in any other manner.
 
      The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as would become issuable upon the conversion of all shares of Class B Common Stock then outstanding.
 
  (i)   All rights to vote and all voting power (including, without limitation, the right to elect directors) shall be vested exclusively in the holders of Common Stock, voting together as a single class, except as otherwise expressly provided in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the powers, preferences and rights of any Preferred Stock or as otherwise expressly required by applicable law.
      5.4 No preemptive rights
     Shareholders of the Corporation shall have no conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe for any of the Corporation’s securities.

5


 

ARTICLE VI
DIRECTORS
      6.1 General powers, number
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, the exact number of directors comprising the entire Board to be not less than three nor more than twelve (subject to any rights of the holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances) as determined from time to time by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of (a) a majority of the entire Board or (b) the holders of the shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”); provided, however , that from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, the Corporation’s shareholders shall only be entitled to change the number of directors comprising the entire Board by the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. As used in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the term “entire Board” means the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or unfilled newly created directorships.
      6.2 Election and terms
     Except as provided in Section 6.4 of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, directors shall be elected in the manner provided in the Corporation’s bylaws (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”). Cumulative voting, as defined in Section 71(2) of the BCA, shall not be used to elect directors.
      6.3 Shareholder nomination of Director candidates; shareholder proposal of business
     Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of Directors and of the proposal of business by shareholders shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
      6.4 Newly created directorships and vacancies
     Any vacancies in the Board for any reason and any created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, may be filled solely by the vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director; provided, however , that until Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”), if such vacancy was caused by an action of the shareholders, the vacancy shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock (or by the Board, in the absence of the shareholders so filling such vacancy). Any director so chosen shall hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the then

6


 

authorized number of directors shall be increased by the number of directors so to be elected, and the terms of the director or directors elected by such holders shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.
      6.5 Removal
     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), any director or the entire Board may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock or by directors constituting at least two-thirds of the entire Board; provided, however , that from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of not less than 80% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise required by law, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions of this Section 6.5 of this Article VI shall not apply with respect to the director or directors elected by such holders of Preferred Stock.
     (b) In order for the Corporation’s shareholders to remove a director, a special meeting of shareholders shall be convened and held in accordance with these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or the shareholders may act by written consent in lieu of a meeting as set forth in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws. Notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a director shall contain a statement of such intention.
     (c) For the purpose of this Section 6.5, “cause” means (i) conviction of a felony, indictable offence or similar criminal offence or (ii) willful misconduct that results in material injury (monetary or otherwise) to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.
     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if a director is removed from the Board by the Corporation’s shareholders under the provisions of this Section 6.5, the shareholders may fill the vacancy at the meeting at which (or through the written consent in lieu of a meeting by which) such director is removed. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.
ARTICLE VII
BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES OF THE CORPORATION
      7.1 General
     This Article VII anticipates the possibility that (a) Teekay Corporation may be a majority or significant shareholder of the Corporation, (b) certain officers and/or directors of the Corporation may also serve as officers and/or directors of Teekay Corporation, (c) the Corporation and Teekay Corporation, either directly or through their subsidiaries, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and (d) benefits may be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relationships with Teekay Corporation and its affiliates. The provisions of this Article VII shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as they may involve Teekay Corporation and its affiliates, and their respective officers

7


 

and directors, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and shareholders in connection therewith.
      7.2 Business opportunities
     Except as may be otherwise provided in a written agreement between the Corporation and Teekay Corporation, Teekay Corporation shall have the right to engage (and shall have no duty to refrain from engaging) in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Corporation, and the Corporation shall not be deemed to have an interest or expectancy in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter (each a “ Business Opportunity ”) in which Teekay Corporation engages or seeks to engage merely because the Corporation engages in the same or similar activities or lines of business as that involved in or implicated by such Business Opportunity.
      7.3 Conduct of Teekay Corporation
     If Teekay Corporation acquires knowledge of a potential Business Opportunity that may be deemed to constitute a corporate opportunity of both Teekay Corporation and the Corporation, then Teekay Corporation (a) shall be deemed to have fully satisfied and fulfilled its duty (fiduciary or otherwise) to the Corporation and its shareholders with respect to such Business Opportunity, (b) shall have no duty to communicate or offer such Business Opportunity to the Corporation, and (c) shall not be deemed to have acted in bad faith or in a manner inconsistent with the best interests of the Corporation or its shareholders or to have acted in a manner inconsistent with or opposed to any fiduciary duty to the Corporation or its shareholders by reason of the fact that Teekay Corporation pursues or acquires such Business Opportunity for itself or directs such Business Opportunity to another person.
      7.4 Definition
     For purposes of this Article VII only (a) the term “ Corporation ” shall mean the Corporation and all persons in which the Corporation beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests, and (b) the term “ Teekay Corporation ” shall mean Teekay Corporation and all persons (other than the Corporation, as defined in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 7.4) (i) in which Teekay Corporation beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests or (ii) which otherwise are affiliates of Teekay Corporation.
      7.5 Termination, survival
     Anything in these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to the contrary notwithstanding, this Article VII shall automatically terminate, expire and have no further force and effect on the date that (a) Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own Common Stock representing at least 20% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock and (b) no person who is a director or officer of the Corporation is also a director or officer of Teekay Corporation or a subsidiary or affiliate of Teekay Corporation (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries). No addition to, alteration of or termination of this Article VII or any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall eliminate or impair the effect of this Article VII on any act, omission, right or liability that occurred prior thereto.

8


 

ARTICLE VIII
LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR LIABILITY
     A director shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except, if required by the BCA for (a) liability for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or (c) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VIII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article VIII would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
      9.1 Right to Indemnification
     The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “ Covered Person ”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation) and whether formal or informal (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against any and all liabilities and losses suffered, and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred, by such Covered Person in connection with such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify or advance expenses to a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person (and not by way of defense) only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person (a) was authorized in the specific case by the Board, or (b) was brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, the BCA or otherwise.
      9.2 Prepayment of Expenses
     The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, pay the expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by a Covered Person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking

9


 

by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.
      9.3 Claims
     If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been presented to the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In addition, the Covered Person may file suit against the Corporation to establish a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.
      9.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights
     The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
      9.5 Other Sources
     The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced to the extent such Covered Person has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable by the Corporation.
      9.6 Amendment or Repeal
     Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
      9.7 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses
     This Article IX shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.
      9.8 Insurance
     The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

10


 

ARTICLE X
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all shareholders of the Corporation; provided, however , that (a) if the BCA is hereafter amended to permit shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent of the shareholders and (b) so long as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Voting Stock was present and voted or as otherwise set forth in the BCA as so amended.
ARTICLE XI
BYLAWS
     The Corporation’s Bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, at any regular or special meeting of the Board by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board or by unanimous written consent of the entire Board in lieu of a meeting; provided, however, that any bylaw amended or adopted by the directors may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the Voting Stock; provided, further , that from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, at least 80% of the voting power of all the Voting Stock shall be required to amend or repeal Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.13 or 9.4 of the Corporation’s Bylaws, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock shall be required to amend or repeal any other provision of the Bylaws.
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
     Notwithstanding any other provision of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock shall be required to amend or repeal Article VI, VII, X, XI or XII of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation; provided, however , that from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock shall be required to amend or repeal Article VI, VII, XI or this Article XII.
ARTICLE XIII
CORPORATE EXISTENCE
     Corporate existence began on October 17, 2007.

11

 

Exhibit 3.2
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
As adopted December 7, 2007
ARTICLE I. OFFICES AND RECORD
      1.1 Address; Registered Agent
     The registered address of the Corporation in the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.
      1.2 Other Offices
     The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the Marshall Islands, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.
ARTICLE II. SHAREHOLDERS
      2.1 Annual Meeting
     The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Marshall Islands as the Board may determine for the purpose of electing directors and transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the Chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is a failure to hold the annual meeting within a period of ninety (90) days after the date designated therefor, or if no date has been designated for a period of thirteen (13) months after the date the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation first become effective or, as applicable, after the Corporation’s last annual meeting, holders of not less than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of the then-outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”) may, in writing, demand the calling of a special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting specifying the time thereof, which shall not be less than two (2) nor more than three (3) months from the date of such call. The Secretary of the Corporation upon receiving the written demand shall promptly give notice of such meeting, or if the Secretary fails to do so within five (5) business days thereafter, any shareholder signing such demand may give such notice. Such notice shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed special meeting. The shares of stock represented at such meeting, either in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote thereat, shall constitute a quorum notwithstanding any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws to the contrary.
      2.2 Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders, etc.
     (a) No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or, if applicable, an authorized

-1-


 

shareholder pursuant to Section 2.1 above, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder or shareholders of the Corporation (A) who own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.2 of this Article II and have remained shareholders of record of at least such voting power of all Voting Stock through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (B) who comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.2(b) of this Article II.
     (b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder or shareholders, such shareholder or shareholders must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, such notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder or shareholders must be given not later than ten (10) days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made.
     (c) To be in proper written form, a notice of a shareholder or shareholders to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth, as to each matter such shareholder or shareholders propose to bring before the annual meeting, (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of each such shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by each such shareholder, and a representation that the shareholder or shareholders own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder or shareholders and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder or shareholders and any material interest of any such shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder or shareholders intend to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.2 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder or shareholders intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting must comply with Article III of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting.
     (d) No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II; provided, however , that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

-2-


 

      2.3 Special Meeting
     Except as otherwise required by law and the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only by (a) the Chairman of the Board or the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, at the direction of the Board as set forth in a resolution stating the purpose or purposes thereof approved by a majority of the entire Board, or (b) so long as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) beneficially own at least a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, Teekay Corporation. Only such business as is specified in the notice of any special meeting of the shareholders shall come before such meeting.
      2.4 Notice of Meetings
     Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise provided by law, stating the date, time, place and purpose thereof, and in the case of special meetings, the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, shall be given personally or sent by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have such shareholder’s shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the conclusion thereof that such shareholder did not receive notice of such meeting.
      2.5 Organization; Place of Meeting; Order of Business
     (a) At every meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in such person’s absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of both of them, any vice president, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a vice president to act as chairman of the meeting, the Board, or if the Board fails to act, the shareholders may appoint any shareholder, director or officer of the Corporation to act as chairman of any meeting.
     (b) Either the Board or the Chairman of the Board may designate the place, if any, of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the shareholders. If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive offices of the Corporation.
     (c) The order of business at all meetings of the shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting.
      2.6 Adjournments
     Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and except as provided in this Section 2.6 notice need not be given

-3-


 

of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 2.4 of this Article II.
      2.7 Quorum
     Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. If less than a quorum is present, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock, represented in person or by proxy, shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present.
      2.8 Shareholder Action; Voting
     Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, as described below, by the written consent of the shareholders.
     If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of all Voting Stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders; provided, however , that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote thereat. At any meeting of shareholders, with respect to a matter for which a shareholder is entitled to vote, each such shareholder may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy; provided, however , that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. A shareholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.
     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all shareholders of the Corporation; provided, however , that (a) if the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act (the “ BCA ”) is hereafter amended to permit shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent of the shareholders and (b) so long as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, such action may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to

-4-


 

authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Voting Stock was present and voted or as otherwise set forth in the BCA as so amended.
      2.9 Fixing of Record Date
     The Board may fix a time not more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders as the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such a meeting shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time and no others shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. The Board may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution, the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or allotment or for the purpose of such other action.
ARTICLE III. DIRECTORS
      3.1 General Powers; Number
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which shall consist of such number of directors as shall be determined from time to time pursuant to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors need not be residents of the Marshall Islands or shareholders of the Corporation. As used in these Bylaws, the phrase “entire Board” means the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or unfilled newly created directorships.
      3.2 How Elected
     Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or in Section 3.5 of this Article III, the directors of the Corporation (other than the first Board if named in the Articles of Incorporation or designated by the incorporators) shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders. Each director shall be elected to serve until the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
      3.3 Nomination of Directors
     (a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation at any meeting of shareholders, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right, if any, of holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any shareholder or shareholders of the Corporation (A) who own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.3 of this Article III and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (B) who comply with the notice procedures set forth in Section 3.3(b) of this Article III.

-5-


 

     (b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder or shareholders, such shareholder or shareholders must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely with respect to an annual meeting, such notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder or shareholders must be given not later than ten (10) days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. In the case of a special general meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the shareholder or shareholders must be given not later than ten (10) days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.
     (c) To be in proper written form, a notice of a shareholder or shareholders to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth: (i) as to each person whom the shareholder or shareholders propose to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to issuers that are not “foreign private issuers” (as defined in the Exchange Act and the rules and regulation promulgated thereunder), and (ii) as to each shareholder giving the notice (A) the name and record address of such shareholder, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder and a representation that the shareholder or shareholders giving such notice own beneficially or of record, in the aggregate, not less than one-fifth of the voting power of all Voting Stock, (C) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (D) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder that is applicable to issuers that are not “foreign private issuers.” Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.
     (d) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation at a meeting of shareholders unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.3 of this Article III. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

-6-


 

      3.4 Removal
     Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, directors may only be removed in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
      3.5 Vacancies
     Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies in the Board shall be filled as provided for in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.
      3.6 Regular meetings
     Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such place and on such day as may be determined by resolution of the Board and no notice shall be required for any regular meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting.
      3.7 Special meetings
     Special meetings of the Board may, unless otherwise provided by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or, until such time as Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (excluding the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, Teekay Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by any two directors stating the time, place and purpose of such special meeting. Special meetings of the Board shall be held at such place and on such date and at such time as may be designated in the notice thereof.
      3.8 Notice of Special Meeting
     Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this Section 3.8, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such director by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter to his last known address. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him.
      3.9 Quorum
     A majority of the directors at the time in office, present in person or by proxy or conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

-7-


 

      3.10 Action By Consent of the Board of Directors
     Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in accordance with applicable law.
      3.11 Meetings by Conference Telephone
     Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
      3.12 Records
     The Board shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the shareholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary of the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the Marshall Islands at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.
      3.13 Interested Directors
     No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors (or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board as defined in Section 55 of the BCA, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors); or (ii) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of such shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
      3.14 Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees
     The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to members of the Board and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation.

-8-


 

ARTICLE IV. COMMITTEES
      4.1 Committees
     The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members one or more committees; provided, however, that no committee shall have the power or authority to (i) fill a vacancy in the Board or in a committee thereof, (ii) amend or repeal any Bylaw or adopt any new Bylaw, (iii) amend or repeal any resolution of the entire Board, (iv) increase the number of directors on the Board or (v) remove any director. Members of any committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of the entire Board, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of the Board. Vacancies in membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the Board. Committees may adopt their own rules of procedures and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.
ARTICLE V. OFFICERS
      5.1 Number and Designation
     The Board shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary and such other officers as it may deem necessary. Officers may be of any nationality and need not be residents of the Marshall Islands. The salaries of officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office through death, resignation, removal or otherwise. Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause. Any vacancy in an office may be filled for the unexpired position of the term of such office by the Board at any regular or special meeting.
      5.2 Chief Executive Officer
     In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or an appointee of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders at which he or she shall be present. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be provided by law.
      5.3 Chief Financial Officer
     The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board may designate, shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, shall, whenever required by the Board, render or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation, shall have the power and perform the duties usually incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and shall have such powers and perform other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or Chief Executive Officer.

-9-


 

      5.4 Secretary
     The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board at which he is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal, if any, of the Corporation, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same, and shall exercise the powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
      5.5 Other Officers
     Any officers other than those described in Sections 5.2 through 5.4 of this Article V shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
ARTICLE VI. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES
      6.1 Form and Issuance
     (a) The shares of the Corporation’s capital stock may be certificated or uncertificated shares, as provided under the BCA, and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation and registered as they are issued. Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate in form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board that certifies the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. Any certificates shall be signed by (i) the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board and (ii) by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer or any Assistant Financial Officer. These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee. As used in these Bylaws, the term “uncertificated shares” refers to shares of the Corporation that: (x) are not represented by an instrument; (y) the transfer of which is registered upon books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the Corporation; and (z) are of a type commonly dealt in upon securities exchanges or markets. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated representing shares and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series shall be identical.
     (b) For each class or series of stock that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of any certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent each class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by the BCA, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of any certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each shareholder that so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation or its transfer agent shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information, described above, that is required to be set forth or stated on the

-10-


 

Corporation’s stock certificates, together with any additional information required to be provided to such registered owners pursuant to Section 42(5) of the BCA.
      6.2 Transfer
     Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated shares to the shareholder entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, if any, and record the transaction upon the Corporation’s books.
     Upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the shareholder entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.
     The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of shares of the Corporation’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.
      6.3 Loss of Stock Certificates
     The Board may direct a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed.
ARTICLE VII. DIVIDENDS
      7.1 Declaration and Form
     Dividends may be declared in conformity with law by, and at the discretion of, the Board at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock or other property of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VIII. NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, CONTRACTS, ETC.
      8.1 Execution of Contracts
     The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any vice president or any other officer or officers that the Board may designate shall have full authority in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instruments or notes, or other evidences of indebtedness unless such authority shall be limited by the Board to specific instances.

-11-


 

      8.2 Bank Accounts
     All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any officer or agent of the Corporation to whom such power may from time to time be delegated by the Board.
ARTICLE IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS
      9.1 Form of Corporate Seal
     The seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine.
      9.2 Resignation of Officers and Directors
     Any director or officer of the Corporation may resign as such at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation, and any member of any committee may resign by giving notice either as aforesaid or to the committee of which he or she is a member or to the chairman thereof. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof, and unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
      9.3 Fiscal Year
     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such period of twelve consecutive months as the Board may by resolution designate. Initially, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year.
      9.4 Amendments
     These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, solely at any regular or special meeting of the Board by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board; provided, however, that any bylaw amended or adopted by the directors may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the Voting Stock; provided, further , that from and after the date that Teekay Corporation and its affiliates (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) cease to beneficially own shares representing a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, at least 80% of the voting power of all the Voting Stock shall be required to amend or repeal Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.7, 2.8, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.13 or 9.4 of these Bylaws, and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Stock, shall be required to amend or repeal any other provision of these Bylaws.
      9.5 Savings Clause
     These Bylaws are subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation and applicable law. If any provision of these Bylaws is inconsistent with the BCA or the Articles of Incorporation, such provision shall be invalid only to the extent of such conflict, and such conflict shall not affect the validity of any other provision of these Bylaws.

-12-

 

Exhibit 4.1
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of December ___, 2007, by and between Teekay Tankers Ltd., a Marshall Islands company (the “Company”), and Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands company (the “Stockholder”).
     In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:
1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
     In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     “Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any Person means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “Agreement” means this Registration Rights Agreement, including all amendments, modifications and supplements and any exhibits or schedules to any of the foregoing, and shall refer to this Registration Rights Agreement as the same may be in effect at the time such reference becomes operative.
     “Common Shares” means shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other shares into which such shares are converted pursuant to a recapitalization or reorganization.
     “Company” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.
     “Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “Governmental Entity” means any national, federal, state, municipal, local, territorial, foreign or other government or any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, regulatory authority or instrumentality thereof, or any court, judicial, administrative or arbitral body or public or private tribunal.
     “Holder” means any holder of record of Registrable Common Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company may deem and treat the registered holder of Registrable Common

-1-


 

Shares as the Holder and absolute owner thereof, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.
     “Initiating Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
     “IPO” means the Company’s initial public offering registered under the Securities Act of Common Shares.
     “Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, incorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, Governmental Entity or any other entity.
     “Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.
     “Prospectus” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Common Shares covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.
     “Registrable Common Shares” means (a) all the Common Shares beneficially owned by the Stockholder or any of its Affiliates from time to time (including, without limitation, any and all Common Shares issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, such Common Shares); provided, however, that Registrable Common Shares shall not include any securities that are or became tradeable without restriction as to volume pursuant to Securities Act Rule 144 or that are sold by a Person either pursuant to a Registration Statement or Rule 144.
     “Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.
     “Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Registrable Common Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.
     “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “Stockholder” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.
     “Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(f) hereof.
     “underwritten registration” or “underwritten offering” means a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to underwriters for reoffering to the public.

-2-


 

     “Withdrawn Demand Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(g) hereof.
2. DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.
      (a)  Right to Request Registration. At any time after the first anniversary of the closing of the IPO, any Holder or Holders may request registration under the Securities Act (“Initiating Holders”) of all or part of the Registrable Common Shares (“Demand Registration”).
     Within 10 days after receipt of any such request for Demand Registration, the Company shall give written notice of such request to all other Holders of Registrable Common Shares and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2(d) hereof, include in such registration all such Registrable Common Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.
      (b)  Number of Demand Registrations. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(a), the Initiating Holders of Registrable Common Shares shall collectively be entitled to request an aggregate of three (3) Demand Registrations.  A registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations (i) until it has become effective, (ii) if the Initiating Holders requesting such registration are not able to register at least 50% of the Registrable Common Shares requested by such Initiating Holder to be included in such registration or (iii) in the case of a Demand Registration that would be the last permitted Demand Registration requested hereunder, if the Initiating Holders requesting such registration are not able to register all of the Registrable Common Shares requested to be included by such Initiating Holders in such registration.
      (c)  Priority on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Common Shares without the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Common Shares to be included in such registration, or, if such Demand Registration is an underwritten offering, without the written consent of the managing underwriters.  If the managing underwriters of the requested Demand Registration advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares proposed to be included in any such registration exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration only the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares which in the opinion of such managing underwriters can be sold.  If the number of shares which can be sold is less than the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares proposed to be registered, the amount of Registrable Common Shares to be so sold shall be allocated pro rata among the Holders of Registrable Common Shares desiring to participate in such registration on the basis of the amount of such Registrable Common Shares initially proposed to be registered by such Holders.  If the number of shares which can be sold exceeds the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares proposed to be sold, such excess shall be allocated pro rata among the other holders of securities, if any, desiring to participate in such registration based on the amount of such securities initially requested to be registered by such holders or as such holders may otherwise agree.

-3-


 

      (d)  Restrictions on Demand Registrations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within three months after the effective date of a previous Demand Registration, or a previous registration under which the Initiating Holders had piggyback rights pursuant to Section 3 hereof wherein the Initiating Holders were permitted to register, and actually sold, at least 50% of the shares of Registrable Common Shares requested to be included therein.  The Company may postpone for up to one hundred eighty (180) days the filing or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement for a Demand Registration if, based on the good faith judgment of the conflicts committee (“Conflicts Committee”) of the Company’s board of directors, such postponement or withdrawal is necessary (i) because such Demand Registration would materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Company, (ii) in order to avoid premature disclosure of a matter the Conflicts Committee has determined would not be in the best interest of the Company to be disclosed at such time or (iii) because such Demand Registration would render the Company unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company withdraw a Registration Statement after such Registration Statement has been declared effective; and provided, further, however, that in the event described above, the Initiating Holders requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count as one of the permitted Demand Registrations.  The Company shall provide written notice to the Initiating Holders requesting such Demand Registration of (x) any postponement or withdrawal of the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(d), (y) the Company’s decision to file or seek effectiveness of such Registration Statement following such withdrawal or postponement and (z) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.  The Company may defer the filing of a particular Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2(d) only once during any twelve-month period.
      (e)  Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Registrable Common Shares covered by a Demand Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Initiating Holders shall have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) to administer the offering subject to the approval of the Company, which will not be unreasonably withheld.
      (f)  Other Registration Rights. The Company shall not grant to any Person the right, other than as set forth herein, to request the Company to register any securities of the Company except such rights as are not more favorable than or inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein.  In the event the Company grants rights which are more favorable, the Company will make such provisions available to the Holders and will enter into any amendments necessary to confer such rights on the Holders.
      (g)  Effective Period of Demand Registrations. After any Demand Registration filed pursuant to this Agreement has become effective, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Demand Registration effective for a period equal to 180 days from the date on which the SEC declares such Demand Registration effective (or if such Demand Registration is not effective during any period within such 180 days, such 180-day period shall be extended by the number of days during such period when such Demand Registration is not effective), or such shorter period which shall terminate when all of the Registrable Common Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold pursuant to such Demand Registration.  If the Company shall withdraw any Demand Registration pursuant to

-4-


 

Section 2(d) (a “Withdrawn Demand Registration”), the Initiating Holders of the Registrable Common Shares remaining unsold and originally covered by such Withdrawn Demand Registration shall be entitled to a replacement Demand Registration which (subject to the provisions of this Section 2) the Company shall use its best efforts to keep effective for a period commencing on the effective date of such Demand Registration and ending on the earlier to occur of the date (i) which is 180 days from the effective date of such Demand Registration and (ii) on which all of the Registrable Common Shares covered by such Demand Registration have been sold.  Such additional Demand Registration otherwise shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement.
3. PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS.
      (a)  Right to Piggyback. If at any time following the IPO the Company proposes to register any of its common equity securities under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or on Form F-4 or any similar successor forms thereto), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company, and the registration form to be used may be used for any registration of Registrable Common Shares (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event within 10 days after its receipt of notice of any exercise of other demand registration rights) to all Holders of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Sections 3(b) and 3(c), shall include in such registration all Registrable Common Shares with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within 15 days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.  The Company may postpone or withdraw the filing or the effectiveness of a Piggyback Registration at any time in its sole discretion.
      (b)  Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Registrable Common Shares requested to be included therein by the Holders, pro rata among the Holders of such Registrable Common Shares on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such Holders, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such holders or as such holders may otherwise agree.
      (c)  Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of a holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Common Shares, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of shares of Registrable Common Shares proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders

-5-


 

requesting such registration, (ii) second, the Registrable Common Shares requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the Holders on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such Holders, and (iii) third, other securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the holders of such securities on the basis of the number of shares requested to be registered by such holders or as such holders may otherwise agree.
      (d)  Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary offering, the Company shall have the right to select the managing underwriter or underwriters to administer any such offering.
      (e)  Other Registrations. If the Company has previously filed a Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Common Shares, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to become effective any other registration of any of its securities under the Securities Act, whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least three months has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.
4. HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS.
     The Company and each Holder agree not to effect any sale or distribution of any of the Company’s common equity securities during the 10 days prior to and during the 90 days beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or F-4 or any successor forms thereto), unless the underwriters managing the offering otherwise agree to a shorter period or other exceptions.
5. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.
      (a)  Whenever the Holders request that any Registrable Common Shares be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Common Shares in accordance with the intended methods of disposition thereof.
      (b)  The Company shall ensure that no Registration Statement (including any amendments or supplements thereto and Prospectuses contained therein) shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (except, with respect to any Holder, for an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use therein).
      (c)  The Company shall make available to each Holder whose Registrable Common Shares are included in a Registration Statement (i) promptly after the same is prepared and publicly distributed, filed with the SEC, or received by the Company, one copy of each Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, each preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, each letter written by or on behalf of the Company to the SEC or the staff of the SEC (or other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other

-6-


 

body having jurisdiction, including any domestic or foreign securities exchange), and each item of correspondence from the SEC or the staff of the SEC (or other governmental agency or self-regulatory body or other body having jurisdiction, including any domestic or foreign securities exchange), in each case relating to such Registration Statement (other than any portion thereof which contains information for which the Company has sought confidential treatment), and (ii) such number of copies of a Prospectus, including a preliminary Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Common Shares owned by such Holder. The Company will promptly notify each Holder by facsimile of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment. The Company will promptly respond to any and all comments received from the SEC, with a view towards causing each Registration Statement or any amendment thereto to be declared effective by the SEC as soon as practicable and shall file an acceleration request as soon as practicable following the resolution or clearance of all SEC comments or, if applicable, following notification by the SEC that any such Registration Statement or any amendment thereto will not be subject to review.
      (d)  At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and take such further action as any Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to be eligible to sell Registrable Common Shares pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in effect).
      (e)  The Company may require each seller of Registrable Common Shares as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company any other information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.
      (f)  Each seller of Registrable Common Shares agrees by having its shares treated as Registrable Common Shares hereunder that, upon notice of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (a “Suspension Notice”), such seller will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Common Shares until such seller is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed and is furnished with a supplemented or amended Prospectus as contemplated by Section 5(c) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such seller will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such seller’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Common Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice; provided, however, that such postponement of sales of Registrable Common Shares by the Holders shall not exceed ninety (90) days in the aggregate in any one year. If the Company shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Common Shares pursuant to a Prospectus, the Company shall extend the period of time during which the Company is required to maintain the Registration Statement effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date such seller either is advised by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed or receives the copies of the supplemented or amended

-7-


 

Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(c). In any event, the Company shall not be entitled to deliver more than three (3) Suspension Notices in any one year.
6. REGISTRATION EXPENSES.
      (a)  All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, listing application fees, printing expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, cost of distributing Prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses”) (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of Registrable Common Shares or fees and expenses of more than one counsel representing the Holders of Registrable Common Shares), shall be borne by the Company. In addition, the Company shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which they are to be listed.
      (b)  In connection with each registration initiated hereunder (whether a Demand Registration or a Piggyback Registration), the Company shall reimburse the Holders covered by such registration or sale for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one law firm chosen by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares included in such registration or sale.
      (c)  The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses described in Sections 6(a) and (b) shall apply irrespective of whether a registration, once properly demanded, if applicable, becomes effective, is withdrawn or suspended, or is converted to another form of registration and irrespective of when any of the foregoing shall occur; provided, however, that Registration Expenses for any Registration Statement withdrawn solely at the request of a Holder of Registrable Common Shares (unless withdrawn following postponement of filing by the Company in accordance with Section 2(d)) or any supplements or amendments to a Registration Statement or Prospectus resulting from a misstatement furnished to the Company by a Holder shall be borne by such Holder.
7. INDEMNIFICATION.
      (a)  The Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its officers, directors and Affiliates and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or applicable “blue sky” laws, except insofar as the same are made in reliance and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or

-8-


 

caused by such Holder’s failure to deliver to such Holder’s immediate purchaser a copy of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders.
      (b)  In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Common Shares is participating, each such Holder shall furnish to the Company in writing such information and affidavits as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus and, shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers, directors, Affiliates and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arising out of or based upon any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission are made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein or caused by such Holder’s failure to deliver to such Holder’s immediate purchaser a copy of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (if the same was required by applicable law to be so delivered) after the Company has furnished such Holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same; provided, however, that the indemnification obligations of the Holders under this Section 7(b) shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders and the liability of each such Holder shall be in proportion to and limited to the net amount received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Common Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement.
      (c)  Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification, provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7 and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are in

-9-


 

addition to or may conflict with those available to another indemnified party with respect to such claim.
      (d)  The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities.
      (e)  If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to this Section 7 is due in accordance with the terms hereof, but is held by a court to be unavailable or unenforceable in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to herein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which result in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified Person on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and by such party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder be greater in amount than the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder upon such sale or the amount for which such indemnifying party would have been obligated to pay by way of indemnification if the indemnification provided for under Sections 7(a) or (b) hereof had been available under the circumstances.
8. PARTICIPATION IN UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS.
     No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
9. RULE 144.
     The Company covenants that it will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, and it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request to make available adequate current public information with respect to the Company meeting the current public information requirements of Rule 144(c) under the Securities Act, to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Common Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as

-10-


 

such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC.
10. MISCELLANEOUS.
        (a)  Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or mailed postage prepaid by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission (with prompt telephone confirmation thereafter):
 If to the Company:
Teekay Tankers Ltd.
Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park
West Bay Street and Blake Road
P.O. Box AP-59212
Nassau, Commonwealth of the Bahamas
Attention:                                                
Facsimile No.:                                          
If to Stockholder:
Teekay Corporation
Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park
West Bay Street and Blake Road
P.O. Box AP-59213
Nassau, Commonwealth of the Bahamas
Attention:                                                
Facsimile No.:                                          
       If to a transferee Holder, to the address of such Holder set forth in the transfer documentation provided to the Company;
       in each case (other than for any transferee Holder) with copies to (which shall not constitute notice):
Perkins Coie LLP
1120 NW Couch Street, 10th Floor
Portland, OR 97209
Attention: David Matheson
Facsimile No.: (503) 346-2000
or at such other address as such party each may specify by written notice to the others, and each such notice, request, consent and other communication shall for all purposes of the Agreement be treated as being effective or having been given when delivered personally, upon receipt of facsimile confirmation if transmitted by facsimile, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt

-11-


 

or 72 hours after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the deposit of United States mail, addressed and postage prepaid as aforesaid.
      (b)  No Waivers. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
      (c)  Expenses. Except as otherwise provided for herein or otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement shall be paid by the Company.
      (d)  Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, it being understood that subsequent Holders of the Registrable Common Shares are intended third party beneficiaries of this Agreement. In particular, each Holder shall have the right to assign its rights under this Agreement (but only with all related obligations) in connection with the transfer of any of such Holder’s Common Shares to any of its Affiliates.
      (e)  Governing Law. The internal laws, and not the laws of conflicts (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York), of New York shall govern the enforceability and validity of this Agreement, the construction of its terms and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties.
      (f)  Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in any federal or state court located in the County and State of New York, and each of the parties hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding which is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each party agrees that service of process on such party as provided in Section 10(a) shall be deemed effective service of process on such party.
      (g)  Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
      (h)  Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile) and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document. All such counterparts shall be deemed an original, shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same

-12-


 

instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received counterparts hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto.
      (i)  Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all other prior agreements, written or oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.
      (j)  Captions. The headings and other captions in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and shall not be used in interpreting, construing or enforcing any provision of this Agreement.
      (k)  Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
      (l)  Amendments. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Common Shares; provided, however, that without a Holder’s written consent no such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver shall affect adversely such Holder’s rights hereunder in a discriminatory manner inconsistent with its adverse effects on rights of other Holders hereunder (other than as reflected by the different number of shares held by such Holder); provided, further, that the consent or agreement of the Company shall be required with regard to any termination, amendment, modification or supplement of, or waivers or consents to departures from, the terms hereof, which affect the Company’s obligations hereunder. This Agreement cannot be changed, modified, discharged or terminated by oral agreement.
      (m)  Aggregation of Shares. All Registrable Common Shares held by or acquired by any Affiliated Persons will be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
      (n)  Equitable Relief. Without limiting the remedies available, the parties hereto acknowledge that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under this Agreement will result in material irreparable injury to the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, any Holder shall have the right to obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]

-13-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Registration Rights Agreement has been duly executed by each of the parties hereto as of the date first written above.
             
    TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
           
    TEEKAY CORPORATION
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    

-14-

 

EXHIBIT 8.1
PERKINS COIE
1201 Third Avenue, Suite 4800
Seattle, WA 98101-3099
December 10, 2007
Teekay Tankers Ltd.
Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park
West Bay Street and Blake Road
P.O. Box AP-59212
Nassau, Commonwealth of the Bahamas
Re:            Registration Statement on Form F-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel for Teekay Tankers Ltd., an entity organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands (the “Company”), in connection with the issuance and sale of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Offering”). This opinion is being delivered in connection with the Registration Statement on Form F-1 relating to the Offering (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), to which this opinion appears as an exhibit.
     You have requested our opinion regarding certain United States federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective shareholders. In rendering our opinion, we have examined and relied upon the truth, accuracy, and completeness of the facts, statements and representations contained in (i) the Registration Statement, (ii) the certificate of the Company, Teekay Corporation, a Republic of The Marshall Islands corporation (“Teekay”), and certain affiliates of Teekay (the “Tax Certificate”), and (iii) such other documents, certificates, records and factual representations made by the Company as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below. We have not, however, undertaken an independent investigation of any factual matters set forth in any of the foregoing.
     In addition, we have assumed, with your permission, (i) that the statements concerning the Company and its operations contained in the Registration Statement, and the representations made by the Company, Teekay, and certain affiliates of Teekay in the Tax Certificate, are true, correct and complete and will remain true, correct and complete at all relevant times, (ii) the authenticity of the original documents submitted to us, the conformity to the originals of documents submitted to us as copies, and the due and valid execution and delivery of all such documents where due execution and delivery are a prerequisite to the effectiveness thereof and (iii) that any representation or statement made in the Tax Certificate with the qualification “to the knowledge of” or “based on the belief of” the Company, Teekay or certain affiliates of Teekay or other similar qualification, is true, correct and

 


 

Teekay Tankers Ltd.
December 10, 2007
Page 2
complete and will remain true, correct and complete at all relevant times, in each case without such qualification.
     Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, assumptions and caveats set forth herein, we hereby confirm our opinion set forth in the discussion contained in the Registration Statement under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
     This opinion addresses only the matters of the United States federal income taxation specifically described under the heading “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the Registration Statement. This opinion does not address any other United States federal tax consequences or any state, local or foreign tax consequences that may result from the Offering or any other transaction undertaken in connection with or in contemplation thereof.
     We hereby consent to the discussion of this opinion in the Registration Statement, to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the captions “Legal Matters” and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, nor do we admit that we are experts with respect to any part of the Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “expert” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
     
 
  Very truly yours,
 
   
 
  /s/ PERKINS COIE

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.1
CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION
AGREEMENT
     THIS CONTRIBUTION, CONVEYANCE AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of December ___, 2007, effective as of the Effective Time defined herein, among Teekay Corporation, a Marshall Islands corporation (“ Teekay ”), Teekay Holdings Limited, a Bermudian holding company and wholly owned subsidiary of Teekay (“ THL ”), and Teekay Tankers Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation (“ Teekay Tankers ”). The foregoing shall be referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Certain capitalized terms have the meanings assigned to them in Article I hereof.
RECITALS
     A. Teekay has formed Teekay Tankers for the purpose of, among other things, acquiring, owning and operating certain oil tankers that trade in the spot market or under short- or medium-term time-charter contracts.
     B. The respective Boards of Directors of Teekay, THL and Teekay Tankers have authorized the Parties to enter into this Agreement and effect the actions set forth below.
     C. THL owns, among other things, (a) 1,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of Teekay Tankers and (b) all of the ownership interests of the Contributed LLCs, each of which in turn owns one of the Contributed Vessels.
     D. The Group 1 LLCs owe an aggregate of $35,100,000 of debt to third party lenders (the “ Group 1 LLC Debt ”) and the Group 2 LLCs are parties to the New Credit Facility, which will have an outstanding balance of $114,000,000 as of the Effective Time (the “ Group 2 LLC Debt ”).
     E. Teekay owes $35,000,000 to the Group 2 LLCs as an inter-company loan (the “ Inter-company Loan ”).
     F. The Parties desire, in connection with the proposed Offering by Teekay Tankers, to undertake the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) the contribution by THL to Teekay Tankers of the Contributed LLCs, (b) the granting by Teekay to Teekay Tankers of the right to purchase any or all of the Suezmax Tankers and (c) the allocation of certain business opportunities between (i) Teekay and its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members and (ii) the Teekay Tankers Group members.

Page 1


 

AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual undertakings and agreements hereunder, the Parties undertake and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS; RECORDATION
     1.1 Definitions . In addition to terms defined above or elsewhere in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the meanings given below.
     “ Acts ” means, collectively, the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act and the Marshall Islands Limited Liability Company Act.
     “ affiliate ” of any Person means any other Person which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. The term “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) as used with respect to any Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ Articles of Incorporation ” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Teekay Tankers, as they may be further amended from time to time.
     “ Assets ” means the assets, rights and interests contributed and conveyed (or intended so to be), directly or indirectly, to Teekay Tankers as reflected in this Agreement, including the Contributed LLCs, the Contributed Vessels and all other assets, rights and interests of the Contributed LLCs.
     “ Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Teekay Tankers.
     “ Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Teekay Tankers, which entitles the holder thereto to the voting and other rights as set forth in the Articles of Incorporation.
     “ Contributed LLCs ” means, collectively, the Group 1 LLCs and the Group 2 LLCs.
     “ Contributed Vessels ” means the nine Aframax-class oil tankers owned by the Contributed LLCs as of the date hereof, which are described on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

Page 2


 

     “ Covered Environmental Losses ” means all environmental and toxic tort Losses suffered or incurred by the Teekay Tankers Group by reason of or arising out of:
     (a) any violation of Environmental Laws with respect to the ownership or operation of any of the Assets; or
     (b) any event or condition associated with ownership or operation by Teekay or its affiliates of the Assets (including, without limitation, the presence of Hazardous Substances on, under, about or migrating to or from the Assets or the disposal or release of Hazardous Substances arising from the operation of the Assets), including, without limitation, (i) the cost and expense of any investigation, assessment, evaluation, monitoring, containment, cleanup, repair, restoration, remediation or other corrective action required or necessary under Environmental Laws, (ii) the cost or expense of the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial, corrective action or other plans required or necessary under Environmental Laws and (iii) the cost and expense for, damages from or settlement of any environmental or toxic tort claim, including any pre-trial, trial or appellate legal or litigation support work;
but only to the extent that such violation under clause (a) above, or such events or conditions included in clause (b) above, occurred or existed before or at the Effective Time; and provided that in no event shall Losses to the extent arising from a change in any Environmental Law after the Effective Time be deemed “Covered Environmental Losses.”
     “ Effective Time ” means the time when the transactions contemplated by Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement are deemed to have been consummated.
     “ Environmental Laws ” means all Laws relating to protection of health and safety or the environment, including, without limitation, the United States federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the Marine Mammal Protection Act, the Endangered Species Act, the National Environmental Policy Act, and other environmental conservation and protection laws, each as amended through the Effective Time.
     “ Group 1 LLCs ” means, collectively, the following Marshall Islands limited liability companies: Erik Spirit L.L.C. and Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.

Page 3


 

     “ Group 2 LLCs ” means, collectively, the following Marshall Islands limited liability companies: Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C., Falster Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C., Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C. and Sotra Spirit Holding L.L.C.
     “ Hazardous Substances ” means (a) substances, or substances which contain substances, defined in or regulated under applicable Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum and petroleum products, including, without limitation, crude oil and any fractions thereof; (c) natural gas, synthetic gas and any mixtures thereof; (d) any substances with respect to which a federal, state, foreign or local agency requires environmental investigation, monitoring, reporting or remediation; (e) any hazardous waste or solid waste within the meaning of any Environmental Law; (f) any solid, hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemical, material, waste or substance within the meaning of and regulated by any Environmental Law; (g) any radioactive material; and (h) any asbestos-containing materials.
     “ Laws ” means any and all federal, state, local or foreign laws, statutes, ordinances, treaties, rules or regulations promulgated by a governmental authority, orders of a governmental authority, judicial decisions, decisions of arbitrators or determinations of any governmental authority or court.
     “ Losses ” means losses, damages, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees) of any and every kind or character; provided, however, that such term shall not include any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages.
     “ Manager ” means Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd., a Marshall Islands corporation and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Teekay, in its capacity as the Manager under the Management Agreement to be entered into between it and Teekay Tankers in connection with the Offering.
     “ New Credit Facility ” means the $229 million revolving line of credit issued to the Group 2 LLCs and secured by, among other things, the Contributed Vessels owned by the Group 2 LLCs.
     “ Offering ” means the initial public offering of up to 11,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock by Teekay Tankers to the public (including 1,500,000 shares issuable upon exercise in full by the Underwriters of their over-allotment option under the Underwriting Agreement).

Page 4


 

     “ Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, incorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation or any other entity.
     “ Promissory Note ” means the non-interest bearing promissory note of Teekay Tankers in favor of THL in the original principal amount of
$                      .
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, to be entered into between Teekay and Teekay Tankers, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
     “ Registration Statement ” means the registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-147798) filed by Teekay Tankers with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the Offering, as it may be amended.
     “ Suezmax Tankers ” means, collectively, the four Suezmax-class oil tankers described on Schedule 2 attached hereto.
     “ Teekay Tankers Group ” means, collectively, Teekay Tankers and its subsidiaries.
     “ Underwriting Agreement ” means the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of December ___, 2007, among the Underwriters, Teekay, Teekay Tankers and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.
     “ Underwriters ” means the underwriters of the Offering.
ARTICLE II
CONTRIBUTIONS, OFFERING AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
     2.1 Contribution and Conveyance. The Parties acknowledge and agree that each of the following actions hereby occurs effective as of the beginning of December ___, 2007.
     2.1.1 Contribution by THL to Teekay Tankers of its Interests in the Contributed LLCs. THL conveys its 100% ownership interest in each of the Contributed LLCs to Teekay Tankers in exchange for (a) the issuance to THL by Teekay Tankers of (i) 2,499,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, (ii) 12,500,000 shares of Class B Common Stock and (iii) the Promissory Note and (b) the execution and delivery by Teekay Tankers to Teekay of the Registration Rights Agreement.

Page 5


 

     2.1.2 Repayment by Teekay to Teekay Tankers of Inter-company Loan . Teekay repays the Inter-company Loan by paying to Teekay Tankers the amount of the Inter-company Loan, and Teekay Tankers is then treated as being the obligor to the Group 2 LLCs with respect to the Inter-company Loan.
     2.2 Offering. The Parties acknowledge and agree that each of the following transactions hereby occurs on December ___, 2007, following the completion of the transactions set forth in Section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Closing of Offering . The public, through the Underwriters and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, pays $                      (the “ IPO Proceeds ”) in cash to Teekay Tankers in exchange for 10,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (excluding up to 1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, if any, by the Underwriters of their over-allotment option under the Underwriting Agreement).
     2.2.2 Teekay Tankers Use of IPO Proceeds . Teekay Tankers applies the IPO Proceeds (a) to pay the Underwriters’ discounts and commissions of $                      (which may be withheld by the Underwriters from the IPO Proceeds as payment thereof), (b) to pay other Offering expenses incurred by Teekay Tankers of approximately $2.0 million and (c) with respect to the remaining IPO Proceeds, to repay the Promissory Note.
     2.3 Over-Allotment Option . The Parties acknowledge and agree that, upon any exercise by the Underwriters of their over-allotment option under the Underwriting Agreement:
     2.3.1 Closing of Over-Allotment Exercise . The public, through the Underwriters and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, shall pay $___ (the “ Price to the Public ”) in cash to Teekay Tankers in exchange for each share of Class A Common Stock issued upon exercise of the over-allotment option.
     2.3.2 Teekay Tankers Use of Over-Allotment Proceeds . Teekay Tankers shall apply the over-allotment proceeds, together with any additional required funds of its own (a) to pay the Underwriters’ discounts and commissions related to such exercise of the over-allotment option as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (which may be withheld by the Underwriters from the over-allotment-proceeds as payment thereof), (b) to pay any additional Offering expenses incurred by Teekay Tankers and (c) to repurchase from THL the same number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which the over-allotment is exercised by the Underwriters, at a per share price equal to the Price to the Public.

Page 6


 

ARTICLE III
ASSUMPTION OF CERTAIN LIABILITIES
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, none of the Parties shall be deemed to have assumed, and none of the Assets have been or are being contributed subject to, any liens or security interests securing consensual indebtedness covering any of the Assets, except that the Parties acknowledge that the Contributed Vessels and related assets are subject to liens and security interests related to the Group 1 LLC Debt and the Group 2 LLC Debt.
ARTICLE IV
TITLE MATTERS
     4.1 Generally .
     (a) The Parties agree that the contribution and conveyance (by operation of law or otherwise) of the various Assets are made expressly subject to all Laws of governmental authorities or tribunals having or asserting jurisdiction over the Assets and operations conducted thereon or therewith, in each case to the extent the same are valid and enforceable and affect the Assets.
     (b) To the extent that certain jurisdictions in which the Assets are located or deemed to be located may require that documents be recorded in order to evidence the transfers of title reflected in this Agreement, then the provisions set forth in Section 4.1(a) above shall also be applicable to the conveyances under such documents.
     4.2 Disclaimer of Warranties; Subrogation; Waiver of Bulk Sales Laws .
     (a) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OFFERING, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT NONE OF THE PARTIES HAS MADE, OR IS MAKING, AND EACH SUCH PARTY SPECIFICALLY NEGATES AND DISCLAIMS, ANY REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES, COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS OR GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, ORAL OR WRITTEN, PAST OR PRESENT, REGARDING (A) THE VALUE, NATURE, QUALITY OR CONDITION OF THE ASSETS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE ASSETS GENERALLY, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE PRESENCE OR LACK OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR OTHER MATTERS ON THE ASSETS, (B) THE INCOME TO BE DERIVED FROM THE ASSETS,

Page 7


 

(C) THE SUITABILITY OF THE ASSETS FOR ANY AND ALL ACTIVITIES AND USES THAT MAY BE CONDUCTED THEREON OR THEREWITH, (D) THE COMPLIANCE OF OR BY THE ASSETS OR THEIR OPERATION WITH ANY LAWS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OR POLLUTION LAWS, RULES, REGULATIONS, ORDERS OR REQUIREMENTS), OR (E) THE MERCHANTABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE ASSETS. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OFFERING, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT (I) SUCH PARTY HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO INSPECT THE ASSETS, AND SUCH PARTY IS RELYING SOLELY ON ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ASSETS AND NOT ON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED OR TO BE PROVIDED BY ANY OF THE OTHER PARTIES, (II) NONE OF THE PARTIES IS LIABLE OR BOUND IN ANY MANNER BY ANY VERBAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE ASSETS FURNISHED BY ANY AGENT, EMPLOYEE, SERVANT OR THIRD PARTY, (III) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRIBUTION OF THE ASSETS AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN IS MADE IN AN “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” CONDITION WITH ALL FAULTS, AND THE ASSETS ARE CONTRIBUTED AND CONVEYED SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE MATTERS CONTAINED IN THIS SECTION. THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE SUCH CONTRIBUTION AND CONVEYANCE OR THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN NEGOTIATED BY THE PARTIES AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION AND ARE INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE EXCLUSION AND NEGATION OF ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS THAT MAY ARISE PURSUANT TO ANY LAW NOW OR HEREAFTER IN EFFECT, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OFFERING.
     (b) To the extent that certain jurisdictions in which the Assets are located or registered or deemed to be located may require that documents be recorded in order to evidence the transfers of title reflected in this Agreement, then the disclaimers set forth in Section 4.2(a) above shall also be applicable to the conveyances under such documents.

Page 8


 

     (c) The contributions of the Assets made under this Agreement are made with full rights of substitution and subrogation of the respective Parties receiving such contributions, and all persons claiming by, through and under such Parties, to the extent assignable, in and to all covenants and warranties by the predecessors-in-title of the Parties contributing the Assets, and with full subrogation of all rights accruing under applicable statutes of limitation and all rights of action of warranty against all former owners of the Assets.
     (d) Each of the Parties agrees that the disclaimers contained in this Section 4.2 are “conspicuous” disclaimers. Any covenants implied by Law by the use of the words “grant,” “convey,” “bargain,” “sell,” “assign,” “transfer,” “deliver” or “set over” or any of them, or any other words used in this Agreement or any exhibits hereto, are hereby expressly disclaimed, waived and negated.
     (e) Each of the Parties hereby waives compliance with any applicable bulk sales law or any similar Law in any applicable jurisdiction in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE V
INDEMNIFICATION
     5.1 Teekay Indemnification . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 and Section 5.3, Teekay shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Teekay Tankers Group members from and against: (a) any Covered Environmental Losses, to the extent that Teekay is notified by Teekay Tankers of a claim for indemnification of any such Covered Environmental Losses within five (5) years after the Effective Time; (b) Losses to the Teekay Tankers Group arising from (i) the failure of the Teekay Tankers Group, immediately after the Effective Time, to be the owner of fee ownership interests in and to any of the Assets as are necessary to enable the Teekay Tankers Group members to own and operate such Assets in substantially the same manner that such Assets were owned and operated by Teekay and its affiliates immediately prior to the Effective Time, or (ii) the failure of the Teekay Tankers Group members to have as of the Effective Time any consent or governmental permit necessary to allow the Teekay Tankers Group members to own and operate any of the Assets in substantially the same manner that such Assets were owned and operated by Teekay and its affiliates immediately prior to the Effective Time, in each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the extent that Teekay is notified by Teekay Tankers of a claim for indemnification for such Losses within three (3) years after the Effective Time; (c) all U.S. federal, state and local and all foreign income tax liabilities attributable to the ownership or operation of any of the Assets prior to the Effective Time, including any such income tax liabilities of Teekay or its affiliates that may result from the consummation of the formation transactions for Teekay Tankers, but excluding any

Page 9


 

U.S. federal, state and local and any foreign income taxes reserved on the books of the Teekay Tankers Group members as of the Effective Time; (d) any events or conditions attributable to or associated with ownership or operation of any assets, rights or interests of Teekay or its affiliates (other than the Teekay Tankers Group) other than any of the Assets, whether occurring before or after the Effective Time; and (e) any and all liabilities and obligations of Teekay or its affiliates (other than the Teekay Tankers Group) of any and every kind or character not assumed, directly or indirectly, by Teekay Tankers pursuant to this Agreement.
     5.2 Limitation Regarding Indemnification . The aggregate liability of Teekay under Section 5.1(a) above in connection with the Assets shall not exceed $10 million. Furthermore, no claim may be made against Teekay for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.1(a) in connection with the Assets unless the aggregate dollar amount of all claims for indemnification by the Teekay Tankers Group pursuant to such section shall exceed $500,000, in which case Teekay shall be liable for claims for indemnification only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds $500,000.
     5.3 Indemnification Procedures .
     (a) Teekay Tankers agrees that within a reasonable period of time after it becomes aware of facts giving rise to a claim for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.1, it will provide notice thereof in writing to Teekay specifying the nature of and specific basis for such claim.
     (b) Teekay shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of (and any counterclaims with respect to) any claims of third parties brought against the Teekay Tankers Group that are covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 5.1, including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however, that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of Teekay Tankers (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee of the Teekay Tankers Board of Directors), unless it includes a full release of the Teekay Tankers Group from such matter or issues, as the case may be.
     (c) Teekay Tankers agrees to cooperate fully with Teekay with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in Section 5.1, including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to Teekay of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Teekay Tankers Group may receive, permitting the names of the members of the Teekay Tankers Group to be used in connection with such defense, the making available to Teekay of any files, records or other information of the Teekay Tankers Group that Teekay considers

Page 10


 

relevant to such defense and the making available to Teekay of any employees of the Teekay Tankers Group; provided, however, that in connection therewith Teekay agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of the Teekay Tankers Group and further agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all files, records and other information furnished by Teekay Tankers pursuant to this Section 5.3. In no event shall the obligation of the Teekay Tankers Group to cooperate with Teekay as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Teekay Tankers Group an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims covered by the indemnification set forth in this Article V; provided, however , that Teekay Tankers may, at its own option, cost and expense, hire and pay for counsel in connection with any such defense. Teekay agrees to keep any such counsel hired by Teekay Tankers reasonably informed as to the status of any such defense (including, without limitation, providing such counsel with such information related to any such defense as such counsel may reasonably request), but Teekay shall have the right to retain sole control over such defense.
     (d) In determining the amount of any Loss for which any of the Teekay Tankers Group members are entitled to indemnification under this Article V, the gross amount of the indemnification shall be reduced by (i) any insurance proceeds realized by the Teekay Tankers Group, and such correlative insurance benefit shall be net of any incremental insurance premium that becomes due and payable by the Teekay Tankers Group as a result of such claim, and (ii) all amounts recovered by the Teekay Tankers Group under contractual indemnities from third Persons. Teekay Tankers hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to realize any applicable insurance proceeds or amounts recoverable under such contractual indemnities; provided, however , that the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) of the Teekay Tankers Group in connection with such efforts shall be promptly reimbursed by Teekay in advance of any determination of whether such insurance proceeds or other amounts will be recoverable.
ARTICLE VI
FURTHER ASSURANCES
     6.1 Further Assurances . From time to time after the date hereof, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional deeds, assignments, bills of sale, conveyances, instruments, notices, releases, acquittances and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable Law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the

Page 11


 

applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement, or intended so to be, and (c) to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
     6.2 Power of Attorney . Each Party that has conveyed any Assets (the “ Conveyed Assets ”) as reflected by this Agreement (collectively, the “ Conveying Parties ”) hereby constitutes and appoints Teekay Tankers (the “ Attorney-in-Fact ”) its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution for it and in its name, place and stead or otherwise on behalf of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns, and for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact to demand and receive from time to time the Conveyed Assets contributed and conveyed by this Agreement (or intended so to be) and to execute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party and its successors and assigns instruments of conveyance, instruments of further assurance and to give receipts and releases in respect of the same, and from time to time to institute and prosecute in the name of the applicable Conveying Party for the benefit of the Attorney-in-Fact, any and all proceedings at law, in equity or otherwise which the Attorney-in-Fact may deem proper in order to (a) collect, assert or enforce any claims, rights or titles of any kind in and to the Conveyed Assets, (b) defend and compromise any and all actions, suits or proceedings in respect of any of the Conveyed Assets, and (c) do any and all such acts and things in furtherance of this Agreement as the Attorney-in-Fact shall deem advisable. Each Conveying Party hereby declares that the appointment hereby made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are and shall be irrevocable and perpetual and shall not be terminated by any act of any Conveying Party or its successors or assigns or by operation of law.
     6.3 Other Assurances . From time to time after the date hereof, and without any further consideration, each of the Parties shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional instruments, notices and other documents, and will do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable Law, as may be necessary or appropriate to more fully and effectively carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement. It is the express intent of the Parties that Teekay Tankers or its subsidiaries own all assets necessary to operate the Assets that are identified in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement. To the extent any assets were not identified but are necessary to the operation of such Assets that were identified, then the intent of the Parties is that all such unidentified assets are intended to be conveyed to the appropriate Parties to this Agreement or their subsidiaries. To the extent such assets are identified at a later date, the Parties shall take the appropriate actions required in order to convey all such assets to the appropriate Parties to this Agreement or their subsidiaries. Likewise, to the extent that assets are identified at a later date that were not intended by the parties to be conveyed as reflected in this Agreement or

Page 12


 

the Registration Statement, the Parties shall take the appropriate actions required in order to convey all such assets to the appropriate party.
     6.4 Consents; Restriction on Assignment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if there are prohibitions against or conditions to the contribution and conveyance of one or more of the Assets without the prior written consent of third parties, including, without limitation, governmental agencies (other than consents of a ministerial nature which are normally granted in the ordinary course of business), which if not satisfied would result in a breach of such prohibitions or conditions or would give an outside party the right to terminate rights of the Party to whom the applicable Assets were intended to be conveyed (the “ Beneficial Owner ”) with respect to such portion of the Assets (herein called a “ Restriction ”), then any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the transfer of title to or interest in each such portion of the Assets (herein called the “ Restriction Asset ”) pursuant to this Agreement shall not become effective unless and until such Restriction is satisfied, waived or no longer applies. When and if such a Restriction is so satisfied, waived or no longer applies, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and any applicable contractual provisions, the assignment of the Restriction Asset subject thereto shall become effective automatically as of the Effective Time, without further action on the part of any Party. Each of the applicable Parties that is involved with the conveyance of a Restriction Asset agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain on a timely basis satisfaction of any Restriction applicable to any Restriction Asset conveyed by or acquired by any of them. The description of any portion of the Assets as a “Restriction Asset” shall not be construed as an admission that any Restriction exists with respect to the transfer of such portion of the Assets. In the event that any Restriction Asset exists, the applicable Party agrees to continue to hold such Restriction Asset in trust for the exclusive benefit of the applicable Party to whom such Restriction Asset was intended to be conveyed and to otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such other Party with the benefits thereof, and the party holding such Restriction Asset will enter into other agreements, or take such other action as it may deem necessary, in order to ensure that the applicable Party to whom such Restriction Asset was intended to be conveyed has the assets and concomitant rights necessary to enable the applicable Party to operate such Restriction Asset in all material respects as it was operated prior to the Effective Time. Furthermore, in such event the applicable Party to whom such Restriction Asset was intended to be conveyed agrees to assume such liabilities and perform such obligations relating to such Restriction Asset as if it had been conveyed at the Effective Time.

Page 13


 

ARTICLE VII
OPTION TO PURCHASE SUEZMAX TANKERS
     7.1 Offer . Within 18 months after the Effective Time, Teekay shall offer (or cause to be offered) to Teekay Tankers in writing the opportunity for Teekay Tankers (or any member of the Teekay Tankers Group) to purchase each of the Suezmax Tankers, together with any related time-charter contracts (collectively, the “ Offered Assets ”), at the respective fair market value of the Offered Assets as of the time such offer is delivered to Teekay Tankers and on other commercially reasonable terms in accordance with this Article VII (each, an “ Offer ”). The Offered Assets may be offered by Teekay individually, in groups or all at once, provided that all of the Offered Assets are subject to Offers within 18 months of the Effective Time. Prior to submitting an Offer to Teekay Tankers, Teekay shall engage an independent ship broker to determine the fair market value of the applicable Offered Assets. Each Offer shall set forth the proposed terms relating to the purchase of the applicable Offered Assets by Teekay Tankers (or any member of the Teekay Tankers Group), including, without limitation, the purchase price for the Offered Assets and any liabilities to be assumed by Teekay Tankers as part of the Offer (each on a per vessel basis), and the Offer shall be accompanied by materials reflecting the fair market value determination of the Offered Assets as described above.
     7.2 Election to Purchase . As soon as practicable after an Offer is made to Teekay Tankers, Teekay shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to Teekay Tankers all information prepared by or on behalf of or in the possession of Teekay or its affiliates relating to the Offered Assets and reasonably requested by Teekay Tankers. As soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after receipt of an Offer, Teekay Tankers shall notify Teekay in writing that:
     (a) Teekay Tankers (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee of its Board of Directors) has elected not to purchase (or not to cause any other Teekay Tankers Group members to purchase) any of the applicable Offered Assets; or
     (b) Teekay Tankers (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee of its Board of Directors) has elected to purchase (or to cause any other Teekay Tankers Group member to purchase) some or all of the applicable Offered Assets (an “ Election to Purchase ”), in which event (i) such notice shall identify the Offered Assets elected to be purchased by Teekay Tankers and (ii) the procedures set forth in Section 7.3 below shall be followed with respect to such Offered Assets.
     7.3 Purchase . In the event of Teekay Tanker’s election to purchase Offered Assets pursuant to Section 7.2(b):

Page 14


 

     (a) Teekay and Teekay Tankers shall negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the terms of the transaction other than the purchase price for the applicable Offered Assets. If Teekay and Teekay Tankers agree (with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee of the Teekay Tankers Board of Directors) on such other terms during the 30-day period following Teekay’s receipt of the applicable Election to Purchase (the “ Offer Period ”), Teekay Tankers shall purchase (or cause any of its other Teekay Tankers Group members to purchase) the applicable Offered Assets at a purchase price equal to the applicable fair market value thereof and on such other terms as agreed to between Teekay and Teekay Tankers, as soon as commercially practicable after such agreement has been reached.
     (b) If Teekay and Teekay Tankers are unable to agree on the terms of the offer other than the purchase price for the applicable Offered Assets during the Offer Period, Teekay shall be entitled to terminate negotiations with Teekay Tankers and terminate the proposed purchase of the Offered Assets.
     7.4 Failure to Close Purchase Transaction . If (a) Teekay Tanker’s declines to purchase any Offered Assets or (b) Teekay terminates the proposed transaction pursuant to Section 7.3(b) with respect to any Offered Assets, Teekay and its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group shall be forever free to continue to own, operate and charter such Offered Assets or to sell or transfer such Offered Assets to a third party; provided, however, that a sale or transfer of such Offered Assets at any time within 180 days after Teekay Tanker’s declining to purchase such Offered Assets or Teekay’s termination of the proposed transaction, as applicable, shall only be permitted if the purchase price to such third party for such Offered Assets is not lower than the purchase price for such Offered Assets offered to Teekay Tankers in the Offer.
ARTICLE VIII
ALLOCATION OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
     8.1 Allocation of Business Opportunities . In order to induce Teekay to cause the transactions pursuant to Section 2.1 to be consummated, Teekay Tankers hereby agrees with Teekay that:
     (a) Teekay and its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members may engage (and shall have no duty to refrain from engaging) in the same or similar activities or lines of business as the Teekay Tankers Group members, and none of the Teekay Tankers Group members shall be deemed to have an interest or expectancy in any business opportunity, transaction or other matter (including, without limitation, any opportunity to charter out, charter in or acquire oil tankers or to acquire oil tanker businesses) (each such opportunity, transaction or other matter being a “ Business

Page 15


 

Opportunity ”) in which Teekay or any of its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members engages or seeks to engage merely because any Teekay Tankers Group member engages in the same or similar activities or lines of business as that involved in or implicated by such Business Opportunity;
     (b) if Teekay or any of its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members (whether through the Manager, any directors or officers of Teekay or any of its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members who are also directors or officers of any Teekay Tankers Group member, or otherwise) acquires knowledge of a potential Business Opportunity that may be deemed to constitute a corporate opportunity of both Teekay and a Teekay Tankers Group member, then (i) none of Teekay, the Manager or any of such officers or directors shall have any duty to communicate or offer such Business Opportunity to any Teekay Tankers Group member and (ii) Teekay may pursue or acquire such Business Opportunity for itself or direct such Business Opportunity to another person or entity; and
     (c) any Business Opportunity of which (i) the Manager or (ii) any person who is an officer or director of Teekay or any of its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members who is also a director or officer of any Teekay Tankers Group member becomes aware shall be a Business Opportunity of Teekay.
     8.2 Termination Rights . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Article VIII shall automatically terminate, expire and have no further force and effect on the date that (a) Teekay and its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members cease to beneficially own shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock representing at least 20% of the total voting power of all voting stock of Teekay Tankers and (b) no person who is a director or officer of any Teekay Tankers Group member is also a director or officer of Teekay or any of its affiliates other than the Teekay Tankers Group members. No addition to, alteration of or termination of this Article VIII shall eliminate or impair the effect of this Article VIII on any act, omission, right or liability that occurred prior thereto.
     8.3 Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII only (a) the term “Teekay Tankers Group” shall mean Teekay Tankers and all persons or entities in which Teekay Tankers beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests, and (b) the term “Teekay” shall mean Teekay and all persons or entities (other than the Teekay Tankers Group, as defined in accordance with clause (a) of this Section 8.3) (i) in which Teekay beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar voting interests or (ii) which otherwise are affiliates of Teekay.

Page 16


 

ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
     9.1 Enforcement. Each Party agrees and acknowledges that the other Parties do not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in Articles VII and VIII, and that any breach by any such Party of its covenants and agreements set forth in Article VII or VIII would result in irreparable injury to such other Parties. Each Party further agrees and acknowledges that any other Party may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to such other Party, file a suit in equity to enjoin such Party from such breach, and consent to the issuance of injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of Article VII or VIII of this Agreement.
     9.2 Integration . This Agreement and the instruments referenced herein supersede all previous understandings or agreements among the Parties, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement and such instruments contain the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. No understanding, representation, promise or agreement, whether oral or written, is intended to be or shall be included in or form part of this Agreement unless it is contained in a written amendment hereto executed by the Parties hereto after the date of this Agreement.
     9.3 Costs . Teekay Tankers shall pay any and all sales, use and similar taxes arising out of the contributions, conveyances and deliveries to be made hereunder, and shall pay all documentary, filing, recording, transfer, deed, and conveyance taxes and fees required in connection therewith. In addition, Teekay Tankers shall be responsible for all costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the satisfaction or waiver of any Restriction pursuant to Section 6.4 to the extent such Restriction was disclosed in writing to Teekay Tankers on or before the date of this Agreement.
     9.4 Headings; References; Interpretation . All Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All references herein to Articles and Sections shall, unless the context requires a different construction, be deemed to be references to the Articles and Sections of this Agreement, respectively. All personal pronouns used in this Agreement, whether used in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. The use herein of the word “including” following any general statement, term or matter

Page 17


 

shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation,” “but not limited to,” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter.
     9.5 Successors and Assigns . The Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.
     9.6 No Third Party Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are intended to bind the Parties as to each other and are not intended to and do not create rights in any other person or confer upon any other person any benefits, rights or remedies and no person is or is intended to be a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
     9.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the parties hereto.
     9.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within such jurisdiction without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law, except to the extent that it is mandatory that the law of some other jurisdiction, wherein the Assets are located or registered, shall apply.
     9.9 Severability . If any of the provisions of this Agreement is held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid, and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect, as nearly as possible, to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.
     9.10 Deed; Bill of Sale; Assignment . To the extent required and permitted by applicable Law, this Agreement shall also constitute a “deed,” “bill of sale” or “assignment” of the Assets.
     9.11 Amendment or Modification . This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the written agreement of all the Parties hereto;

Page 18


 

provided, however, that the prior approval of the Conflicts Committee of the Board of Directors of Teekay Tankers shall be required for any proposed amendment that would, in the reasonable determination of Teekay Tankers’ Board of Directors, adversely affect the holders of Class A Common Stock (other than Teekay).
[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

Page 19


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement has been duly executed by the parties set forth below.
         
  TEEKAY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
         
  TEEKAY HOLDINGS LIMITED
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 
         
  TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      

Page 20


 

         
SCHEDULE 1
CONTRIBUTED VESSELS
     The following table lists the Contributed Vessels that are owned by the Contributed LLCs, which will be contributed to Teekay Tankers pursuant to the foregoing Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement. The following Contributed LLCs are the owners of the respective vessels listed below: Erik Spirit L.L.C., Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C., Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C., Falster Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C., Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C. and Sotra Spirit Holding L.L.C.
                             
    Capacity       Current   Current   Expiration   Intended
Vessel   (dwt)(1)   Built   Employment   Charterer   of Charter   Flag
Erik Spirit
    115,500     2005   Time charter   ConocoPhillips   Dec. 2010(2)   Bahamas
 
                           
Matterhorn Spirit
    114,800     2005   Time charter   Eiger Shipping   Dec. 2009(2)   Bahamas
 
                           
Everest Spirit
    115,000     2004   Pool       Bahamas
 
                           
Kanata Spirit
    113,000     1999   Time charter   Sabic   May 2008   Bahamas
 
                           
Kareela Spirit
    113,100     1999   Pool       Bahamas
 
                           
Kyeema Spirit
    113,300     1999   Pool       Bahamas
 
                           
Nassau Spirit
    107,100     1999   Pool       Bahamas
 
                           
Falster Spirit
    95,400     1995   Time charter   Skaugen PetroTrans   July 2008   Bahamas
 
                           
Sotra Spirit
    95,400     1995   Pool       Bahamas
 
(1)   Deadweight tonnes.
 
(2)   Time charter begins in December 2007.

Page 21


 

SCHEDULE 2
SUEZMAX TANKERS
     The following table lists the Suezmax Tankers that will be offered to Teekay Tankers pursuant to Article VII of the foregoing Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement.
                     
    Capacity       Current   Current    
Vessel   (dwt)(1)   Built   Employment   Charterer   Flag
[TANKER NO. 1]
                   
 
                   
[TANKER NO. 2]
                   
 
                   
[TANKER NO. 3]
                   
 
                   
[TANKER NO. 4]
                   
 
(1)   Deadweight tonnes.

Page 22

 

Exhibit 10.2
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of December ___, 2007, is entered into between TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. (the “ Company ”) , a corporation formed under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960, and TEEKAY TANKERS MANAGEMENT SERVICES LTD. (the “ Manager ”), a company formed under the laws of the Republic of The Marshall Islands, having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH96960.
RECITALS
     A. Teekay Corporation recently formed the Company in anticipation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of its Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Shares ”).
     B. In connection with the Public Offering, Teekay Corporation has caused or is causing to be transferred to the Company the IPO Vessels (as defined below).
     C. In order to ensure that the Company has access to adequate commercial, technical, administrative and strategic services with respect to the IPO Vessels, other vessels it may acquire and its business, the Company desires to engage the Manager to provide, directly or indirectly, such services to the Company, and the Manager desires to provide such services to the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and premises of the Parties herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each Party), the Parties agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
      1.1 Certain Definitions
     In this Agreement, including the recitals hereto, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:
     “ Accounting Referee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.3.
     “ Administrative Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.
     “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person as at any particular date, any other Persons that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, are Controlled by, Control or are under common Control with the Person in question, and “ Affiliate ” means any one of them.

-1-


 

     “ Agreement ” means this Management Agreement, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
     “ Applicable Laws ” means, in respect of any Person, property, transaction or event, all laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, municipal by-laws, treaties, judgments and decrees applicable to that Person, property, transaction or event, all applicable official directives, rules, consents, approvals, authorizations, guidelines, orders, codes of practice and policies of any Governmental Authority having authority over that Person, property, transaction or event and having the force of law, and all general principles of common law and equity.
     “ Approved Budget ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.4(c).
     “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company, as the same may be constituted from time to time.
     “ Books and Records ” means all books of accounts and records, including tax records, sales and purchase records, vessel records, computer software, formulae, business reports, plans and projections and all other documents, files, correspondence and other information of the Company with respect to the Vessels or the Tanker Business (whether or not in written, printed, electronic or computer printout form).
     “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory holiday on which the banks in Vancouver, British Columbia are required to close.
     “ Cash Available for Distribution ” means net income plus depreciation and amortization, loan cost amortization, non-cash tax costs and any write-offs or other non-recurring items.
     “ Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.5.
     “ Charter ” means a charter party agreement between a Company Group Member and any Person that relates to any of the Vessels (including any voyage or spot charters), and “ Charters ” means all such charter party agreements.
     “ Charterers ” means ConocoPhillips Company, Eiger Shipping SA, SABIC Hydrocarbons BV, Skaugen PetroTrans, Inc. and such other Persons that have entered or enter into, or assumed or assume the obligations under, by novation or otherwise, a Charter with a Company Group Member, and “ Charterer ” means any one of them.
     “ Chief Executive Officer ” means the chief executive officer of the Company.
     “ Chief Financial Officer ” means the chief financial officer of the Company.
     “ Class A Common Shares ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.
     “ Class B Common Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

-2-


 

     “ Commercial Management Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.2.
     “ Commercial Management Services Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.1.
     “ Common Shares ” means, collectively, the Class A Common Shares and the Class B Common Shares.
     “ Company ” means Teekay Tankers Ltd. and any successor company permitted under this Agreement.
     “ Company Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.4(b).
     “ Company Group ” means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
     “ Company Group Member ” means any member of the Company Group.
     “ Company Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.4.
     “ Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who was (a) a member of the Board of Directors immediately after the completion of the Public Offering or (b) nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the directors then in office who were either directors immediately after the completion of the Public Offering or whose nomination or election was previously so approved.
     “ Contribution Agreement ” means the Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of December        , 2007, among Teekay Corporation, Teekay Holdings Limited and the Company, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
     “ Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.
     “ Costs and Expenses ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.1.
     “ Credit Facilities ” means the credit facility agreements listed below, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time, and any and all other credit facilities or other financing facilities entered into by the Company with respect to the Tanker Business or the Vessels, including any replacement facilities: (a) Secured Credit Agreement dated December 17, 2003, among the borrowers party thereto (including, among others, Erik Spirit L.L.C. and Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.) and The Export-Import Bank of Korea, Fortis Capital Corp. and the other lenders party thereto and (b) the Secured Facility Agreement dated November 28, 2007, among the borrowers party thereto (including, among others, Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C., Falster Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C., Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C., Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C. and Sotra Spirit Holding L.L.C.) and the lenders party thereto and Nordea Bank Finland PLC, as Agent and Security Trustee.

-3-


 

     “ Crew ” means the master, officers, employees and other crew members of a Vessel.
     “ Crew Employment and Support Expenses ” means all Employment Expenses of the Crew and all expenses of a general nature that are not particularly connected to any individual member of the Crew or any individual Vessel that are incurred for the purpose of providing Crew Management Services and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall include the cost of crew standby pay, training schemes for officers and ratings, cadet training schemes, study pay, recruitment and interviews.
     “ Crew Insurances ” means insurances against crew risks, including death, sickness, repatriation, injury, shipwreck, unemployment indemnity and loss of personal effects.
     “ Crew Management Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.3.
     “ Designated Representative ” and “ Designated Representatives ” each have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Section 11.1.
     “ Dispute ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.1.
     “ Dividend ” means any cash dividend paid by the Company on all outstanding Common Shares, other than any Liquidating Dividends.
     “ Draft Budget ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.4(a).
     “ Employment Expenses ” means all costs, expenses, liabilities and obligations related to or incurred in respect of employment, including salaries, fees, wages, incentive pay, gratuities, bonuses, vacation pay, holiday pay, other paid leave, overtime, standby pay, sick pay, workers’ compensation contributions or costs, benefits and related costs, statutory contributions and remittances, pension plan contributions and costs, recruitment costs, Severance Costs, payroll and accounting costs, training and education costs, discounts, meals, accommodation, administrative costs, travel costs, perquisites, relocation expenses and uniform expenses.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “ Executive Vice President ” means any executive vice president of the Company.
     “ Existing Ownership Group ” means Teekay Corporation and all Affiliates thereof.
     “ Fiscal Quarter ” means a fiscal quarter for the Company or, in the case of the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2007, the portion of such fiscal quarter between the date of this Agreement and the commencement of the next fiscal quarter.
     “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, being the twelve-month period ending December 31.
     “ Force Majeure Event ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 12.3.

-4-


 

     “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in the United States.
     “ Governmental Authority ” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, any multinational or supranational organization, any government agency (including the SEC), any tribunal, labor relations board, commission or stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange), and any other authority or organization exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.
     “ Initial Term ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.1.
     “ Insurances ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.4.
     “ IPO Vessels ” means the vessels set out in Schedule A to this Agreement as of the date hereof and prior to any amendment of Schedule A, and “ IPO Vessel ” means any one of such Vessels.
     “ ISM Code ” means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention as adopted by the International Maritime Organization by resolution A.741(18), as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “ ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code adopted by the International Maritime Organization, as the same may have been or may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
     “ Legal Action ” means any action, claim, complaint, demand, suit, judgment, investigation or proceeding, pending or threatened, by any Person or before any Governmental Authority.
     “ Lenders ” means the lenders, facility agent, security trustee, swap banks, swap agent or other financial institution contemplated by any of the Credit Facilities.
     “ License ” and “ Licenses ” each have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Section 3.1(p).
     “ Liquidating Dividend ” means any dividend or other distribution in respect of any Common Shares paid in connection with the liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or winding up of the Company, any merger of the Company or any sale or other conveyance of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.
     “ Losses ” means losses, expenses, costs, liabilities and damages, excluding lost profits and consequential damages, but including interest charges, penalties, fines and monetary sanctions.
     “ Management Services ” means, collectively, the Technical Services, the Administrative Services and the Strategic Services.
     “ Management Services Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.1.
     “ Manager ” means Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. or any successor thereof permitted in accordance with this Agreement.

-5-


 

     “ Manager Breach ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.3(a).
     “ Manager Indemnified Persons ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.3.
     “ Manager Misconduct ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 9.1(a).
     “ Manager’s Personnel ” means all individuals who are employed by or have entered into consulting arrangements with the Manager or any subcontractor under Section 2.3, other than the Crew.
     “ Mediator’s Report ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 11.2(c).
     “ Other Financing Agreements ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.2(c).
     “ Parties ” means the Company and the Manager, and “ Party ” means either one of them.
     “ Performance Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 8.5(a).
     “ Person ” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or trustee, unincorporated organization, association, Governmental Authority or other entity.
     “ Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.4.
     “ Pre-delivery Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.3.
     “ Public Offering ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.
     “ Questioned Items ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.4(b), and “ Questioned Item ” means any of them.
     “ Renewal Term ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 10.2.
     “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Severance Costs ” means the termination or severance liabilities, costs and expenses that employers are legally obliged to provide or pay to or in respect of their employees, or the compensation or damages owed in lieu of such liabilities, costs and expenses, as a result of the termination of any employment.
     “ STCW 95 ” means the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping to Seafarers, 1978, as amended in 1995 or any subsequent amendment thereto.
     “ Stores and Equipment ” means the stores, spares, lubricating oil, supplies and equipment that customarily are considered part of a Tanker for which a buyer would ordinarily reimburse a seller on the sale of such Tanker, and does not include consumables that are not of incremental value to the Tanker.
     “ Strategic Opportunity ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.1.
     “ Strategic Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.

-6-


 

     “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Persons Controlled by such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Person Controlled by such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Persons Controlled by such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.
     “ Tanker Assets ” means Tankers and any assets that are customarily owned or operated in conjunction with Tankers, in each case that are encompassed within the definition of the Tanker Business.
     “ Tanker Business ” means the Company’s business of owning, operating and/or chartering or re-chartering Tankers to other Persons and any other lawful act or activity customarily conducted in conjunction therewith.
     “ Tankers ” means, collectively, conventional oil tankers and product tankers.
     “ Technical Services ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.
     “ Teekay Pool Agreement ” means the Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement, dated as of December ___, 2007, among Teekay Chartering Limited, Teekay Corporation and the Company, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time.
     “ Term ” means the Initial Term and any Renewal Term, in each case subject to any early termination of this Agreement as permitted herein.
      “Termination Payment” means an amount of cash equal to the aggregate Performance Fees payable for the five full Fiscal Years immediately preceding the date of its determination; provided, however, that if the amount of the Termination Payment is to be determined in connection with termination of this Agreement prior to December 31, 2012, the Termination Payment shall be calculated by multiplying the aggregate Performance Fees payable for the completed full Fiscal Years under this Agreement immediately preceding the date of such determination by a fraction, the numerator of which is five and the denominator of which is the number of such completed full Fiscal Years.
     “ Vessels ” means the vessels owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from time to time as set out in Schedule A , as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.8, and “ Vessel ” means any one of such vessels.
     “ Voting Securities ” means securities of all classes of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.

-7-


 

     “ Warehousing Service ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 5.2.
      1.2 Construction
     In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:
     (a) references to laws and regulations refer to such laws and regulations as they may be amended from time to time, and references to particular provisions of a law or regulation include any corresponding provisions of any succeeding law or regulation;
     (b) references to money refer to legal currency of the United States;
     (c) the word “including” when following any general term or statement shall not be construed as limiting the general term or statement to the specific matter immediately following the word “including” or to similar matters, and the general term or statement shall be construed as referring to all matters that reasonably could fall within the broadest possible scope of the general term or statement;
     (d) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa, and words importing gender include all genders; and
     (e) a reference to an “approval,” “authorization,” “consent,” “notice” or “agreement” means an approval, authorization, consent, notice or agreement, as the case may be, in writing.
      1.3 Headings
     All article or section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
2. ENGAGEMENT OF MANAGER
      2.1 Engagement
     The Company hereby engages the Manager to provide, upon the Company’s request, the Management Services specified herein and, subject to the terms hereof, to manage each Vessel for and on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member, and the Manager hereby accepts such engagement, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company and the Manager each acknowledge that to the extent set out in this Agreement, the Manager is acting solely on behalf of, as agent of and for the account of, the relevant Company Group Member. The Manager shall advise Persons with whom it deals on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member that it is conducting such business for and on behalf of such Company Group Member.
      2.2 Powers and Duties of the Manager
     The Manager has the power and authority to take such actions on its own behalf or on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member as it from time to time considers necessary or appropriate to enable it to perform its obligations under this Agreement, subject to customary oversight and supervision of the Company, its Board of Directors and its executive officers. The Manager shall use its

-8-


 

best efforts to provide the Management Services hereunder in a commercially reasonable manner and in accordance with customary ship management practice and with the care, diligence and skill that a prudent manager of vessels such as the Vessels would possess and exercise, except that the Manager in the performance of its management responsibilities under this Agreement may have regard to its overall responsibility in relation to all vessels as may from time to time be entrusted to its management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Manager may allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner as in the prevailing circumstances the Manager, acting reasonably, considers to be fair and reasonable.
      2.3 Ability to Subcontract
     The Manager may subcontract any of its duties and obligations hereunder to provide Management Services to any of its Affiliates without the consent of the Company and may subcontract its duties and obligations hereunder to provide Management Services to Persons that are not Affiliates with the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the Manager may subcontract with Unicom Management Services (Cyprus) Ltd., which is not an Affiliate of the Manager, for technical management of the Nassau Spirit Vessel without the further consent of the Company. In the event of any subcontract by the Manager, the Manager shall promptly notify the Company thereof and shall remain fully liable for the due performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
      2.4 Outside Activities
     The Company acknowledges that the Manager and its Affiliates may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Company Group, for their own respective accounts and for the accounts of other Persons. The Manager and its Affiliates may undertake activities that may compete with the activities of the Company Group.
      2.5 Exclusive Appointment
     The Company acknowledges that the appointment of the Manager hereunder is an exclusive appointment for the Term. The Company shall not appoint other managers with respect to the Vessels or the Tanker Business during the Term, except in circumstances in which it is necessary to do so in order to comply with Applicable Law or as otherwise agreed by the Manager in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.5 shall not prohibit the Company from having its own employees perform Management Services nor shall it prohibit other Affiliates of Teekay Corporation (or its successors) from providing Commercial Management Services to Vessels under the Teekay Pool Agreement.
      2.6 Authority of the Parties
     Each Party represents to the other that it is duly authorized with full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Company represents that the engagement of the Manager has been duly authorized by the Company and is in accordance with all governing documents of the Company.

-9-


 

      2.7 Inspection of Books and Records
     At all reasonable times and on reasonable notice, any Person authorized by the Company may inspect, examine, copy and audit the Books and Records of the Company kept by the Manager pursuant to this Agreement.
      2.8 Changes to Vessels subject to this Agreement
     A list of Vessels subject to this Agreement as of the date hereof is set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, all Tankers the Company may add to its fleet after the date hereof shall become subject to the engagement under this Agreement. The Company, with reasonable notice to the Manager, may remove any Vessel from the engagement under this Agreement, provided that the Manager is being engaged to manage such Vessel under a separate agreement with the Company or the Manager otherwise consents to such removal. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.8, a Vessel shall automatically be removed from engagement under this Agreement upon a sale or, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, a total loss of such Vessel, and the Company may sell any Vessel subject to the engagement under this Agreement at any time in its sole discretion. Upon any addition of a Vessel to this engagement or any removal of a Vessel from this engagement, the Parties shall amend Schedule A to reflect such change.
3. TECHNICAL SERVICES
     Subject to Section 9.2, the Manager shall, at its own expense, provide to the Company the services described in this Section 3 (collectively, the “ Technical Services ”).
      3.1 Technical Vessel Management Services
     Commencing with the acquisition of each Vessel by any Company Group Member, the Manager shall provide all usual and customary technical vessel management services with respect to the operation of such Vessel, including the following:
     (a) supervising the day-to-day operation, maintenance, safety and general efficiency of the Vessel to ensure the seaworthiness and maintenance condition of the Vessel;
     (b) arranging for, supervising and paying for general and routine repairs, alterations and maintenance of the Vessel;
     (c) purchasing the necessary stores, spares, lubricating oil, supplies and equipment (other than such equipment as is covered by Section 9.2) for the operation of such Vessel;
     (d) appointing such surveyors, supervisors, technical consultants and other support for the Vessel on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member as the Manager may consider from time to time to be necessary;
     (e) providing technical and shore-side support for the Vessel and attending to all other technical matters necessary for the operation of the Vessel;

-10-


 

     (f) handling of the Vessel while in ports or transiting canals, either directly or by use of vessel agents, unless otherwise handled by the Charterer;
     (g) procuring and arranging for port entrance and clearance, pilots, vessel agents, consular approvals, and other services necessary or desirable for the management and safe operation of the Vessel, unless otherwise procured or arranged by the Charterer;
     (h) preparing, issuing (or causing to be issued) to shippers customary freight contracts, cargo receipts and bills of lading, unless prepared, issued or arranged for by the Charterer;
     (i) performing all usual and customary duties relating to the loading and discharging of cargoes at all ports, unless performed by the Charterer;
     (j) arranging for the prompt dispatch of the Vessel from loading and discharging ports in accordance with the instructions of the Charterer and for transit through canals;
     (k) subject to Section 4.5(b), arranging for employment of counsel and the investigation, follow-up and negotiation of the settlement of all claims arising in connection with the operation of the Vessel;
     (l) paying all ordinary charges incurred in connection with the management of the Vessel, including canal tolls, port charges, any amounts due to any Governmental Authority with respect to the Crew and all duties and taxes in respect of cargo or freight (whether levied against the Vessel or the Company), unless otherwise paid by the Charterer;
     (m) promptly upon the Company’s request, reporting to the Company the Vessel’s movement, position at sea, arrival and departure dates, and major casualties and damages received or caused by the Vessel;
     (n) informing the Company promptly of any release or discharge of oil or other hazardous material not in compliance with Applicable Laws;
     (o) upon the Company’s request, providing the Company with a copy of any vessel inspection reports, valuations, surveys, insurance claims and other similar reports prepared by ship brokers, valuators, surveyors, classification societies or insurers; and
     (p) arranging and paying for any and all licenses, permits, franchises, registrations and similar authorizations of any Governmental Authority that are necessary and used in the operation of the Vessel (each a “ License ” and, collectively, the “ Licenses ”).
      3.2 Commercial Management Services
     Commencing with the acquisition of each Vessel by any Company Group Member and subject to Section 2.5, the Manager shall provide all usual and customary commercial management services with respect to such Vessel, including the following (collectively, the “ Commercial Management Services ”):
     (a) marketing and promoting the Vessel;

-11-


 

     (b) identifying, negotiating and securing Charterers and Charters and other employment for the Vessels for and on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member;
     (c) monitoring proper payment to any Company Group Member or its nominee of all hire and freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature arising out of the employment of the Vessel or otherwise in connection with the Vessel to which the Company or any Company Group Member may be entitled;
     (d) providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating and invoicing of hire, freights, demurrage and dispatch moneys due from or due to the Charterers of the Vessel;
     (e) administering the Charters; and
     (f) taking all other actions relating to commercial management of the Vessel as the Manager deems necessary to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.
      3.3 Crew Management Services
     Commencing with or, to the extent reasonably necessary for the provision of the Crew Management Services in an efficient manner, prior to the acquisition of each Vessel by a Company Group Member, the Manager shall provide all usual and customary crew management services in respect of such Vessel and shall manage all aspects of the employment of the Crew, including the following (collectively, the “ Crew Management Services ”):
     (a) procuring, supervising and managing suitably qualified Crew, which in the opinion of the Manager is required for the Vessel in accordance with the STCW 95 requirements;
     (b) recruiting, selecting, hiring and engaging the Vessel’s Crew, and arranging and paying, at its own expense, all compensation and administering payroll arrangements, pensions and other benefits and insurance for the Crew (including processing all claims);
     (c) ensuring that the Applicable Laws of the flag of the Vessel and all places where the Vessel trades are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew and employment regulations, including any statutory withholding tax requirements and social insurance requirements;
     (d) ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates issued in accordance with appropriate flag state requirements and, in the absence of applicable flag state requirements, the medical certificate shall be dated not more than three months prior to the respective Crew members leaving their country of domicile and shall be maintained for the duration of their service on board the Vessel;
     (e) ensuring that the Crew have command of the English language at a sufficient standard to enable them to perform their duties effectively and safely;
     (f) arranging for all transportation (including repatriation), board and lodging for the Crew as and when required at rates and types of accommodations as are customary in the industry;

-12-


 

     (g) attending to and supervising the training, discipline, discharge and other terms and conditions of employment of the Crew;
     (h) conducting all union negotiations for and on behalf of the Company pursuant to Section 4.5(c);
     (i) administering the Company’s and the Manager’s drug and alcohol policies in respect of the Crew;
     (j) ensuring that any concerns of the Charterer with respect to the master or any of the officers or other members of the Crew are appropriately investigated in a timely manner, communicating the results of such investigations to the Charterer and the Company and, if such concerns are well-founded, ensuring that any appropriate remedial actions are promptly taken;
     (k) keeping and maintaining full and complete records of any labor agreements that may be entered into with the Crew and reporting to the Company reasonably promptly after notice or knowledge thereof is received of any change or proposed change in labor agreements or other regulations relating to the Crew;
     (l) negotiating the settlement of all wages with the Crew during the course of and upon termination of their employment;
     (m) handling all details and negotiating the settlement of any and all claims of the Crew including those arising out of accidents, sickness, death, loss of personal effects, disputes under articles or contracts of enlistment, policies of insurance and fines;
     (n) keeping and maintaining all administrative and financial records relating to the Crew as required by Applicable Law and any applicable labor or collective agreements of the Company or the Manager, and promptly rendering to the Company any and all reports when, as and in such form as reasonably requested by the Company; and
     (o) performing any other function in connection with the Crew as may be reasonably requested by the Company from time to time.
      3.4 Insurance
     The Manager shall obtain, purchase and maintain insurance for each Vessel for and on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member against physical damage, total loss, third party liability and other risks normally insured against in accordance with industry practice, including the following (collectively with any additional insurances required under the Credit Facilities, the “ Insurances ”):
     (a) usual hull and machinery marine risks (including crew negligence) and excess liabilities;
     (b) protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks and Crew Insurances); and
     (c) war risks (including protection and indemnity and crew risks);

-13-


 

each in accordance with the customary practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to each Vessel, with insurance companies, underwriters or associations in amounts and on terms that are in accordance with industry practice, and in any event, are no less than the market value of the Vessel (and in the case of protection and indemnity coverage, entered for the Vessel’s full gross tonnage). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall not obtain, purchase or maintain off-hire insurance for the Vessels unless requested by the Company.
     The Manager shall procure for and on behalf of the Company any such additional insurance required under the Credit Facilities, including, as applicable, arranging for any of the Lenders thereto being named as “loss payee” or “additional insured” in accordance with the terms of the Credit Facilities.
     The Manager shall pay on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member all premiums and calls on the Insurances promptly and in any event by their due date. The Manager shall cooperate with the Company’s insurers and underwriters with respect to the investigation or settlement of claims by the relevant Company Group Member or any third party under the Insurances, including taking necessary steps to have repairs contemplated in Section 9.2(a) covered by the applicable insurance policy or policies.
      3.5 Drydocking, Repairs and Improvements
     Subject to Section 9.2, the Manager shall arrange and pay for and supervise the drydockings, repairs, alterations and maintenance of each Vessel to the standards required to ensure that such Vessel will comply, in all material respects, with the laws of the flag of such Vessel and of the jurisdictions where such Vessel trades and all requirements and recommendations of the applicable classification society. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to this Section 3.5, the Manager shall pay only for the costs and expenses associated with normally scheduled drydockings and general and routine repairs, maintenance and alterations of the Vessels. The Company shall make available to the Manager sufficient funds for such other drydockings, repairs, alterations and maintenance as described in Section 9.2.
      3.6 Regulatory Compliance Services
     The Manager shall operate and maintain the Vessels, and take all actions necessary to ensure that each Vessel is, in compliance with all Applicable Laws, including the laws of the applicable flag each Vessel may bear, the Applicable Laws of the countries to which the Vessels trade and with the requirements of the relevant classification society, the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.
4. ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
     The Manager shall, at its own expense, provide to the Company the services described in this Section 4 (collectively, the “ Administrative Services ”).
      4.1 Accounting and Records
     The Manager shall, on behalf of the Company, establish an accounting system, including the development, implementation, maintenance and monitoring of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, and maintain Books and Records, with such modifications as may be necessary to comply with Applicable Laws. The Books and Records shall contain particulars of

-14-


 

receipts and disbursements relating to the Company’s assets and liabilities and such Books and Records shall be kept pursuant to normal commercial practices that will permit financial statements to be prepared for the Company in accordance with GAAP. The Books and Records shall be the property of the Company but shall be kept at the Manager’s primary office or such other place as the Company and the Manager may mutually agree. Upon expiry or termination of this Agreement, all of the Books and Records shall be provided to the Company or a new manager pursuant to Section 10.6(e).
      4.2 Reporting Requirements
     The Manager shall prepare and deliver to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer the following reports:
     (a) a quarterly report to be delivered within 45 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter setting out the interim financial results of the Company for such quarter and for the applicable Fiscal Year through the end of such Fiscal Quarter;
     (b) a draft of the reports, certificates, documents and other information required under the Credit Facilities and any other financing arrangements of the Company (“ Other Financing Agreements ”) to be delivered at least two Business Days prior to their required delivery to the Lenders or lenders under Other Financing Agreements;
     (c) as and when requested by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer, draft reports regarding financial and other information required in connection with Applicable Laws (including annual and other reports that may be required to be filed under the Exchange Act and all other Applicable Laws); and
     (d) as and when reasonably requested by the Company from time to time, such other reports with respect to financial and other information of the Company.
      4.3 Financial Statements and Tax Returns
     At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Manager shall prepare for review by the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors the following:
     (a) within 45 days of the end of each Fiscal Quarter, unaudited financial statements of the Company for such Fiscal Quarter, to be reviewed by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (b) within 90 days of the end of each Fiscal Year, financial statements of the Company for such Fiscal Year, to be audited by the external auditors of the Company, prepared in accordance with GAAP and the rules and regulations of the SEC, on a consolidated basis with all Subsidiaries of the Company; and
     (c) tax returns for the Company and all of its Subsidiaries required to be filed by Applicable Laws.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company shall cease to be a foreign private issuer, the Manager shall provide to the Company the financial statements referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above within such periods as shall be required for the Company to comply with any reporting requirements under the Exchange Act or other similar applicable laws and regulations.

-15-


 

     In addition, the Manager shall attend to the time calculation and payment of all taxes payable by the Company. At the instruction of the Chief Financial Officer, the Manager shall cause the Company’s external accountants to review the Company’s unaudited financial statements, audit the Company’s annual financial statements and finalize tax returns. The Manager shall make available to the Company’s accountants the relevant Books and Records for the Company and shall assist the accountants in otherwise preparing the relevant financial statements and tax returns.
      4.4 Budgets and Corporate Planning
           (a) Draft Budgets
     On or before November 30 of each year, the Manager, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, shall prepare and submit to the Board of Directors a detailed draft budget for the next Fiscal Year in a format acceptable to the Board of Directors and generally used by the Manager, which shall include: (1) a statement of estimated revenue and expenses, including Costs and Expenses; and (2) a proposed budget for capital expenditures, repairs and alterations, including proposed expenditures in respect of drydockings, together with an analysis as to when and why such expenditures, repairs and alterations may be required (the “ Draft Budget ”).
           (b) Process for Finalizing the Draft Budget
     For a period of twenty (20) days after receipt of the Draft Budget, the Board of Directors may request further details and submit written comments on the Draft Budget. If, after reviewing the Draft Budget, the Company does not agree with any term thereof, the Company shall, within the same twenty (20) day period, give the Manager notice of such disagreements and terms (the “ Questioned Items ”) and a proposal for resolution of each such Questioned Item. The Company and the Manager shall endeavor to resolve any such differences between them with respect to the Questioned Items. In resolving any Questioned Item, the Company and the Manager shall consider, among other things, the Company’s obligations under any relevant Charters, the Credit Facilities and the Other Financing Agreements.
           (c) Approved Budget
     By December 31 of the relevant Fiscal Year, the Manager shall prepare and deliver to the Company a revised budget that has been approved by the Board of Directors (the “ Approved Budget ”). However, the Company acknowledges that the Approved Budget is only an estimate of the performance of the Vessels and the Manager makes no assurance, representation or warranty that the actual performance of the Vessels in the applicable Fiscal Year will correspond to the estimates contained in the Approved Budget for such Fiscal Year. The Parties acknowledge that any projections contained in the Approved Budget are subject to and may be affected by changes in financial, economic and other conditions and circumstances beyond the control of the Parties.
           (d) Amendments to Approved Budget
     The Manager may, from time to time, in any Fiscal Year propose amendments to the Approved Budget upon at least fifteen (15) days prior notice to the Company, in which event the Company shall have the right to approve the amendments in accordance with the process set out in Section 4.4(b), with the relevant time periods being amended accordingly and provided that any Questioned Items are

-16-


 

resolved within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the notice by the Company. Whenever, due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Manager, emergency expenditures are required to ensure that any Vessels are operated and maintained as required under any applicable Charters, the Manager may make such emergency expenditures and reasonably request prompt reimbursement thereof, to the extent that such items are the responsibility of the Company, including pursuant to Sections 5.4 and 9.2, even if such expenditures are not included or reflected in the Approved Budget.
      4.5 Legal and Securities Compliance Services
           (a) Responsibilities of the Manager
     The Manager shall assist the Company with the following items, whether or not related to any of the Vessels:
     (i) ensuring that the Company is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, including all relevant securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, The New York Stock Exchange and any other securities exchange upon which the Company’s securities are listed;
     (ii) arranging for the provision of advisory services to the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations under applicable securities laws in the United States and arranging for compliance with all disclosure and reporting obligations under applicable securities laws, including the preparation for review, approval and filing by the Company of reports and other documents with the SEC and all other applicable regulatory authorities;
     (iii) maintaining the Company’s corporate existence and good standing in all necessary jurisdictions and assisting in all other corporate and regulatory compliance matters;
     (iv) conducting investor relations functions on behalf of the Company; provided, however, that nothing herein shall permit or authorize the Manager to determine the content of any communications by the Company to its stockholders; and
     (v) adjusting and negotiating settlements, with or on behalf of claimants or underwriters, of any claim, damages for which are recoverable under insurance policies.
           (b) Administration and Settlement of Legal Actions
     If any Legal Action is commenced against or is required to be commenced in favor of any Company Group Member or any of the Vessels, the Manager shall arrange for the commencement or defense of such Legal Action, as the case may be, in the name of, on behalf of and at the expense of the Company Group Member, including retaining and instructing legal counsel, investigating the substance of the Legal Action and entering pleadings with respect to the Legal Action. The Manager shall assist the Company in administering and supervising any such Legal Actions and shall keep the Company advised of the status thereof. The Manager may settle any Legal Action on behalf of a Company Group Member where the amount of settlement is less than $50,000 with the approval of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and, in excess of such amount, with the approval of the Board of Directors.

-17-


 

           (c) Labor Relations Proceedings
     For Legal Actions in favor of or against any Company Group Member that relate to labor relations or employment proceedings, strikes or collective bargaining, the Manager shall represent the Company Group Member in any such labor relations or employment proceedings and shall undertake any labor relations or employment negotiations in respect of any of the Vessels or any Company Group Member on behalf of such Company Group Member, should such representation or negotiations be required, with such labor organization or other Person that becomes lawfully entitled to represent the Crew. The Manager shall keep the Company advised of the progress of any such labor relations proceedings or negotiations. The Manager may enter into collective bargaining agreements and other labor or employment agreements and any material amendments thereto; provided, however, that such agreements and amendments must be approved by the Board of Directors if the terms and conditions of any such agreements or amendments are inconsistent, in a material and adverse way to the Company Group Member, with other collective bargaining agreements concerning or in respect of the Crew.
           (d) Interaction with Regulatory Authorities
     Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 or otherwise, the Manager shall not act for or on behalf of the Company in its relationships with regulatory authorities except to the extent specifically authorized by the Company from time to time.
      4.6 Bank Accounts
           (a) Administration by Manager
     The Manager shall oversee banking services for the Company and shall establish in the name of the Company an operating account, a retention account and such other accounts with such financial institutions as the Company may request. The Manager shall administer and manage all of the Company’s cash and accounts, including making any deposits and withdrawals reasonably necessary for the management of its business and day-to-day operations. The Manager shall promptly deposit all moneys payable to the Company and received by the Manager into a bank account held in the name of the Company.
           (b) Payments from Operating Account
     On or about the date of this Agreement, the Company shall transfer or shall arrange to transfer sufficient funds representing any prepaid charter hire for the IPO Vessels into the operating account of the Company. The Company shall ensure that all charter hire associated with each Charter is paid by the applicable Charterer into the operating account. Unless otherwise instructed by the Company, the Manager shall instruct the financial institutions at which the accounts have been established to pay from the operating account, as and when required, amounts payable under the Credit Facilities and Other Financing Agreements.
      4.7 License
     The Manager shall procure, and the Company shall enter into, a license agreement that permits the Company to use the “Teekay” name and trademark in connection with its business.

-18-


 

      4.8 Other Administrative Services
     The Manager shall:
     (a) develop, maintain and monitor internal audit controls, disclosure controls and information technology for the Company;
     (b) assist with arranging board meetings and preparing board and committee meeting materials, including, as applicable, agendas, discussion papers, analyses and reports;
     (c) prepare and provide such reports and accounting information so as to permit the Board of Directors to determine the amount of the Company’s Cash Available for Distribution and Dividends to the Company’s stockholders, and to assist the Company in making arrangements with the Company’s transfer agent for the payment of Dividends to the stockholders;
     (d) obtain, on behalf of the Company, general insurance, director and officer liability insurance and other insurance of the Company not related to the Vessels that would normally be obtained for a company in a similar business to that of the Company;
     (e) administer payroll services, benefits and directors fees, as applicable, for the Crew, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and any other employee, officer or director of the Company;
     (f) provide office space and office equipment for personnel of the Company at the location of the Manager or as otherwise reasonably designated by the Company, and clerical, secretarial, accounting and administrative assistance as may be reasonably necessary;
     (g) provide all administrative services required in connection with the Credit Facilities and Other Financing Agreements;
     (h) negotiate loan and credit terms with lenders in the ordinary course and monitor and maintain compliance therewith;
     (i) negotiate and arrange for interest rate swap agreements, foreign currency contracts and forward exchange contracts;
     (j) monitor the performance of investment managers;
     (k) at the request and under the direction of the Company, handle all administrative and clerical matters in respect of (i) the call and arrangement of all annual and special meetings of stockholders, (ii) the preparation of all materials (including notices of meetings and proxy or similar materials) in respect thereof and (iii) the submission of all such materials to the Company in sufficient time prior to the dates upon which they must be mailed, filed or otherwise relied upon so that the Company has full opportunity to review, approve, execute and return them to the Manager for filing or mailing or other disposition as the Company may require or direct;
     (l) provide, at the request and under the direction of the Company, such communications to the transfer agent for the Company as may be necessary or desirable;

-19-


 

     (m) make recommendations to the Company for the appointment of auditors, accountants, legal counsel and other accounting, financial or legal advisers, and technical, commercial, marketing or other independent experts; provided, however, that nothing herein shall permit the Manager to engage any such adviser or expert for the Company without the Company’s specific approval;
     (n) attend to all matters necessary for any reorganization, bankruptcy or insolvency petitions or proceedings, liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;
     (o) calculate the Performance Fee for each Fiscal Year, and provide such calculation and supporting documentation to the Company within seventy-five (75) days of the end of the applicable Fiscal Year; and
     (p) attend to all other administrative matters necessary to ensure the professional management of the Company’s business or as reasonably requested by the Company from time to time.
5. STRATEGIC SERVICES
     The Manager shall, at its own expense and upon the Company’s reasonable request, provide to the Company the services described in this Section 5 (collectively, the “ Strategic Services ”).
      5.1 Acquisitions, Charter Parties and Finance
     The Manager shall provide strategic, corporate planning, business development and advisory services to the Company, including the following:
     (a) providing general strategic planning services and implementing corporate strategy, including developing acquisition and divestiture strategies;
     (b) identifying, negotiating and securing opportunities for the Company to acquire or to construct Tankers, and negotiating and carrying out the purchase of existing and any newbuilding Tankers;
     (c) (i) identifying, negotiating and securing opportunities for the Company to acquire or merge with companies or other Persons that own or operate Tankers or are otherwise involved in the conventional oil or product tanker industries, (ii) negotiating and carrying out the purchase of such companies or other Persons, and (iii) working to integrate any such acquired businesses;
     (d) maintaining and managing relationships between the Company and the Charterers and potential charterers, shipbuilders, insurers, Lenders and potential financiers of the Company and other shipping industry participants;
     (e) subject to any Warehousing Service provided other than by the Manager, arranging, negotiating and procuring pre-delivery and post-delivery financing or refinancing for the construction of any Tankers and financing or refinancing for the acquisition of existing Tankers;
     (f) identifying, negotiating and implementing potential divestitures or dispositions of any of the Vessels and any other of the Company’s Tanker Assets, and evaluating and recommending the sale of all or any part of the Tanker Business;

-20-


 

     (g) identifying, investigating and implementing tax planning, leasing or other tax savings initiatives;
     (h) assisting the Company in connection with any future offerings of Common Shares or other securities the Company may determine is desirable, all under the direction and supervision of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer;
     (i) subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors and supervision of the Chief Executive Officer, generally undertaking the day-to-day management of the Tanker Business; and
     (j) providing such other strategic, corporate planning, business development and advisory services as the Company may reasonably request from time to time.
     If pursuant to the provision of Strategic Services, the Manager identifies a potential opportunity for the Company (“ Strategic Opportunity ”) and subject to allocations of corporate opportunities to Teekay Corporation pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and the Contribution Agreement, (i) the Manager shall present the Strategic Opportunity to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer for further consideration and presentation to the Board of Directors, and (ii) the Board of Directors or an appropriate committee thereof shall approve or reject the Strategic Opportunity.
      5.2 Warehousing Service
     If the Company pursues construction of a newbuilding Tanker, the Company may request that the Manager or a third party enter into, in such Person’s own name, the construction contract with respect to such newbuilding Tanker and finance construction of such Tanker until its agreed-upon delivery to the relevant Company Group Member (the “ Warehousing Service ”). The Manager shall assist the Company in arranging any such third-party Warehousing Service but shall not be required to provide any Warehousing Service.
      5.3 Pre-delivery Services
     For the acquisition of any Vessel other than an IPO Vessel and subject to any Warehousing Service provided other than by the Manager, the Manager shall oversee and supervise, in all material respects, the construction of any newbuilding Tanker or the acquisition of any existing Vessel to be purchased and made subject to this Agreement, as the case may be, prior to its delivery, including the following (collectively, the “ Pre-delivery Services ”), as applicable:
     (a) negotiating the shipbuilding contract and specifications and related documentation;
     (b) attending to plan approval for the design of the newbuilding Tanker;
     (c) arranging for and supervising alterations and changes to the newbuilding Tanker;
     (d) liaising with the ship builder, supervising the ship builder’s progress and overseeing construction to ensure the ship builder is constructing the newbuilding Tanker in accordance with the relevant shipbuilding contract, design and specifications;

-21-


 

     (e) negotiating the purchase and sale agreement and related documentation;
     (f) liaising with classification societies, suppliers and other service providers;
     (g) procuring, supervising and managing suitably qualified Crew to test the Vessel in the water prior to delivery;
     (h) attending to the purchasing and other activities related to the Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses; and
     (i) arranging for registration of the Vessel under the relevant flag and in accordance with Applicable Laws and registration of the Vessel with the relevant classification society and other authorities as may be required for obtaining trading, canal and other marine certificates for the Vessel.
      5.4 Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses
     Prior to the delivery to the relevant Company Group Member of any Vessel other than an IPO Vessel and subject to any Warehousing Service provided other than by the Manager, the Manager shall provide the necessary stores, spares, lubricating oil, supplies, equipment and services related to the delivery of the Vessel (all of which will be set out by the Manager in a pre-delivery budget for each Vessel, which shall be subject to the acknowledgment and consent of the Company) to ensure the seaworthiness and readiness for service of each such Vessel and shall pay for the fees associated with the relevant classification society or the registration of the Vessel in the name of the relevant Company Group Member under the relevant flag, whether a newbuilding or an existing vessel (“ Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses ”). For greater certainty, the Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses may include items that are identified before or after delivery of the Vessel once the Manager has determined that such items are required for the safe and efficient operation of the Vessel so that it can be managed and operated as contemplated by this Agreement. Subject to any Warehousing Service provided other than by the Manager, the Manager shall arrange for and make such Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses for and on behalf of the relevant Company Group Member and the Company shall reimburse the Manager in accordance with Section 8.1.
      5.5 Estimates and Consultation
     For each newbuilding Tanker, if any, the Manager shall consult with and obtain the approval of the Company with respect to all material decisions to be made regarding the newbuilding. The Manager shall also consult with the Company regarding, and provide to the Company an estimate of the cost of, the Pre-delivery Services and the various Pre-delivery Purchases and Expenses for any Vessel, other than an IPO Vessel and subject to any Warehousing Service provided other than by the Manager, for approval by the Company reasonably in advance of such services being provided or such items being purchased.
6. EMPLOYEES AND MANAGER’S PERSONNEL
      6.1 Manager’s Personnel
     The Manager shall provide the Management Services hereunder through the Manager’s Personnel and the Crew. The Manager shall be responsible for all aspects of the employment or other

-22-


 

relationship of the Manager’s Personnel and Crew as required in order for the Manager to perform its obligations hereunder, including recruitment, training, staffing levels, compensation and benefits, supervision, discipline and discharge, and other terms and conditions of employment or contract. However, the Manager shall remain directly responsible and liable to the Company to carry out all of its obligations under this Agreement, whether performed directly or subcontracted to another Person, and the Manager (and not the Company) shall be responsible for the compensation and reimbursement of all such other Persons.
      6.2 Officers
           (a) Executive Officers
     The Manager shall regularly consult with the Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer as to the provision of Management Services and the Company’s Business. The Manager shall make available to the Company such other executive officers to which the Company and the Manager or its Affiliates may agree, who shall assist in managing the day-to-day operations and affairs of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may employ directly any other officers or employees as it may deem necessary, and any such officers and employees will not be subject to this Agreement.
           (b) Termination and Replacement of Executive Officers
     The Board of Directors may require any officer that is provided by the Manager of its Affiliates as an executive officer (or otherwise to perform the duties of an executive officer) of the Company to be relieved of his or her duties with respect to, and no longer perform any of the Management Services for, the Company for any reason not prohibited by Applicable Laws. Such officer may continue to be employed by the Manager but shall no longer provide any Management Services hereunder, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.
     If any officer who is made available to the Company by the Manager or any of its Affiliates, as the case may be, resigns, is terminated or otherwise vacates his or her office, the Manager shall, as soon as practicable after acceptance of any resignation or after such termination and upon the Company’s request, use commercially reasonable efforts to identify suitable candidates for replacement of such officer for the approval by the Board of Directors.
           (c) Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
     The Chief Executive Officer, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer shall be employees of the Company and the Company shall be responsible for all aspects of the employment of such officers with the Company, including compensation and benefits, supervision, discipline and discharge and other terms and conditions of employment.
           (d) Other Duties of the Manager’s Personnel
     The Company acknowledges that any officers provided by the Manager and the other Manager’s Personnel that provide Management Services may engage in business activities of the Manager and its Affiliates that are unrelated to the Company and that conflicts of interest may exist.

-23-


 

           (e) Reporting Structure
     The Chief Executive Officer shall report to and be under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Manager shall report to the Company and the Board of Directors through the Chief Executive Officer.
7. COVENANTS OF THE MANAGER
     The Manager hereby agrees and covenants with the Company that, during the Term, the Manager shall:
     (a) obtain and maintain for its benefit professional indemnity insurance and other insurance as is reasonable having regard to the nature and extent of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement;
     (b) exercise all due care, skill and diligence in carrying out its duties under this Agreement as required by Applicable Laws;
     (c) provide the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors with all information in relation to the performance of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may reasonably request;
     (d) ensure that all material property of the Company is clearly identified as such, held separately from property of the Manager and, where applicable, in safe custody;
     (e) ensure that all property of the Company (other than money to be deposited to any bank account of the Company) is transferred to or otherwise held in the name of the Company or any nominee or custodian appointed by the Company;
     (f) ensure that (i) the Company owns or possesses all Licenses that are necessary and used in the operation of its business as of the date hereof, (ii) all such Licenses are in full force and effect at all times, (iii) all required filings with respect to such Licenses have been timely made and all required applications for renewal thereof have been timely filed and (iv) if at any time any Licenses are not in full force and effect, the Manager shall be responsible for any and all claims or costs associated with such Licenses not being in full force and effect;
     (g) retain at all times a qualified staff so as to maintain a level of expertise sufficient to provide the Management Services; and
     (h) keep full and proper books, records and accounts showing clearly all transactions relating to its provision of Management Services in accordance with established general commercial practices and in accordance with GAAP, and allow the Company and its representatives to audit and examine such books, records and accounts at any time during customary business hours.

-24-


 

8. MANAGER’S COMPENSATION
      8.1 Basic Fee for Management Services
     In consideration for the provision of Management Services by the Manager to the Company, the Company shall pay the Manager a quarterly fee (the “ Management Services Fee ”), payable as set forth in Section 8.2, which is comprised of (a) a fee for Commercial Management Services initially equal to $350 per Vessel per day plus 1.25% of the gross revenue attributable to the Vessel (the “ Commercial Management Services Fee ”), which fee shall not be payable for any Vessel commercially managed pursuant to the Teekay Pool Agreement or for any Vessel operating under a time-charter contract; (b) a fee for Technical Services (other than any Commercial Management Services) equal to the average rate Teekay Corporation charges third parties to technically manage their Tankers of a similar size, as determined on a quarterly basis (which fee shall be supported by reasonably detailed evidence of such third party rates as provided by the Manager to the Company upon the Company’s request); and (c) a fee for Administrative Services and Strategic Services that will reimburse the Manager for all of the reasonable direct and indirect costs and expenses (the “ Costs and Expenses ”) incurred by the Manager and its Affiliates in providing the Administrative Services and the Strategic Services in respect of a given quarter (including (i) any Pre-Delivery Purchases and Expenses and (ii) the allocable Employment Expenses associated with any officers and employees of the Manager and its Affiliates to the extent that they provide Administrative Services or Strategic Services to the Company for the Manager pursuant to this Agreement) plus a reasonable profit mark-up based on the most recent transfer pricing study performed by an independent accounting firm nationally recognized in the United States and engaged by the Manager or an Affiliate thereof, with respect to similar Administrative Services or Strategic Services, as applicable, which transfer pricing study will be updated at least annually. If any of the Costs and Expenses are incurred pursuant to the provision of services the benefit of which shall be shared among or realized by the Company, the Manager and/or another Person or Persons, the reimbursement of such Costs and Expenses shall be apportioned accordingly and the Manager shall promptly notify the Company of such apportionment. The initial Commercial Management Services Fee will remain in effect until December 31, 2010, and thereafter will be adjusted every three years beginning January 1, 2011. Ninety (90) days prior to December 31, 2010 and the end of each successive three-year period thereafter, the Manager and the Company shall negotiate in good faith the Commercial Management Services Fee that will be in effect for the successive three-year period. If the Manager and the Company are unable to agree on the amount of such adjusted Commercial Services Management Fee by the date sixty (60) days prior to January 1 of the year in which such adjusted fee is scheduled to take effect, the Parties shall resolve such dispute pursuant to Section 11.2 and, if needed, Section 11.3.
      8.2 Invoicing
     The Manager shall, in good faith, determine the expenses related to the Management Services that are allocable to the Company Group in any reasonable manner determined by the Manager and shall provide to the Company on a quarterly basis an invoice for the Costs and Expenses to be paid under Section 8.1, which invoice shall contain a description in reasonable detail of the Costs and Expenses that comprise the aggregate amount of the payment being invoiced. The Manager shall maintain the records of all Costs and Expenses incurred, including any invoices, receipts and supplementary materials as are necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the Parties. The Company shall pay such invoices within thirty (30) days of receipt, unless the invoice is being disputed in accordance with this Agreement.

-25-


 

      8.3 Dispute of Invoice or Performance Fee
     If the Company, in good faith, disputes the amount of an invoice or the Manager’s calculation pursuant to Section 4.8(o) of the Performance Fee for a Fiscal Year, the Company shall give written notice of such dispute (including the particulars of such dispute) to the Manager (a) with respect to an invoice, on or before the due date with respect to all or any portion of such invoice, and (b) with respect to the calculation of the Performance Fee, within 10 days of delivery by the Manger to the Company of such calculation. Upon receipt of such notice, the Manager shall furnish the Company with additional supporting documentation to reasonably substantiate the amount of the invoice or the Performance Fee calculation, as applicable. Upon delivery of such additional documentation, the Company and the Manager shall cooperate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute. If they are unable to resolve the dispute within (i) ten (10) Business Days of the delivery of such additional supporting information (in the case of an invoice) or (ii) five (5) days of such delivery (in the case of the Performance Fee calculation), the dispute shall be referred for resolution to a firm of independent accountants of nationally recognized standing in the United States reasonably satisfactory to each of the Manager and the Company (the “ Accounting Referee ”), which shall determine the disputed amounts within thirty (30) days of the referral of such invoice dispute to such Accounting Referee, or within ten (10) days of the referral of such Performance Fee calculation dispute. With respect to invoice disputes, the determination of the Accounting Referee shall not require the Company to pay more than the amount in dispute nor require the Manager to return any amount previously paid by the Company. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Referee shall be borne equally by the Company and the Manager. If any invoice dispute is resolved in favor of the Manager, the Company shall make payment to the Manager within ten (10) days of resolution of the dispute. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be entitled to withhold any amounts other than those portions of the applicable payment that are in dispute.
      8.4 Direction to Pay
     By written notice to the Company, the Manager may direct the Company to pay any amounts owing under this Agreement directly to an Affiliate of the Manager pursuant to a subcontracting arrangement relating to this Agreement.
      8.5 Performance Fee
     (a) In addition to the fees payable by the Company to the Manager pursuant to Section 8.1, the Manager shall be entitled to a fee (a “ Performance Fee ”) in respect of each Fiscal Year on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Section 8.5. The Performance Fee, if any, will be paid to the Manager within 90 days of the end of the applicable Fiscal Year (or, if a Dispute relating to the calculation of the Performance Fee is ongoing, promptly after the resolution of such Dispute, if later than 90 days after the end of the applicable Fiscal Year.
     (b) If Gross Cash Available for Distribution (as defined below) in respect of a Fiscal Year exceeds the Incentive Threshold (as defined below), the Performance Fee for such Fiscal Year shall be an amount equal to 20% of all Gross Cash Available for Distribution for such Fiscal Year in excess of the Incentive Threshold. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Cumulative Dividend Account (as defined below) as of the beginning of the Fiscal Year in respect of which the Performance Fee is calculated is negative, the Performance Fee shall equal the lesser of (i) 20% of all Gross Cash Available

-26-


 

for Distribution in excess of the Incentive Threshold and (ii) the difference between the Current Period Surplus / (Deficit) (as defined below) and the absolute value of the Cumulative Dividend Account balance as of the beginning of the Fiscal Year. If, after adjusting for the Current Period Surplus / (Deficit) but before adjusting for the Performance Fee, the Cumulative Dividend Account as of the end of the Fiscal Year in respect of which the Performance Fee is being calculated is negative, no Performance Fee will be payable.
     (c) The Cumulative Dividend Account balance initially shall be zero. Commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2008, the Cumulative Account shall be (i) increased (for a surplus) or decreased (for a deficit) with respect to each Fiscal Year by the amount of the Current Period Surplus / (Deficit) for such Fiscal Year and (ii) reduced by the amount of any Performance Fee actually paid to the Manager in respect of such Fiscal Year. Each such adjustment shall be made as of December 31 of the relevant Fiscal Year. Effective as of January 1, 2013 and as of each five-year anniversary of January 1, 2013, the Cumulative Dividend Account balance shall be reset to zero.
     (d) For purposes of this Agreement:
     “ Cumulative Dividend Account ” means, subject to Section 8.5(c), an internal account that will reflect, on an aggregate basis, the amount by which Dividends for a Fiscal Year are greater or less than $2.65 per share (subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of Common Shares outstanding for such Fiscal Year).
     “ Current Period Surplus / (Deficit) ” means the amount by which the Gross Cash Available for Distribution for a Fiscal Year is greater than or less than the aggregate incentive baseline for such Fiscal Year calculated by multiplying $2.65 per share (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events) by the weighted-average number of Common Shares outstanding for such Fiscal Year.
     “ Gross Cash Available for Distribution ” means, in respect of a Fiscal Year, the Cash Available for Distribution for such Fiscal Year before giving effect to any deductions for any Performance Fee payable with respect to such Fiscal Year and reduced by the amount of any reserves the Board of Directors may have taken during such Fiscal Year that have not already reduced Cash Available for Distribution.
     “ Incentive Threshold ” means, for a Fiscal Year, $3.20 per share (subject to adjustment for stock dividends, splits, combinations and similar events, and based on the weighted-average number of Common Shares outstanding for such Fiscal Year).
9. LIABILITY OF THE MANAGER; INDEMNIFICATION
      9.1 Liability of the Manager
     The Manager shall not be liable to the Company for any Loss (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with arrest, detention of or delay to any Vessel) arising from the Management Services unless and to the extent that such Loss resulted from:

-27-


 

     (a) the fraud, gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of the Manager or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group) or any of their respective employees, agents or subcontractors (“ Manager Misconduct ”); or
     (b) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager of any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group).
      9.2 Extraordinary Costs and Capital Expenditures
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager shall not be responsible for paying any costs, liabilities and expenses in respect of a Vessel to the extent that such costs, liabilities and expenses are “extraordinary,” which consist of the following:
     (a) repairs, refurbishment or modifications resulting from maritime accidents, collisions, other accidental damage or unforeseen events (except to the extent that such accidents, collisions, damage or events are due to Manager’s Misconduct, unless and to the extent otherwise covered by insurance);
     (b) unscheduled or non-routine drydocking of a Vessel;
     (c) any improvement, upgrade or modification to, structural changes with respect to or the installation of new equipment aboard any Vessel that results from a change in, an introduction of new, or a change in the interpretation of, Applicable Laws at the recommendation of the classification society for that Vessel or otherwise;
     (d) any increase in Crew Employment and Support Expenses resulting from a change in, an introduction of new, or a change in the interpretation of, Applicable Laws; or
     (e) any other similar types of costs, liabilities and expenses that were not reasonably contemplated by the Company and the Manager as being a component of the Approved Budget for the applicable Fiscal Year.
      9.3 Manager Indemnification
     The Company shall indemnify and save harmless the Manager and its directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and Affiliates (the “ Manager Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Manager Indemnified Persons by reason of or arising from or in connection with their performance of this Agreement or any third-party Legal Action brought or threatened against such Manager Indemnified Persons in connection with their performance of this Agreement, other than for any Losses to the extent related to or that resulted from:
     (a) any liabilities or obligations that the Manager has agreed to pay or for which the Manager is otherwise responsible under this Agreement;
     (b) Manager Misconduct; or
     (c) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group).

-28-


 

      9.4 Company Indemnification
     The Manager shall indemnify and save harmless each Company Group Member and such Company Group Member’s directors, officers, employees, subcontractors and Affiliates (the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Company Indemnified Persons, to the extent related to or that resulted from:
     (a) any liabilities or obligations that the Manager has agreed to pay or for which the Manager is otherwise responsible under this Agreement;
     (b) Manager Misconduct; or
     (c) any breach of this Agreement by the Manager or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company Group).
      9.5 Limitation Regarding Crew
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Manager shall not be liable for any of the actions of the Crew, even if such actions are negligent, grossly negligent or willful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted from a breach by the Manager of any of its obligations under Section 3.3, in which case the Manager’s liability shall be determined in accordance with the terms of this Section 9.
10. TERM AND TERMINATION
      10.1 Initial Term
     The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on December ___, 2007 and end on December 31, 2022, unless terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement (the “ Initial Term ”).
      10.2 Renewal Term
     This Agreement will, without any further act or formality on the part of either Party, on the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, be automatically renewed for a further term of five (5) years (each a “ Renewal Term ”) unless notice of termination is given by the Company to the Manager in accordance with Section 10.3(f), in the case of the Initial Term, or Section 10.3(g), in the case of any Renewal Term.
      10.3 Termination by the Company
     This Agreement may be terminated by the Company:
     (a) if, at any time, the Manager materially breaches this Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 11 (“ Manager Breach ”);
     (b) if, at any time,

-29-


 

     (i) the Manager has been convicted of, has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendre with respect to, or has entered into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a crime, which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; and
     (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class A Common Shares elect to terminate this Agreement;
     (c) if, at any time, the Manager becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;
     (d) if any Person or group of Persons acquires Control or economic control of the Manager in contravention of Section 12.2;
     (e) if, in the fourth Fiscal Quarter of 2016, two-thirds of the Board of Directors elect to terminate the Agreement, which termination shall be effective on December 31, 2017;
     (f) if, in the fourth Fiscal Quarter of 2021, the Company elects to terminate the Agreement by notice to the Manager, which termination shall be effective on December 31, 2022; or
     (g) if, in the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year immediately preceding the Fiscal Year that includes the end of any Renewal Term, the Company elects to terminate the Agreement by notice to the Manager, which termination shall be effective at the end of the Fiscal Year for the final year of such Renewal Term.
      10.4 Termination by the Manager
     This Agreement may be terminated by the Manager:
     (a) after the fifth anniversary of the Public Offering, with twelve (12) months’ prior notice by the Manager to the Company; or
     (b) if, at any time, the Company materially breaches the Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 11 (“ Company Breach ”).
      10.5 Automatic Termination
     This Agreement will terminate automatically and immediately after a “Change of Control” of the Company. In this Section 10, a “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, except such a disposition to a member of the Existing Ownership Group;

-30-


 

     (b) an order made for, or the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of, liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
     (c) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than a majority of the Company’s Voting Securities (unless such “person” is a member of the Existing Ownership Group), measured by voting power rather than number of shares;
     (d) if, at any time, the Company becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or makes a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;
     (e) the consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company with or into, any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group), or the consolidation of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with, or the merger of any “person” (other than a member of the Existing Ownership Group) with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the Common Shares outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or receive a payment of cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Company’s Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving or transferee “person” constituting a majority (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) of the outstanding Voting Securities of such surviving or transferee “person” immediately after giving effect to such issuance; or
     (f) a change in directors after which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.
      10.6 Effects of Termination or Expiry of this Agreement
     (a) If the Manager terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.4(a), the Company shall have the option to require the Manager to continue to provide Technical Services to the Company, for the fee described in Section 8.1, for up to an additional two-year period from the date of termination of this Agreement, provided that the Manager or any of its Affiliates continues in the business of providing such services to third parties for similar types of vessels.
     (b) If the Company terminates this Agreement pursuant to any of Sections 10.3(e) through 10.3(g), or the Manager terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.4(b), the Company shall pay to the Manager the Termination Payment in four quarterly installments during the Fiscal Year following the Fiscal Year in which this Agreement is terminated, such installments to be paid on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of such following Fiscal Year.
     (c) If this Agreement terminates pursuant to Section 10.5, the Company shall pay to the Manager the Termination Payment in a lump sum amount, payable within 30 days following the date this Agreement terminates.

-31-


 

     (d) Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason or expiry of this Agreement or upon the Manager otherwise ceasing to manage a Vessel under this Agreement, with respect to the Stores and Equipment provided by the relevant Company Group Member or the Manager, as applicable, the following shall occur:
          (i) in the case of any Vessel where the necessary Stores and Equipment were provided by the Manager, at the time of delivery of such Vessel to the relevant Company Group Member, the Company or such Company Group Member shall reimburse the Manager for the fair market value (as of the time of such termination, expiry or cessation) of the Stores and Equipment that had been placed on board the Vessel by the Manager, taking into account reasonable wear and tear (such value to be proposed by the Manager and subject to approval by the Company), except that if such Vessel is to be scrapped immediately following such termination, expiry or cessation, the Manager shall use commercially reasonable efforts to sell, re-use or recycle the Stores and Equipment and any compensation received by the Manager in doing so shall be deducted from the amounts to be reimbursed by the Company or such Company Group Member to the Manager; and
          (ii) in the case of any Vessel where the necessary Stores and Equipment were provided by the relevant Company Group Member, at the time of delivery of such Vessel to such Company Group Member, the Manager shall either, at the Company’s option, (A) return the Vessel with materially the same level and complement of Stores and Equipment as required to continue operating the Vessel in accordance with customary ship operation and practice that a prudent owner of a vessel such as the Vessel would deem reasonably necessary, taking into account reasonable wear and tear, or (B) pay to the Company or such Company Group Member an amount representing the amount of Stores and Equipment needed to be added to existing levels to satisfy the levels described in subclause (A) above (such amount to be proposed by the Manager and subject to approval by the Company); provided, however, that if such Vessel is to be scrapped immediately following such termination, expiry or cessation, the Manager shall be required to make the payment contemplated in subclause (B) above.
Until any of the foregoing events arise, no Company Group Member nor the Manager shall have any obligation to each other to account for any diminution in value of the Stores and Equipment.
     (e) Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement, this Agreement will be void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party (or their respective officers, directors, employees or Affiliates) except that the obligation of the Company to pay to the Manager or its Affiliates the amounts accrued but outstanding under Section 8 and the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 9, 10.6 and 12.4 shall survive such termination. After a written notice of termination has been given under this Section 10 or upon expiry, the Company may direct the Manager to, at the cost of the Company (subject to Section 10.6(d)), undertake any actions reasonably necessary to transfer any aspect of the ownership or control of the assets of the Company to the Company or to any nominee of the Company and to do all other things reasonably necessary to bring the appointment of the Manager to an end at the appropriate time, and the Manager shall promptly comply with all such reasonable directions. Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement, the Manager shall promptly deliver to any new manager or the Company any Books and Records held by the Manager under this Agreement and shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such things as may reasonably be required to permit the new manager of the Company to assume its responsibilities.

-32-


 

11. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
      11.1 Notice of Dispute
     If (a) a dispute or disagreement arises between the Parties with respect to any provision of this Agreement (other than Section 8.3), including its interpretation or the performance of a Party under this Agreement or (b) (i) the Company in good faith believes that a Manager Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur or (ii) the Manager in good faith believes that a Company Breach has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur (each of the foregoing, as well as any inability of the Parties to agree, pursuant to Section 8.1, upon the adjusted Commercial Management Services Fee by the date sixty (60) days prior to January 1 of the year in which such adjusted fee is scheduled to take effect, being a “ Dispute ”), either Party may, or the Party alleging such breach or potential breach shall, deliver written notice to the other Party. Such notice shall contain in detail the specific facts and circumstances relating to the Dispute. With respect to any Dispute described in clause (a) or (b) above, each Party shall designate an individual to negotiate and resolve the Dispute (each a “ Designated Representative ” and, together, the “ Designated Representatives ”). The Designated Representatives shall in good faith attempt to resolve the matter within a thirty (30) day period from the date of delivery of the notice referred to above. If either Designated Representative intends to be accompanied by counsel at any meeting, such Designated Representative shall give the other Designated Representative at least three (3) Business Days’ notice. All discussions and negotiations pursuant to this Section 11 shall be confidential and without prejudice to settlement negotiations.
      11.2 Mediation
     If a Dispute described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 11.1 is not resolved by the Designated Representatives during after the thirty (30) days provided in Section 11.1, either of the Parties may refer the matter to mediation. Any Dispute relating to the determination of an adjusted Commercial Management Services Fee (a “ Commercial Management Services Fee Dispute ”) shall be referred to mediation. With respect to the mediation of any Dispute, the mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, and such mediator will be instructed to:
     (a) review the terms of the Dispute and the position of the Parties;
     (b) consider the terms of and context of this Agreement; and
     (c) render a non-binding report within sixty (60) days (20 days in the case of a Commercial Management Services Fee Dispute) of the appointment of the mediator (the “ Mediator’s Report ”) or such later date as to which the Parties may agree.
     The Parties shall consider the Mediator’s Report and may mutually decide to make it a binding report. If the mediator is not able to facilitate a binding agreement between the Parties, the Dispute is not resolved to the satisfaction of the Parties as a result of the Mediator’s Report or a mediator cannot be chosen mutually by the Parties, the Dispute shall be submitted to binding arbitration pursuant to Section 11.3.

-33-


 

      11.3 Arbitration
     Any Dispute not resolved by the Parties pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.3. Either Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration, which shall take place in London, England in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof then in force and under the terms of the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (the “ LMAA ”) before a tribunal of three arbitrators; provided, however , that for Disputes where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$50,000), the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedures current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced. The prevailing Party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
12. GENERAL
      12.1 Assignment; Binding Effect
     The Parties may not assign any of their respective rights under this Agreement in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of such other Party. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.
      12.2 Change of Control of the Manager
     If any Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than Teekay Corporation and its Affiliates) proposes to acquire Control of the Manager, directly or indirectly, the Manager shall provide at least thirty (30) days’ written notice of the change of Control to the Company, which notice shall identify the Person that will acquire, directly or indirectly, Control of the Manager. A change of Control of the Manager may occur only with the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
      12.3 Force Majeure
     Neither of the Parties shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder if any of the following occurs (each a “ Force Majeure Event ”):
     (a) any event, cause or condition which is beyond the reasonable control of either or both of the Parties and which prevents either or both of the Parties from performing any of their respective obligations under this Agreement;
     (b) acts of God, including fire, explosions, unusually or unforeseeably bad weather conditions, epidemic, lightening, earthquake or tsunami;
     (c) acts of public enemies, including war or civil disturbance, vandalism, sabotage, terrorism, blockade or insurrection;
     (d) acts of a Governmental Authority, including injunction or restraining orders issued by any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority, expropriation or requisition;

-34-


 

     (e) government rule, regulation or legislation, embargo or national defense requirement; or
     (f) labor troubles or disputes, strikes or lockouts, including any failure to settle or prevent such event which is in the control of any Party.
     A Party shall give written notice to the other Party promptly upon the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event.
      12.4 Confidentiality
     Each Party agrees that, except with the prior written consent of the other Party, it shall at all times keep confidential and not disclose, furnish or make accessible to anyone (except to employees, agents and professional advisors in the ordinary course of business) any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the other Party and to the business or financial affairs of the other Party to which such Party has been or shall become privy by reason of this Agreement, except for any (a) disclosure required by judicial or administrative process (including discovery for litigation), (b) information that becomes publicly available through no fault of such Party or otherwise ceases to be confidential, (c) information required by law or applicable stock exchange rules to be disclosed or (d) disclosure made to a Person under a binding confidentiality agreement in favor of the Party whose confidential or proprietary information is being disclosed.
      12.5 Notices
     Each notice, consent or request required to be given to a Party pursuant to this Agreement must be given in writing. A notice may be given by delivery to an individual or by fax or email, and shall be validly given if delivered on a Business Day to an individual at the following address, or, if transmitted on a Business Day, by fax or email addressed to the following Party:
                         
(a)   if to Teekay Tankers Ltd.:       (b)   if to Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd.:
 
                       
 
  Address:   Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park           Address:    
 
                       
 
      West Bay Street and Blake Road, P.O. Box AP-59212                
                     
 
      Nassau, Commonwealth of the Bahamas                
                     
 
  Attention:   Corporate Secretary           Attention:    
 
                       
 
  Fax No.:   (242) 502-8840           Fax No.:    
 
                       
 
  Email:               Email:    
 
                       
or to any other address, fax number, email address or individual that the Party so designates. Any notice
     (a) if validly delivered on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered;
     (b) if validly transmitted by fax or email before 3:00 p.m. (local time at the place of receipt) on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given on that Business Day; and

-35-


 

     (c) if validly transmitted by fax or email after 3:00 p.m. (local time at the place of receipt) on a Business Day, shall be deemed to have been given on the Business Day after the date of the transmission.
      12.6 Third Party Rights
     The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the Parties to this Agreement, and no shareholder, employee, agent of any Party or any other Person shall have the right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act of 1999 or otherwise, separate and apart from the Parties hereto, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any Party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.
      12.7 No Partnership
     Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create or shall be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture between the Parties, and this Agreement shall not be deemed for any purpose to constitute any Party a partner of any other Party to this Agreement in the conduct of any business or otherwise or as a member of a joint venture or joint enterprise with any other Party to this Agreement.
      12.8 Severability
     Each provision of this Agreement is several. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:
     (a) the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement; or
     (b) the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction;
except that if:
          (x) on the reasonable construction of this Agreement as a whole, the applicability of the other provision presumes the validity and enforceability of the particular provision, the other provision will be deemed also to be invalid or unenforceable; and
          (y) as a result of the determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any part of this Agreement is unenforceable or invalid and, as a result of this Section 12.8, the basic intentions of the Parties in this Agreement are entirely frustrated, the Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to amend, supplement or otherwise vary this Agreement to confirm their mutual intention in entering into this Agreement.
      12.9 Governing Law
This Agreement is governed exclusively by, and is to be enforced, construed and interpreted exclusively in accordance with, English law, which is deemed to be the proper law of the Agreement.

-36-


 

      12.10 Amendments
     No amendment, supplement, modification or restatement of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing and signed by each Person that is a Party to this Agreement at the time of the amendment, supplement, modification or restatement.
      12.11 Entire Agreement
     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.
      12.12 Waiver
     No failure by any Party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition. Any waiver must be specifically stated as such in writing.
      12.13 Counterparts
     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties hereto.
      12.14 Ownership of Advisor and Ship Manager
     During the Term, Teekay Corporation shall not transfer, sell or dispose of its interest in or otherwise relinquish Control of the Manager.
[Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-37-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Management Agreement has been duly executed by the Parties hereto as of the date first written above.
                     
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.       TEEKAY TANKERS MANAGEMENT SERVICES LTD.    
 
                   
By:
          By:        
Title:
 
 
      Title:  
 
   
 
                   
 
                   
TEEKAY CORPORATION                
 
                   
(solely as a party to this Agreement for purposes of Section 12.14)                
 
                   
By:
                   
Title:
 
 
               
 
                   

-38-


 

SCHEDULE A
IPO VESSELS
(As of December ___, 2007)
     The following table lists the Vessels that are presently owned or will be acquired by the Company on or prior to the date of this Agreement. This Schedule may be updated from time to time.
                                                 
    Capacity           Current   Current   Expiration   Intended
Vessel   (dwt)(1)   Built   Employment   Charterer   of Charter   Flag
Erik Spirit
    115,500       2005     Time charter   ConocoPhillips   Dec. 2010(2)   Bahamas
Matterhorn Spirit
    114,800       2005     Time charter   Eiger Shipping   Dec. 2009(2)   Bahamas
Everest Spirit
    115,000       2004     Pool               Bahamas
Kanata Spirit
    113,000       1999     Time charter   Sabic   May 2008   Bahamas
Kareela Spirit
    113,100       1999     Pool               Bahamas
Kyeema Spirit
    113,300       1999     Pool               Bahamas
Nassau Spirit
    107,100       1999     Pool               Bahamas
Falster Spirit
    95,400       1995     Time charter   Skaugen PetroTrans   Jul. 2008   Bahamas
Sotra Spirit
    95,400       1995     Pool               Bahamas
 
(1)   Deadweight tonnes.
 
(2)   Time charter begins in December 2007.

-39-

 

Exhibit 10.3
GROSS REVENUE SHARING POOL AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made this ______ day of December, 2007.
AMONG:
     
 
  TEEKAY CORPORATION , a Republic of The Marshall Islands corporation having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 and having its principal office at Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park, West Bay Street & Blake Road, P.O. Box AP-59212, Nassau, The Bahamas (“ Teekay” or TK ”).
 
   
AND:
  TEEKAY TANKERS LTD. , a Republic of The Marshall Islands corporation having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 and having its principal office at Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park, West Bay Street & Blake Road, P.O. Box AP-59212, Nassau, The Bahamas (“ TNK ”, and together with TK, the “ Participants ”).
 
   
AND:
  TEEKAY CHARTERING LIMITED , a Republic of The Marshall Islands corporation having its registered office at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH 96960 and having its principal office at Bayside House, Bayside Executive Park, West Bay Street & Blake Road, P.O. Box AP-59212, Nassau, The Bahamas (“ TCL ”).
WHEREAS:
     
A.
  The Participants and/or their respective affiliates are owners or in-charterers of Aframax-class oil tankers who wish to achieve better trading efficiencies and to better meet spot market demand by forming a gross revenue sharing pool of double hull Aframax tankers initially comprised of the vessels specified in Schedule A attached hereto (as the same may be updated from time to time); and
 
   
B.
  The Parties wish that TCL shall commercially manage the Tankers (as defined below) in a manner as hereinafter provided in order to maximize the earnings and minimize the related expenses of the pooled vessels, through improved scheduling and a reduction of voyage expenses.
THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS :
1. Definitions
     
“COA”
  means a contract of affreightment.
 
   
“Commercial Manager”
  means TCL.
 
   
“Individual Tanker Expenses”
  has the meaning set forth in Schedule E.
 
   
“Individual Tanker Gross Revenue”
  has the meaning set forth in Schedule C.
 
   
“LMAA”
  means the London Maritime Arbitrators Association.
 
   
“Long-term Contract”
  means any time charter that has a firm term of at least 90 days.
 
   
“Monthly Statement”
  has the meaning set forth in Clause 25 hereof.

 


 

     
“NOR”
  means a notice of readiness.
 
   
“Participants”
  means TK and TNK.
 
   
“Participant Accounts”
  means for each Participant its account operated pursuant to Clause 22.
 
   
“Party”
  means any of TK, TNK or TCL, and “Parties” means all of TK, TNK and TCL collectively.
 
   
“Pool”
  means the revenue sharing mechanism contemplated herein.
 
   
“Pool Expenses”
  has the meaning set forth in Schedule E.
 
   
“Pool Key”
  means the agreed figure which expresses the relative theoretical earning capacity of each Tanker on a time charter basis, such theoretical earning capacity to be based solely upon the year of built, cargo carrying capacity, pumping capabilities, speed and bunker consumption of the Tanker as warranted herein.
 
   
“Short-term Contract”
  means any voyage, spot or time charter that has a firm term of less than 90 days.
 
   
“Tanker Account”
  means the individual account of the revenues and expenses of each Tanker.
 
   
“Tanker Contract”
  means any COA, Short-term Contract or, subject to approval under Clause 17, any Long-Term Charter pursuant to which any Tanker operates.
 
   
“Tanker Gross Revenue”
  has the meaning set forth in Schedule C.
 
   
“Tankers”
  means double hull Aframax tankers committed to the Pool in accordance with this Agreement.
 
   
“Working Capital”
  means the Two Hundred Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$250,000) that each Participant shall commit to the Pool with respect to each of its Tanker not later than fifteen (15) days before the date each such Tanker is expected to be delivered to the Pool and thereafter in accordance with Clause 23.
2. Main objectives
Each of the Participants will maintain in the Pool all of its double hull conventional Aframax tankers that are not on Long-term Contract, as further set forth in (and subject to the limitations and provisions in the notes to) Schedule A in respect of which the Participants establish a revenue sharing mechanism whereby the gross revenue of all Tankers is pooled and the Tanker Gross Revenue is distributed to the Participants on the basis of Schedules B and C hereto. The Participants also hereby establish a mechanism for deducting from each Participant’s allocation of Tanker Gross Revenue their related Pool Expenses, on the basis of Schedules D and E hereto. “Conventional” tankers exclude vessels that can carry drybulk and ore, tankers that are used for storage purposes and shuttle tankers.
3. Pool Scope
The scope of the Pool shall include the carriage of all legal cargoes of crude oil and dirty petroleum (as well as clean petroleum products with the prior consent of the applicable Participant), on the spot market, including pursuant to Tanker Contracts. All cargo loaded must be suitable for the individual Tanker.
4. Obligation to Maintain
  a.   Each Participant shall exercise due diligence to maintain its Tankers at all times in a sea- and cargo-worthy condition to the technical and operational standards set forth in the Oil Companies International Marine Forum Guidelines and other national and international standards and shall exercise due diligence to obtain and maintain all certificates, documents

 2


 

      and equipment required from time to time by any applicable law to enable the Tanker to perform any voyages under this Agreement. Furthermore, each Tanker shall be kept in class with an International Association of Classification Societies classification society.
 
  b.   Each Participant shall exercise due diligence to obtain and maintain throughout the duration of this Agreement the vetting approvals for trading from Statoil, Shell, BP/Amoco, Exxon/Mobil (including lighterage requirements), Chevron/Texaco, Total/Fina/Elf and upon the Commercial Manager’s reasonable request from other major oil companies (the “Other Oil Majors”), within three (3) months (six (6) months in the case of a newbuilding) after the applicable Tanker has been delivered into the Pool. Where a vetting approval of an Other Oil Major is to be obtained, the time limit shall count from the Participant’s receipt of such request by the Commercial Manager or the date of delivery of a Tanker into the Pool, whichever is the later. However, a Participant shall not be in breach of this Clause 4 (b) during any period during which a Tanker’s trading patterns prevent it from obtaining the required vetting approvals, provided that they are obtained as soon as reasonably possible.
 
  c.   Each Participant shall maintain and pay for any Certificates of Financial Responsibility necessary in respect of its Tanker(s).
 
  d.   The Participants’ insurances are to name TCL in its role as Commercial Manager and subject to underwriters’ and the Participants’ agreement, any third party designated by TCL, as joint or co-insured, with full cover.
 
  e.   TCL shall under no circumstances be obliged to pay insurance premiums of any kind, including P & I calls, notwithstanding the restrictions on insurance or P & I cover which would thereby result.
5. Commercial Management
TCL shall use its best efforts to commercially manage the Tankers. The commercial management shall include, but is not limited to, the following functions:
Fixing of Voyages
  a.   marketing and promoting the Tankers using TK branding; and
 
  b.   providing chartering services which include, but are not limited to, seeking employment for the Tankers and the conclusion (including the execution thereof) of charter parties, or other contracts of employment of the Tankers;
Voyage organization and accounting
  c.   arranging and supervising of the proper payment of all hire and/or freight revenues or other moneys of whatsoever nature arising out of the employment of the Tankers or otherwise in connection with the Tankers;
 
  d.   providing voyage estimates and accounts and calculating and invoicing of hire, freights, demurrage, and/or despatch moneys due from or due to the charterers of the Tankers;
 
  e.   handling the commercial performance of all Tanker Contracts, including but not limited to issuing of voyage instructions, scheduling of Tankers, allocation of cargo space, appointing agents, brokers, arrangement of tugs, lighterage, bunkers, cargo and freight insurance (when required);
 
  f.   arranging surveys associated with the commercial operation of the Tankers;
 
  g.   taking any other such actions TCL in its sole discretion deems necessary to fulfill this Agreement; and

 3


 

      h. maintaining and operating the individual Tanker Accounts’;
General
  i.   liaising with the technical manager of each Participant to ensure that such Participant’s obligations under this Agreement can be duly fulfilled; and
 
  j.   handling and settling of all claims arising out of any Tanker Contracts in accordance with Clauses 19 and 20 hereof.
6. Commercial Management Fee
In consideration of TCL performing the commercial management of the Tankers, each Participant shall pay TCL a fixed fee of $350 per vessel per day for each of that Participant’s Tankers and 1.25% of the Individual Tanker Gross Revenue attributable to that Participant’s Tankers. The amount of the daily per vessel fee shall be adjusted every three years by agreement between TCL and the Participants. If TCL and the Participants are unable to agree on any such adjusted fee within 30 days of the applicable three-year anniversary of the date of this Agreement, such adjusted fee shall be determined by arbitration pursuant to Clause 33 hereof.
7. Trading Limits and Tax
  a.   TCL shall be entitled to fix the Tankers worldwide within Institute Warranty Limits. TCL shall, with the consent of the Participants, have liberty to break the Institute Warranty Limits, but in this case shall ensure that any additional insurance is arranged for any applicable voyages and/or any additional insurance premiums are paid. The cost of such insurance or premiums shall be a Pool Expense, if not borne by the charterer, receiver or shipper under the respective Tanker Contract.
 
  b.   TCL will not, without the prior consent of the applicable Participant, knowingly cause any of such Participant’s Tanker to perform any voyage (i) to any countries or areas that are sanctioned by the United States of America or the United Nations or (ii) that begins and ends in the United States of America. Furthermore, TCL will not without the prior written consent of a Participant use any of such Participant’s Tankers in any manner which may adversely affect that Tanker’s present or future trading capacity.
 
  c.   TCL shall exercise due diligence to ensure that the Tankers are employed between and at safe ports, places, berths, docks, anchorages and submarine lines, where they can always lie safely afloat.
 
  d.   TCL shall not be liable in any case to any Participant for any adverse tax consequences it may face arising out of this Agreement except to the extent such tax consequences arise as a result of TCL’s fraud, gross negligence, recklessness or wilful misconduct.
 
  e.   Without the prior consent of each Participant, TCL shall not enter into any charter or other contract for the employment of any Tanker outside the scope of the Pool as described in Clause 3.
8. Start Date
Each Tanker shall be delivered to the Pool as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement and as of the date and time such Tanker tenders NOR at its first loadport. The revenues and costs of positioning the Tanker to the first loadport as aforesaid shall be for the respective Participant’s account. Each Tanker may, if so required by the Participant delivering it to the Pool, be subject to a mutual on-hire survey by TCL and such Participant, the cost of which shall be borne by such Participant.

 4


 

9. Technical Management
Each Participant shall be responsible for the technical management of its Tankers at its sole cost and expense.
10. Bunkers
Each Participant shall ensure that each of its Tankers has sufficient bunkers onboard at the time such Tanker tenders NOR for its first voyage under the Pool to reach the next main bunkering port after the discharge port of the first voyage under the Pool. TCL shall arrange for the provision of bunker fuel of the quality required for each Tanker’s trade and engines which to the extent possible should fall within the Participants’ environmental requirements on quality parameters. On redelivery of each Tanker to a Participant, TCL shall ensure that such Tanker has sufficient bunkers remaining onboard to reach the next main bunkering port.
11. Names and Markings
  a.   TCL may at its sole cost require each Tanker to be painted in “TK” colours, to install and display the “TK” funnel insignia, to fly the “TK” house flag, and to have “SPIRIT” added as a suffix to its name.
 
  b.   Upon the withdrawal of a Tanker from the Pool or upon the termination of this Agreement, upon TCL’s or TK’s request, the applicable Participant shall remove the “TCL” insignia from the funnel and change the name to remove the suffix “SPIRIT” from the name of such Tanker no longer participating in the Pool. Any costs of removing the insignia and/or repainting the funnel shall be borne by:
   i.   a Participant if this Agreement is terminated at the request of or by the breach of such Participant or if such Tanker is withdrawn from the Pool at the request of such Participant;
 
   ii.   TCL if this Agreement is terminated at the request of or by the breach of TCL; or
 
   iii.   half by each Participant if this Agreement is terminated for any other reason or by mutual consent.
12. Pool Key
The initial Pool Key for each Tanker shall be as set forth in Schedule A, which Pool Key shall apply for the first six months of operation of the Pool. Thereafter, the Pool Key for each Tanker may be varied from time to time (but at least once every six months) to reflect the actual capability of the Tanker based on its performance during the previous six (6) months. Any Participant may request a review of a Pool Key, in which case TCL shall produce the data in reasonable detail regarding the performance of all the Tankers (the “Pool Key Data”) during the six months and on this basis recommend a Pool Key for the Tanker or Tankers at issue. If the Participants cannot agree on a Pool Key within sixty (60) days of the Pool Key Data having been dispatched to the Participants, the matter shall be referred to an independent specialist shipbroker or maritime consultant, whose recommendation regarding the Pool Key shall be binding on the Participants. The Participants shall mutually agree upon the independent specialist shipbroker or maritime consultant. In the event that an agreement has not been reached within another sixty (60) days after the Pool Key Data has been dispatched, the independent specialist shipbroker or maritime consultant shall be appointed by the President of the LMAA. The costs of such consultant or specialist shall be borne by the Pool. Until such time as a new Pool Key is agreed or determined, the revenues of the Pool shall continue to be distributed in accordance with the most recent applicable Pool Key. Any such agreed to or determined change to any Pool Key shall have retroactive effect.
13. Tanker Performance

 5


 

  a.   Unless ordered otherwise by a charterer, each Tanker shall perform all voyages at the service speed set out in Schedule A. Each Participant warrants (for the purposes of calculating the on-/off-hire time under this Agreement only) for its Tankers that each such Tanker is and shall remain capable of maintaining throughout the term of this Agreement the speeds and bunker consumptions for propulsion described in Schedule A under normal working conditions and in moderate weather (which for the purposes of this clause shall exclude any periods of winds exceeding Force 5 on the Beaufort Scale and corresponding states of sea). The Tanker speed and bunker consumption data are all “about”. For avoidance of doubt, the term “about” shall mean a margin of one-half ( 1 / 2 ) knot with respect to speed and a margin of five percent (5%) with respect to bunker consumption.
 
  b.   Each Participant warrants (for the purposes of calculating the on-/off-hire time under this Agreement only) for its Tankers that they will be capable of discharging a full homogenous cargo within twenty-four (24) hours, including stripping and minimum Crude Oil Washing as per MARPOL requirements, or maintain an average back-pressure of one hundred (100) PSI at ship’s manifold, provided sufficient size and number of hoses are supplied and shore facilities are capable of receiving same.
 
  c.   In case of any delay resulting in an actual loss of time as a consequence of a Tanker not meeting its warranted speed or pumping rate, such actual loss of time shall count as “off-hire” for the purpose of calculating the distribution of gross revenues and related expenses under this Agreement. Any additional costs of bunkers consumption in excess of the warranted consumption shall be paid to the Pool by the Participant that has committed the relevant Tanker and shall be added to the Gross Pool Revenue.
 
  d.   For the purposes of calculating the distribution of gross revenues and related expenses under this Agreement, a Tanker shall be deemed “off-hire” where in breach of the obligation imposed in Clause 4(b) of this Agreement it does not have the required vetting approvals. However, the Commercial Manager shall have the option, in its sole discretion and while such Tanker is in breach of the obligation imposed in Clause 4(b), to (i) keep the Tanker on-hire for the purposes of calculating the distribution of gross revenues and related expenses under this Agreement, in which case the Tanker’s revenues shall be included in Individual Tanker Gross Revenue or (ii) keep the Tanker “off-hire” for purposes of calculating the distribution of gross revenues and related expenses, in which case its revenues shall not be included in Individual Tanker Gross Revenue and, together with its expenses, shall be for the account of the relevant Participant only.
14. Off-Hire
For the purposes of calculating the distribution of gross revenues and related expenses under this Agreement, a Tanker shall be deemed “off-hire” on each and every occasion there is a loss of time arising out of or in connection with the Tanker being unavailable for service for periods in excess of twenty-four (24) consecutive hours on account of:
  a.   any damage, defect, breakdown, deficiency of or accident to the Tanker’s hull, machinery, equipment or cargo handling facilities, repair or maintenance thereto (including dry docking);
 
  b.   any default and/or deficiency of the Master, officers or crew, including the failure or refusal or inability of the Master, officers and/or crew to perform the services required; or
 
  c.   any other cause preventing the full working of the Tanker, always provided that in the instances described in Clauses 13 and 14(a) through (c) hereof any such loss of time is not caused by a breach of the relevant Tanker Contract by the respective charterer, receiver and/or shipper.
Each Participant may request a review of its Tankers’’ off-hire time by sending a written notice to TCL, in which case TCL shall produce data in reasonable details regarding the performance of the applicable Tanker for the period concerned (the “Off-Hire Assessment Data”). If the Participants cannot agree on the

 6


 

off-hire time for that Tanker within sixty (60) days of the Off-Hire Assessment Data having been dispatched to each Participant, TCL shall refer the matter to Richardson Lawrie Associates, London SW 19 8PS whose decision shall be final and binding. The costs of Richardson Lawrie Associates shall be borne by the Pool, unless the decision is within 10% of the Off-Hire Assessment Data in which case the Participant disputing it shall pay the cost. If any Participant so requests in writing, future disputes about off-hire may be referred to another expert than Richardson Lawrie Associates and Richardson Lawrie ‘Associates’ commission hereunder is thereby terminated.
15. Laying Up
The Participants may by agreement lay up any Tanker, in which case the distributions of the Tanker Gross Revenue shall be equitably adjusted, taking into account the savings realized by the Participants as a result of such lay up, so as to ensure that the Participant whose Tanker is laid up is not prejudiced by such agreement.
16. Fixing of Tankers
TCL will endeavour to work all fixtures as directly as reasonably possible with charterers so as to minimize the brokerage commissions payable in connection with the fixing of the Tankers. TCL shall provide each Participant with a monthly report regarding the fixtures or employment of the Tankers.
17. Long-term Contracts
a.   TCL will not, without the prior written consent of each Participant, enter into any Long-term Contract with respect to any Participant’s Tankers, or the performance of which requires any Participant’s Tanker. If TCL does so with the consent of the Participants, the Participant that owns the applicable Tanker shall not terminate this Agreement until the Long-term Contract has been fully performed, always subject to Clause 29(b) hereof.
 
b.   If the requirements of any Long-term Contract cannot be met because a Tanker has been withdrawn from the Pool, or has been off-hire as defined in Clause 14 hereof for a period of at least forty (40) consecutive days, then the Participant that committed the Tanker shall provide at its expense a suitable substitute tanker, to be approved by the other Participants, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, for the remaining period of the Long-term Contract, unless TCL as Commercial Manager is able to substitute that Tanker with any other of the Tankers which TCL as Commercial Manager will use reasonable endeavours to do. If the Participant is not able to provide such a substitute Tanker, the Participant shall be liable to TCL for the costs of chartering in such substitute Tanker (off-set by the earnings of such substitute Tanker) until the requirements of the Long-term Contract are met. TCL shall not require the consent of any Participant to enter into such Long-term Contracts with respect to TCL tankers alone.
18. [Deleted]
19. Authority
  a.   TCL has the authority to act on behalf of the Participants in relation to all actions and matters which in the reasonable opinion of TCL are necessary to perform the function as commercial manager as provided for in Clause 5. Specifically, TCL shall be entitled to, inter alia :
   i.   charter the Tankers in the name of TCL on such terms which correspond to the industry standards applicable for the type of vessels and trades comparable to the employment envisaged under this Agreement; provided, however, that any Tanker Contract shall identify TCL as the agent and the applicable Participant as the principal and owner of such vessel. The chartering of any Tankers on other terms as aforesaid requires the prior consent of the applicable Participant which is not to be unreasonably withheld;

 7


 

  ii.   handle and settle any and all claims arising out of contracts for the employment of the Tankers, and to bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with such matters;
 
  iii.   obtain legal or technical or other outside advice in relation to the settling of claims and disputes and all other matters pertaining to the Tankers; and
 
  iv.   require a Participant to arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security with respect to its Tankers and do the same itself for the Tankers.
  b.   It is intended that the relationship between each Participant and TCL shall be that of a principal and agent, respectively.
20. Liability and Indemnity
  a.   Each Participant shall ratify and confirm whatever TCL may lawfully and/or at the request of the Participant do or cause to be done in the course of acting as agent of that Participant in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
  b.   TCL will in respect of all actions, proceedings, claims and demands or liabilities against it in performing the rights and duties of the commercial manager and/or acting as agent of a Participant or due to using the Standard Carrier Alpha Code on behalf of that Participant:
   i.   provide that Participant with reasonable and timely details of the claim and reasonably provide that Participant with such related information and documents as it may from time to time request;
 
   ii.   reasonably procure that the handling of the claim, in so far as it concerns that Participant, including without limitation any resistance or defence to it, is performed with such reasonable written directions as may be given by that Participant, assuming such directions are provided; and
 
  iii.   where the claim concerns that Participant, neither make an admission of liability nor settle or compromise the claim without the prior written consent of that Participant, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
  c.   TCL’s liability to a Participant for each incident or series of related incidents due to negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct giving rise to a claim or claims by that Participant against TCL in its role as commercial manager or agent of that Participant or its’ Tankers shall never exceed a total of three (3) times the annual commercial fee payable under Clause 6.
 
      In its role as commercial manager or agent of a Participant or its Tankers, TCL shall be under no liability whatsoever to such Participant for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to any Tanker, and howsoever arising in the course of performance of this Agreement, except for TCL’s total liability as set out in this Clause 20 (c).
 
      Except to the extent, and solely for the amount set out above, that TCL in its role as commercial manager or agent of a Participant or its Tankers would be liable for, each Participant hereby undertakes to defend and retain TCL in its role as commercial manager or agent of such Participant or its Tankers and TCL’s employees, agents and subcontractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement and against and in respect of all costs, loss, damages, and expenses (including legal costs and expenses) which TCL in its role as commercial

 8


 

      manager or agent of such Participant or its Tankers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement.
 
  d.   If a claim (a “Relevant Claim”) is made against a Participant (the “Indemnified Party”) or any of its affiliates or any seizure, distraint, arrest, detention or the like (an “Arrest”) is effected in respect of property owned or controlled by the Indemnified Party or any of its affiliates by reason of a claim against another Participant (the “Indemnifying Party”) or any of its affiliates or TCL as the commercial manager or agent of that Participant or its Tankers’, then the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Party and its affiliates against the Relevant Claim and the Arrest and all costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including legal expenses) arising therefrom. In case of an Arrest, the Indemnifying Party shall provide security to ensure the lifting of such Arrest as soon as possible.
The defense of any Relevant Claim or Arrest shall be handled by TCL as commercial manager at the cost of the Indemnifying Party but pursuant to the instructions of the Indemnified Party. However, where no such instructions are given, then TCL may follow the instructions of the Indemnifying Party. The Relevant Claim or Arrest shall not be settled without the prior written consent of the Indemnified and the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
For the avoidance of doubt it is acknowledged and agreed that where TCL is the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Clause 20(d), clause 20(c) does not apply.
21. Expenses
Each Party shall individually bear its own costs that are not otherwise allocated under this Agreement, including but not limited to costs for travel, document preparation and professional advisors.
22. Bank Accounts
The Working Capital and all revenues arising from the operation of a Participant’s Tankers shall be paid into its Participant Account. “Each Participant shall expeditiously sign all resolutions and other documents required from time to time in connection with the operation of its Participant Account, including with respect to authorized signatories. A suitable number of persons designated by TCL shall be authorized signatories to the Participant Account, and Participant shall not interfere with the operation of its Participant Account, add to or remove from its Participant Account funds and/or authorized signatories, or otherwise operate the account in any way unless TCL does not comply with its duties under Clause 25 hereof or declares or files for bankruptcy, in which case such Participant shall be entitled to remove all funds.
Any interest earned on the Participant Accounts shall be disbursed to the respective Participants in quarterly intervals and shall not constitute Tanker Gross Revenue.
23. Working Capital
TCL shall, by cash calls and disbursements, as the case may be, endeavour to maintain the Working Capital for each Tanker at its initial amount, but each Participant will provide with respect to its Tankers, upon fifteen (15) days prior written notice, any additional Working Capital reasonably required by TCL. Upon termination of this Agreement or the withdrawal of a Tanker from the Pool, TCL shall, within thirty (30) days of such event, pay to the applicable Participant the excess Working Capital relating to any Tanker no longer in the Pool, less any set-offs which, in the fair estimation of TCL, are necessary to cover outstanding liabilities and contingencies. TCL shall endeavour to complete a final accounting with respect to any Participant Tanker withdrawn from the Pool whether by termination or otherwise within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of such termination or withdrawal. Any interest earned on the Working Capital shall accrue to the benefit of the applicable Participant. For the avoidance of doubt it is agreed that the Working Capital may only be used for the operation of the Tanker in respect of which it was provided by a Participant.

 9


 

24. Individual Tanker Accounts
TCL will, on behalf of each Participant, pay or collect, as the case may be, any Tanker Gross Revenue and any Pool Expense each Tanker may earn or incur, and TCL shall for each Tanker keep a Tanker Account following U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”). All workings and entries shall be in U.S. Dollars unless otherwise required for the efficient operation of the Pool. TCL shall use prudent financial practices to avoid exposing the Tanker Accounts to currency fluctuations. Any credit risk and/or risk of non-payment by charterers shall be borne by the Pool.
25. Monthly Payments
To show the revenues and expenses of each Tanker on a cash basis, TCL shall on or before the twentieth (20th) day of each month provide each Participant with a statement of cash flows for the previous month together with payment of the amount due to such Participant based on net cash flow in respect of such Participant’s Tankers less the initial and any additional Working Capital advances made pursuant to this Agreement. On or before the twentieth (20th) day of each month, TCL shall also provide each Participant with a monthly statement prepared on an accrual basis in accordance with US GAAP (the “Monthly Statements”) showing such Participant’s share in the gross revenues and the Participant’s related expenses arising from the operation of the Pool. The allocation of gross revenues arising from the operation of the Pool shall be calculated using the formulas set out in Schedule B and Schedule C hereto. The related expenses arising from the operation of the Pool shall be calculated and allocated using the formulas set out in Schedule D and Schedule E hereto.
26. [RESERVED]
27. Set-off
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, TCL shall be entitled to set-off any amounts owed to it either at law or in equity by a Participant under this Agreement, against any amount owed to such Participant under this Agreement.
28. Audits
  a.   TCL will maintain and keep true and correct accounts of the Tanker Accounts and the Pool (including supporting documents) and will make the same available at the offices of Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd. for inspection and auditing by each Participant (the auditing only to be at the expense of the applicable Participant) in semi-annual intervals. This accounting system shall be in accordance with that used by TCL for vessels which are under disponent ownership of TCL but which are not part of this Pool.
 
  b.   TCL will at the end of each calendar year provide to a Participant upon such Participant’s request, a statement certified by TCL’s auditor verifying the accuracy of the financial statements, the individual Tanker Accounts and the Pool.
29. Term and Termination
  a.   Initial Term . The initial term of this Agreement shall commence on December ___, 2007 and end on December 31, 2022, unless terminated earlier pursuant to this Agreement (the “Initial Term”).
 
  b.   Renewal Term . This Agreement will, without any further act or formality on the part of any Party, on the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, be automatically renewed for a further term of five (5) years (each a “Renewal Term”) unless notice of termination is given by any Party to the other Parties in accordance with Clause 29(c)(v), in the case of the Initial Term, or Clause 29(c)(vi), in the case of any Renewal Term.
 
  c.   Termination by TNK . This Agreement may be terminated by TNK:

 10


 

  i.   if, at any time, TCL or Teekay materially breaches this Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of Clause 33 (“TCL/Teekay Breach”);
 
  ii.   if, at any time, (A) TCL or Teekay has been convicted of, has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendre with respect to, or has entered into a plea bargain or settlement admitting guilt for, a crime, which conviction, plea bargain or settlement is demonstrably and material injurious to TNK and (B) the holders of a majority of TNK’s outstanding Class A Common Stock elect to terminate this Agreement;
 
  iii.   if, at any time, TCL or Teekay becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;
 
  iv.   if any person or entity or group of persons or entities (other than Teekay or any of its affiliates) acquires control of a majority of the voting or economic control of TCL and TNK does not consent to such change of control, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;
 
  v.   if, in the fourth quarter of 2021, TNK elects to terminate this Agreement by notice to TCL and Teekay no later than December 31, 2021, which termination shall be effective on December 31, 2022;
 
  vi.   if, in the fourth quarter of any year immediately preceding the year that includes the end of any Renewal Term, TNK elects to terminate this Agreement by notice to TCL and Teekay no later than December 31 of such preceding year, which termination shall be effective at the end of the final year of such Renewal Term; or
 
  vii.   if the Management Agreement dated as of December ___, 2007 between TNK and Teekay Tankers Management Services Ltd. (as the same may be amended and modified from time to time, the “Management Agreement”) terminates for any reason.
  d.   Termination by TCL or Teekay . This Agreement may be terminated by TCL or Teekay:
  i.   after the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement with twelve (12) months’ prior notice by TCL or Teekay, as applicable, to all other Parties;
 
  ii.   if, at any time, TNK materially breaches this Agreement and the matter is unresolved after ninety (90) days pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions of Clause 33 (“TNK Breach”);
 
  iii.   if, at any time, TNK becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction, or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction; or

11


 

  iv.   if the Management Agreement terminates for any reason.
  e.   Termination For a Particular Tanker . Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties, this Agreement shall terminate immediately with respect to a particular Tanker, but only with respect to such Tanker:
  i.   if it becomes an actual or constructive total loss or if the Tanker is sold or transferred to, or becomes controlled by, a person or entity other than a Participant or an affiliate thereof, and if a Tanker is sold or transferred to another Participant (A) this Agreement shall be deemed novated to the other Participant in respect of such Tanker as of the time and date such other Participant takes delivery of such Tanker and (B) as of the time and date of novation such other Participant shall become responsible for the fulfillment of this Agreement in respect of such Tanker and the Participant selling or transferring such Tanker shall cease to be liable under this Agreement with respect to such Tanker except for obligations and liabilities accrued until the time and date of such novation;
 
  ii.   if such Tanker becomes subject to a Long-term Contract (and TCL agrees not to subject any Tanker to a Long-term Contract without the prior consent of the Participants); or
 
  iii.   (A) a distress or execution is levied or issued against such Tanker and is not discharged within twenty days (20) days, (B) an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver or similar officer is appointed in respect of such Tanker and the taking of possession is not lifted or the appointment is not withdrawn within twenty (20) days or (C) the security constituted by any mortgage or charge in such Tanker created by the owner of disponent owner thereof becomes enforceable and the relevant mortgagee or chargee takes any step to enforce the same.
  f.   Delayed Termination for Tanker Subject to Long-term Contract . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and subject to Clause 29(e)(i) with respect to any actual or constructive total loss of the Tanker, if at the time this Agreement terminates pursuant to this Clause 29 any Tanker is obligated to perform a Long-term Contract or is required for the performance thereof and otherwise remains subject to this Agreement, such termination of this Agreement shall not become effective with respect to such Tanker until the earlier of (i) the date such Long-term Contract has been performed or cancelled and (ii) the date TCL as commercial manager is able to substitute another oil tanker for such Tanker under such Long-term Contract, which substitution TCL as commercial manager will use reasonable efforts to effect. Without the prior written consent of the Participants, TCL shall not fix, execute or otherwise enter into or agree to any new charter party, COA or other like Tanker employment contract which cannot reasonably be completed before the then scheduled termination date of this Agreement.
 
  g.   Effect of Termination of this Agreement . Subject to Clause 29(f), upon termination or expiry of this Agreement, this Agreement will be void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party (or their respective officers, directors, employees or affiliates), except that (A) (1) the obligation of the Participants to pay to TCL the commercial management fees pursuant to Clause 6 (Commercial Management Fee) for services rendered through the termination date, (2) the obligation of TCL to pay to the Participants their respective share of Tanker Gross Revenue less Pool Expenses under this Agreement for all periods ending prior to or on the termination date, and (3) Clauses 20 (Liability and Indemnity), 21 (Expenses), 23 (Working Capital), 28 (Audits), 30 (Redelivery of Tankers on Termination of Pool), 33 (Law and Arbitration) and 34 (Confidentiality and Equitable Rights) shall survive such

12


 

      termination and (B) such termination shall not relieve TCL or Teekay from liability for any TCL/Teekay Breach or TNK for any TNK Breach.
30. Redelivery of Tankers on Termination of Pool
TCL may redeliver the Participants’ Tankers worldwide (at the time of dropping the last outbound pilot at the last discharge port), but shall endeavour to redeliver them at UKC/USAC/USG/MED/CARIBS. The Tankers’ condition shall, if the applicable Participant so requires, be verified by a mutual survey by TCL and such Participant, the cost of which shall be borne by such Participant.
31. No Partnership
Nothing in this Agreement shall create a partnership among any of the Parties. The Pool shall not be an entity with rights or obligations in itself.
32. Affiliates
Each Party may use affiliated or wholly owned subsidiary companies to perform or assist them in its obligations under this Agreement, in which case such Party shall remain responsible for the performance of such affiliates or subsidiaries.
33. Law and Arbitration
  a.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with it shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and under the terms of the LMAA before a tribunal of three arbitrators.
 
  b.   In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of Fifty Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$50,000), the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
34. Confidentiality and Equitable Rights
  a.   No Party will disclose or announce the terms of this Agreement, or any related negotiations, agreements, charter parties or arbitrations to any third-party (other than the disclosing Party’s professional advisors, banks, financial institutions or investors) without the prior written consent of the other Parties or as required by law, or securities regulations listing agreements with any applicable stock exchange, the LMAA or as part of TNK’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
  b.   Each Party shall be entitled to any equitable remedy available at law or equity, including specific performance, against a breach by any other Party of the terms of this Clause. No Party shall resist such application for relief on the basis that the applicant has an adequate remedy at law, and each Party shall waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with same.
35. Termination of technical management agreement
Should the Participant terminate the technical management agreement for any of its Tankers, its appointment of new managers shall be subject to the consent of TCL, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
36. Third Party Membership of the Gross Revenue Sharing Pool Agreement.
It is agreed by the Parties that additional members may be added to the Pool subject to (a) the new members becoming parties to this Agreement and (b) the mutual agreement of the Parties, which is not to

13


 

be unreasonably withheld. Such mutual agreement must in particular involve the fixing of an appropriate Pool Key for the new vessels committed to the Pool.
37 . Participant Meetings
The Participants shall meet at least twice per year to analyse the performance of the Pool and to decide on its participating strategy, etc. Such meetings shall take place at the time and place agreed at the previous meeting or such other time and place agreed by all Participants.
38. Notices
Any notice to be given by any Party shall be in writing and shall be sent to the other Parties by fax, by registered or recorded mail or by personal service to the other, as follows:
If to TCL, Teekay or TNK:
c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.
Suite 2000, Bentall 5
550 Burrard Street
Vancouver, B.C., V6C 2K2
Canada
Attn: General Counsel
Fax: +1 604 609 4775
39. Force Majeure
No Party shall be under any liability for any failure to perform any of their obligations hereunder by reason of any cause whatsoever of any nature or kind beyond their reasonable control.
37 . Amendments
No amendment, supplement, modification or restatement of any provision of this Agreement shall be binding unless it is in writing and signed by each Party.
[Remainder of This Page Left Blank]

14


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the duly authorised signatories of the respective Parties on the day and year first above written.
         
TEEKAY CORPORATION
  TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.    
 
       
 
Title:
 
 
Title:
   
Name:
  Name:    
 
       
TEEKAY CHARTERING LIMITED
       
 
       
 
Title:
       
Name:
       

15


 

SCHEDULE A
STANDARD CLASS DOUBLE HULL AFRAMAX TANKERS
(to be updated as necessary)
                             
                            Initial
    Fully laden   Ballast   Pool
Teekay Tankers   Speed   HO   DO   Speed   HO   DO   Key
SEE ATTACHED
                           
                             
                            Initial
    Fully laden   Ballast   Pool
Teekay Corporation   Speed   HO   DO   Speed   HO   DO   Key
SEE ATTACHED
                           
1. Commitment of Tankers
a.   The Participants shall each commit to include in the Pool all of their respective conventional Aframax-class crude oil tankers that are employed in the spot market or operate pursuant to time charters with a firm term of less than 90 days, unless otherwise agreed by the parties with respect to specific vessels.
2. Adding and Withdrawing Tankers
a.   It is acknowledged that the Participants may submit other vessels (each a “ New Vessel ”) than those stated above for employment pursuant to the Agreement. In such instance, each Participant warrants that such New Vessel will, in all relevant respects, be comparable to the Tankers and justify allocation of a Pool Key of one (1).
b.   Each Participant submitting a New Vessel to the Pool shall notify (the “ New Vessel Notice ”) each other Party with a minimum time limit of 15 working days before the New Vessel is submitted to this Pool, of its main characteristics relevant for evaluating the New Vessel’s Pool Key and shall include a description with the warranted speed and bunker consumption.
c.   Where a Party objects to the New Vessel within five (5) working days of receipt of the New Vessel Notice, the submitting Participant shall make available further information demonstrating the accuracy of its description and that it merits the allocation of a Pool Key of one (1). If the Parties do not agree on the accuracy of the description or the allocation of the Pool Key (one or any other figure) within five (5) working days of receipt of such additional information, the matter shall be referred to Richardson Lawrie Associates, London SW19 8PS or such other independent specialist shipbroker or maritime consultant as may be agreed from time to time by the Parties (the “ Evaluator ”). The decision of the Evaluator in respect of the applicable description and the proper Pool Key shall be binding on the Parties but subject to later review as per Clause 12 of the Agreement. Until the decision by the Evaluator is available, the New Vessel may be submitted to the Pool, applying a temporary Pool Key of one (1), which Pool Key to be retrospectively adjusted from such New Vessel’s entry into the Pool, to date of allocation of the appropriate Pool Key by the Evaluator.
The costs of the Evaluator shall be borne by the Party requesting the Evaluator’s decision if the Pool Key is deemed to be one (1), otherwise by the Participant submitting the New Vessel.
 
d.   The delivery of the New Vessel shall be made pursuant to Clause 8 of the Agreement.
 
e.   [RESERVED]

16


 

f.   Any Tanker that becomes subject to a time charter with a term of at least 90 days shall no longer participate in the Pool, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties.
g.   Tankers will no longer participate in the Pool if they suffer an actual or constructive loss or if they are sold to or become controlled by a third party who is not a Party or an affiliate thereof.
h.   Subject to Clause 12 of the Agreement, this Schedule A shall be updated as necessary should the performance characteristics of any of the Tankers or any of the Tankers’’ Pool Keys change or in the event of the addition or withdrawal of any Tanker.

17


 

SCHEDULE B
GROSS REVENUE DISTRIBUTION FORMULA
Tanker Gross Revenue distribution amount for a Tanker = Distribution Factor x Tanker Gross Revenue for the period
where:
         
Distribution Factor =
  (Pool Key for such Tanker x TIS)
 
    
 
  TTT    
and where:
TIS = Time in service (calendar days reduced by off-hire) for such Tanker for the period
TTT = Aggregate of Total Time in service of all Tankers in the Pool for the period
and where:
Tanker Gross Revenue shall be determined according to the formula set out in Schedule C.

18


 

SCHEDULE C
TANKER GROSS REVENUE
While individual Tanker Accounts are maintained, for purposes of calculating the distributions of cash from the Pool, “Tanker Gross Revenue” shall be the aggregate of all Individual Tanker Gross Revenue determined on a calendar quarter basis.
“Individual Tanker Gross Revenue” is comprised of all amounts earned from the following during the relevant period:
  (A)   each Tanker’s total voyage revenue (including but not limited to demurrage and dead freight). Where a third party has made a claim under a Tanker Contract by way of set off against hire/freight or other amounts payable by it and the applicable Participant would be liable to indemnify TCL were such a claim made against TCL by way of a payment demand, then such Participant shall pay such amounts to TCL necessary to make up such set off. Equally, where a claim is made by a third party against one Participant in respect of another Participant’s Tanker by way of set off and for which the first Participant is liable under the Tanker Contract, the second Participant shall make good such deduction. Any amount later recovered from such third party shall not count as Tanker Gross Revenue;
 
  (B)   each Tanker’s charter hire for fixed-rate time charters;
 
  (C)   each Tanker’s share of salvage monies due to each of the applicable Participant or with respect to the applicable Tanker;
 
  (D)   any currency exchange gains arising from the commercial operations of the applicable Tanker; and
 
  (E)   all revenue of any nature received or accrued by TCL arising out of or in connection with the operation of the applicable Tanker and its commercial operations under the Agreement.
Individual Tanker Gross Revenue shall be adjusted taking into account the following:
  (A)   results of any voyage not yet completed at the end of the relevant calendar months;
 
  (B)   without prejudice to Clause 24 of the Agreement, amounts of Individual Tanker Gross Revenue earned but not yet received; and
 
  (C)   retentions for any outstanding or contingent obligations and liabilities falling under the definition of Individual Tanker Expense.

19


 

SCHEDULE D
PARTICIPANT RELATED EXPENSE CALCULATION
Pool Expense amount for a Tanker = Expense Factor x Pool Expenses for the period
where:
         
Expense Factor =
  (Pool Key for such Tanker x TIS)
 
    
 
  TTT    
and where:
TIS = Time in service (calendar days reduced by off-hire) for such Tanker for the period
TTT = Aggregate of Total Time in service of all Tankers in the Pool for the period
and where:
Pool Expenses shall be determined according to the formula set out in Schedule E.

20


 

SCHEDULE E
POOL EXPENSES
While individual Tanker Accounts are maintained, for purposes of calculating distributions relating to the Pool, “Pool Expenses” shall be the aggregate of all Individual Tanker Expenses determined on a calendar quarter basis.
“Individual Tanker Expenses” are comprised of the following during the relevant period:
  (A)   each Tanker’s total voyage expenses, including but not limited to agents, tugs, port expenses, wharfage, brokerage commission, bunkers, canal fees, additional war risk premiums and, furthermore, any other expenses becoming due on a per call basis, including but not limited to additional insurance premiums;
 
  (B)   all costs connected to the vessel operating at higher Security Levels (or the equivalent in any national legislation) than Security Level 1 as that term is defined in the International Security Code for Ports and Ships Code or any national enactment thereof (unless due to the Tanker’s flag) or connected to security measures required under the ISPS Code or any national enactment thereof in respect of TCL’s or any charterer’s supplies or the cargo loaded or due to the Tanker’s previous trading itinerary;
 
  (C)   any currency exchange losses arising from the commercial operations of the Tanker;
 
  (D)   apportionment of prepaid expenses not included in voyage expenses referred to above and of expenses paid after the relevant accounting period and attributable in whole or part to such accounting period; and
 
  (E)   the pro-rated share (based on the total number of Tankers) of all other reasonable expenses or amounts payable by TCL in connection with the business of the Pool (for the avoidance of doubt, this amount does not include TCL’s overhead, including but not limited to, costs for personnel, telecommunication, travel, etc.).

21

 

Exhibit 10.4
TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
2007 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
     The Teekay Tankers Ltd. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) is intended to promote the interests of Teekay Tankers Ltd., a Marshall Islands Corporation (the “ Company ”), by providing incentive awards to employees, consultants, and directors of the Company and its Affiliates. The Plan is also contemplated to enhance the ability of the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for the growth and profitability of the Company and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
     As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
     “ Acquisition Price ” means the higher of (a) the highest reported per share sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or other national exchange on which the Common Stock is listed during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change of Control or (b) if the Change of Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or a negotiated acquisition of Common Stock, the highest price per share of Common Stock paid in such tender or exchange offer or acquisition. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such transaction described above consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion.
     “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “ control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
     “ Award ” means an Option, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right, cash-based award or other incentive payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock as may be designated by the Committee from time to time, and shall include any tandem DERs granted with respect to a Restricted Stock Unit.
     “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement by which an Award shall be evidenced.
     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “ Cause ” unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate, means dishonesty, fraud, serious misconduct, unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets, or conduct prohibited by criminal law (except minor violations), in each case as determined by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.

1


 

     “ Change of Control ” unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the consummation of one or more of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person and/or its Affiliates, other than to the Company and/or any of its Affiliates; (ii) the consolidation, reorganization, merger or other transaction pursuant to which more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding equity interests in the Company cease to be owned by the Persons who own such interests as of the effective date of the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or (iii) a “Change in Control” or a “Company Transaction” that is not a “Related Party Transaction,” as provided in the Teekay Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan.
     “ Cod e ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
     “ Committee ” means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, which shall be composed of two or more directors, each of whom shall be a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule.
     “ Common Stock ” means the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
     “ Consultant ” means an individual who performs services for the Company or its subsidiaries and is not an Employee or a Director.
     “ DER ” means a contingent right, granted in tandem with a specific Restricted Stock Unit, to receive any dividends, at the same time as the dividends made by the Company with respect to a share of Common Stock, during the period such Restricted Stock Unit is outstanding.
     “ Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an Employee.
     “ Disability ” unless otherwise defined by the Committee or in the Award Agreement or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate, means a mental or physical impairment of the Participant that is expected to result in death or that has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and that causes the Participant to be unable to perform his or her material duties for the Company or its Affiliate and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity, in each case as determined by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding.
     “ Employee ” means any employee of the Company or an Affiliate who performs services for the Company or its subsidiaries.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


 

     “ Fair Market Value ” means the closing sales price of a share of Common Stock on the date of determination (or if there is no trading in the Common Stock on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was trading) as reported in The Wall Street Journal (or other reporting service approved by the Committee). In the event the Common Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of Fair Market Value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be made in good faith by the Committee.
     “ Good Reason ” unless otherwise defined by the Committee or in the Award Agreement or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate, means the Participant’s voluntary resignation following any of the following events or conditions and the failure of the Successor Company to cure such event or condition within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Participant: (a) a change in the Participant’s position which materially reduces the Participant’s level of responsibility; (b) a reduction in the Participant’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits or participation in any corporate performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than 15%; or (c) a relocation of the Participant’s place of employment by more than 50 miles; provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the Participant’s consent.
     “ Option ” means an option to purchase Common Stock granted under the Plan.
     “ Participant ” means any Employee, Consultant or Director granted an Award under the Plan.
     “ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
     “ Restricted Period ” means the period established by the Committee with respect to an Award during which the Award remains subject to forfeiture and is either not exercisable by or payable to the Participant, as the case may be.
     “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock granted under the Plan that is subject to a Restricted Period.
     “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a phantom (notional) unit granted under the Plan which upon vesting entitles the Participant to receive a share of Common Stock or an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
     “ Retirement ” unless otherwise defined in the Award Agreement or in a written employment, services or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate, means “ Retirement ” as defined for purposes of the Plan by the Committee or, if not so defined, means Termination of Service on or after the date the Participant reaches the Company’s normal retirement age.
     “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any successor rule or regulation thereto as in effect from time to time.

3


 

     “ SDR ” means a dividend made by the Company with respect to Restricted Stock.
     “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.
     “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award that, upon exercise, entitles the holder to receive the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the base price established for such Stock Appreciation Right. Such excess may be paid in cash and/or in shares of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
     “ Successor Compan y ” means the surviving company or the successor company, as applicable, in connection with a Change of Control.
     “ Termination of Service ” means a termination of employment or service relationship with the Company or its Affiliates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, including by reason of death, Disability or Retirement. Any question as to whether and when there has been a Termination of Service for the purposes of an Award and the cause of such Termination of Service shall be determined by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding. Transfer of a Participant’s employment or service relationship between the Company and any Affiliate shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of an Award. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, a Termination of Service shall be deemed to occur if the Participant’s employment or service relationship is with an entity that has ceased to be an Affiliate.
SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of a majority of the members of the Committee who are present at any meeting thereof at which a quorum is present, or acts unanimously approved by the members of the Committee in writing, shall be the acts of the Committee. Subject to the following and any applicable law, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan, including the power to grant Awards under the Plan, to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, subject to such limitations on such delegated powers and duties as the Committee may impose, if any. Upon any such delegation all references in the Plan to the “ Committee ,” other than in Section 8, shall be deemed to include the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that such delegation shall not limit the Chief Executive Officer’s right to receive Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer may not grant Awards to, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to, himself or herself or to any other person who would be subject to Rule 16b-3 or who is a member of the Board.
     Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares to be covered by Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an Award made under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and

4


 

appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all Persons, including the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, any Participant, and any beneficiary of any Award.
SECTION 4. SHARES
      (a) Limits on Shares Deliverable
     Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c), the number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan is 1,000,000. There shall not be any limitation on the number of Awards that may be granted and paid in cash. If any Award is forfeited or otherwise terminates or is canceled without the delivery of shares, then the shares covered by such Award, to the extent of such forfeiture, termination, or cancellation, shall again be shares with respect to which Awards may be granted.
      (b) Sources of Shares Deliverable Under Awards
     Any shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to an Award shall consist, in whole or in part, of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock acquired in the open market, from any Affiliate or any other Person, or any combination of the foregoing.
      (c) Adjustments
     In the event any distribution (other than a normal cash dividend), recapitalization, split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other similar transaction or event results in (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any other company or (ii) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (1) the number and type of securities with respect to which Awards may be granted, (2) the number and type of securities subject to outstanding Awards, and (3) the grant or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award; provided, that the number of securities subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.

5


 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services rendered, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, outstanding Awards. Also notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be governed by this Section 4(c) but shall be governed by Section 7.
SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY
     Any Employee, Consultant or Director shall be eligible to be designated a Participant and receive an Award under the Plan.
SECTION 6. AWARDS
      (a) Options
     The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Options shall be granted, the number of shares to be covered by each Option, the purchase price therefor and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Option, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.
          (i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Option is granted and may be equal to or more than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant.
          (ii) Time and Method of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the Restricted Period, i.e., the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, which may include, without limitation, accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals, and the method or methods by which payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made, which may include, without limitation, (1) cash, (2) check acceptable to the Company, (3) to the extent permitted by law, a “broker-assisted cashless exercise” through procedures approved by the Company, (4) tendering shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant , other securities or other property, (5) having the Company withhold shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued on exercise of the Option, or (6) any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price.
          (iii) Termination of Service . The Committee shall establish and set forth in each Award Agreement whether the Option shall continue to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, after a Termination of Service, any of which provisions may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time. If not so established in the Award Agreement, the Option shall be exercisable according to the following terms and conditions, which may be waived or modified by the Committee at any time:

6


 

               (A) Any portion of an Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on such date.
               (B) Any portion of an Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service shall expire on the earliest to occur of
                    (1) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for reasons other than Cause, Retirement, Disability or death, the date that is three months after such Termination of Service;
                    (2) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs by reason of Retirement or Disability, the five-year anniversary of such Termination of Service;
                    (3) if the Participant’s Termination of Service occurs by reason of death, the two-year anniversary of such Termination of Service; and
                    (4) the last day of the maximum term of the Option (the “ Option Expiration Date ”).
               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after his or her Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is vested and exercisable on the date of such Termination of Service shall expire upon the earlier to occur of (y) the Option Expiration Date and (z) the two-year anniversary of the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.
               Also notwithstanding the foregoing, in case a Participant’s Termination of Service occurs for Cause, all Options granted to the Participant shall automatically expire upon first notification to the Participant of such termination, unless the Committee determines otherwise. If a Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company is suspended pending an investigation of whether the Participant shall be terminated for Cause, all the Participant’s rights under any Option shall likewise be suspended during the period of investigation. If any facts that would constitute termination for Cause are discovered after a Participant’s Termination of Service, any Option then held by the Participant may be immediately terminated by the Committee, in its sole discretion.
               (C) A Participant’s change in status from an employee to a consultant, advisor or independent contractor or a change in status from a consultant, advisor or independent contractor to an employee shall not be considered a Termination of Service for purposes of this Section 6(a)(iii).
      (b) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
     The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be granted to each such Participant, the duration of the Restricted Period, the conditions under which the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units may become vested or forfeited, which may include, without limitation, the accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals, and such other terms

7


 

and conditions as the Committee may establish with respect to such Awards, including whether DERs are granted with respect to the Restricted Stock Units and whether SDRs are attached to the Restricted Stock.
          (i) DERs . To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, in the Award Agreement at the time of grant, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may include a tandem DER grant, which may provide that such DERs shall be paid directly to the Participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account (with or without interest in the discretion of the Committee) subject to the same vesting restrictions as the tandem Restricted Stock Unit Award, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
          (ii) SDRs . To the extent provided by the Committee, in its discretion, in the Award Agreement at the time of grant, a grant of Restricted Stock may provide that dividends made by the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same forfeiture and other restrictions as the Restricted Stock and, if restricted, such shall be held, without interest, until the Restricted Stock vests or is forfeited with the SDR being paid or forfeited at the same time, as the case may be. Absent such a restriction on the SDRs in the Award Agreement, SDRs shall be paid to the holder of the Restricted Stock without restriction.
          (iii) Lapse of Restrictions .
               (A)  Restricted Stock Units . Unless a different payment time is specified in the Award Agreement, upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each Restricted Stock Unit, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company one share of Common Stock or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
               (B)  Restricted Stock . Upon or as soon as reasonably practical following the vesting of each share of Restricted Stock, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), the Participant shall be entitled to have the restrictions removed from his or her stock certificate or book entry so that the Participant then holds an unrestricted share of Common Stock.
      (c) Stock Appreciation Rights
     The Committee shall have the authority to determine the Employees, Consultants and Directors to whom Stock Appreciation Rights shall be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each grant, the base price thereof and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right, including the following terms and conditions and such additional terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine, that are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.
          (i) Base Price . The base price per Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time the Stock Appreciation Right is granted and may be equal to or more than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of grant.
          (ii) Time of Exercise . The Committee shall determine the Restricted Period, i.e., the time or times at which a Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part,

8


 

which may include, without limitation, accelerated vesting upon the achievement of specified performance goals.
      (d) Other Stock or Cash-Based Awards
     Subject to the terms of the Plan and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, the Committee may grant other incentives payable in cash or in shares of Common Stock under the Plan.
      (e) General
          (i) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together . Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for any other Award granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or awards granted under any other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.
          (ii) Limits on Transfer of Awards .
               (A) Except as provided in (C) below or as provided in the Award Agreement, each Option and Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or by the person to whom the Participant’s rights shall pass by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.
               (B) Except as provided in (C) below, no Award and no right under any such Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.
               (C) To the extent specifically provided by the Committee with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right grant, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be transferred by a Participant without consideration to immediate family members or related family trusts, limited partnerships or similar entities or on such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time establish.
          (iii) Term of Awards . The term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.
          (iv) Stock Certificates/Book Entry . All certificates for shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the SEC, any stock exchange upon which such shares of Common Stock or other securities are then listed, and any applicable federal or state laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. In lieu of delivering certificates for shares of Common Stock, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, effect the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan in book entry.

9


 

          (v) Consideration for Grants . Awards may be granted for such consideration, including services, as the Committee determines.
          (vi) Delivery of Shares of Common Stock or other Securities and Payment by Participant of Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, delivery of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award may be deferred for any period during which, in the good faith determination of the Committee, the Company is not reasonably able to obtain shares of Common Stock to deliver pursuant to such Award without violating the rules or regulations of any applicable law or securities exchange. No shares of Common Stock or other securities shall be delivered pursuant to any Award until payment in full of any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement (including, without limitation, any exercise price or tax withholding) is received by the Company.
SECTION 7. CHANGE OF CONTROL
      (a) Effect of a Change of Control
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant with respect to a particular Award, in the event of a Change of Control:
          (i) All outstanding Awards shall become fully and immediately vested and exercisable, and all applicable deferral and restriction limitations shall lapse immediately prior to the Change of Control, unless such Awards are converted, assumed, or replaced by the Successor Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may instead provide that a Participant’s outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall terminate upon consummation of such Change of Control and that each such Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment equal to the amount (if any) by which (a) the Acquisition Price multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (whether or not then exercisable) exceeds (b) the aggregate exercise price for such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.
          (ii) For the purposes of this Section 7(a), an Award shall be considered converted, assumed or replaced by the Successor Company if following the Change of Control the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change of Control by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held on the effective date of the Change of Control (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change of Control is not solely equity of the Successor Company, the Committee may, with the consent of the Successor Company, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or the vesting of the right, for each share of Common Stock subject thereto, to be solely equity of the Successor Company substantially equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change of Control. The determination of such substantial equality of

10


 

value of consideration shall be made by the Committee and its determination shall be conclusive and binding.
      (b) Change of Control Cash-Out
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change of Control (the “ Exercise Period ”), if the Committee shall so determine at, or at any time after, the time of grant, a Participant holding an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall have the right, whether or not the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is fully exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the purchase price for the shares being purchased under the Option, and by giving notice to the Company, to elect to surrender all or part of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Acquisition Price per share on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per share under the Option or Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares granted under the Option or Stock Appreciation Right as to which the right granted under this Section 7(b) shall have been exercised.
      (c) Acceleration and Exercise Following a Change of Control
     If following a Change of Control, a Participant’s employment is subsequently terminated without Cause or for Good Reason within 24 months of the Change of Control, any such Awards that remain unvested shall become fully and immediately vested and exercisable upon the date of the Participant’s termination, all applicable deferral and restriction limitations shall lapse, and an Award that is an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right shall remain exercisable until the later of the date five years after the date of such termination and the date the Award would have expired by its terms if the Participant’s employment had not been terminated.
SECTION 8. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law:
      (a) Amendments To The Plan
     Except as required by the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, the Board or the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan in any manner, including increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan, without the consent of any stockholder, Participant, other holder or beneficiary of an Award, or other Person.
      (b) Amendments To Awards
     The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter any Award theretofore granted, provided no change, other than pursuant to Section 8(c), in any Award shall materially reduce the benefit to Participant without the consent of such Participant.

11


 

(c)   Adjustment of Awards Upon the Occurrence of Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events
     The Committee is hereby authorized to make unilateral adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards theretofore granted in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 4(c) of the Plan) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles.
SECTION 9. GENERAL PROVISIONS
      (a) No Rights to Award
     No Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.
      (b) Tax Withholding
     The Company or any Affiliate is authorized to withhold from any Award, from any payment due or transfer made under any Award or from any compensation or other amount owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued pursuant to such Award or other property) of any applicable taxes payable in respect of the grant of an Award, its exercise, the lapse of restrictions thereon, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy its withholding obligations for the payment of such taxes.
      (c) No Right to Employment or Services
     The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Affiliate, to continue as a Consultant, or to remain on the Board, as applicable. Further, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or terminate a consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other agreement.
      (d) Governing Law
     The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands without regard to its conflict of laws principles.
      (e) Severability
     If any provision of the Plan or any award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any Person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or

12


 

deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.
      (f) Other Laws
     The Committee may refuse to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award if, in its sole discretion, it determines that the issuance or transfer of such shares of Common Stock or such other consideration might violate any applicable law or regulation, the rules of the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded, or entitle the Company or an Affiliate to recover the same under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, and any payment tendered to the Company by a Participant, other holder or beneficiary in connection with the exercise of such Award shall be promptly refunded to the relevant Participant, holder or beneficiary.
     Any Award granted pursuant to the Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including any applicable regulations and guidance issued thereunder, and including transition guidance, to the extent Section 409A of the Code is applicable thereto, and the terms of the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with this intention to the extent the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Section 409A of the Code and any official guidance issued thereunder. Any payment or distribution that is to be made to a Participant who is a “specified employee” of the Company within the meaning of that term under Section 409A of the Code and as determined by the Committee, on account of a “separation from service” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A of the Code, may not be made before the date which is six months after the date of such “separation from service,” unless the payment or distribution is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code by reason of the short-term deferral exemption or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Committee, to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, reserves the right, but shall not be required, to unilaterally amend or modify the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan so that the Award qualifies for exemption from or complies with Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Committee makes no representations that Awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to Awards granted under the Plan.
      (g) No Trust Or Fund Created
     Neither the Plan nor any award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any participating Affiliate and a Participant or any other Person. To the extent that any Person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any participating Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any general unsecured creditor of the Company or any participating Affiliate.
      (h) No Fractional Shares
     No fractional shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities, or other property shall be paid or

13


 

transferred in lieu of any fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated, or otherwise eliminated.
      (i) Headings
     Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.
      (j) Facility Payment
     Any amounts payable hereunder to any person under legal disability or who, in the judgment of the Committee, is unable to properly manage his financial affairs, may be paid to the legal representative of such person, or may be applied for the benefit of such person in any manner which the Committee may select, and the Company and its Affiliates shall be relieved of any further liability for payment of such amounts.
      (k) Participation By Affiliates
     In making Awards to Consultants and Employees employed by an entity other than by the Company, the Committee shall be acting on behalf of the Affiliate or such other entity, and to the extent the Company has an obligation to reimburse the Affiliate or such other entity for compensation paid to Consultants and Employees for services rendered for the benefit of the Company, such payments or reimbursement payments may be made by the Company directly to the Affiliate or such other entity, and, if made to the Company, shall be received by the Company as agent for the Affiliate or such other agency.
      (l) Gender And Number
     Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.
SECTION 10. TERM OF THE PLAN
     The Plan shall be effective on the date of its approval by the Board and shall continue until the earlier of (a) the date terminated by the Board and (b) the date shares of Common Stock are no longer available for the payment of Awards under the Plan. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award granted prior to such termination, and the authority of the Board or the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award or to waive any conditions or rights under such Award, shall extend beyond such termination date.

14

 

Exhibit 10.5
FACILITY AGREEMENT
Dated:                 November 2007
BETWEEN:
(1)   the various companies listed at Schedule 2 Part I (together the “ A Borrowers ”) and the various companies listed at Schedule 2 Part II (together the “ B Borrowers ” and together with the A Borrowers and any Additional Borrowers, the “ Borrowers ”);
 
(2)   the banks listed in Schedule 1, each acting through its office at the address indicated against its name in Schedule 1 (together the “ Lenders ” and each a “ Lender ”);
 
(3)   NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, New York Branch , acting as agent (in that capacity the “ Agent ”);
 
(4)   NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA, Grand Cayman Branch, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED, ING BANK N.V., London Branch, HSH NORDBANK AG, DANSKE BANK A/S and BNP PARIBAS, acting as mandated lead arrangers (in that capacity each an “ MLA ” and together the “MLAs ”);
 
(5)   NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA , Grand Cayman Branch, CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED and ING BANK N.V., London Branch acting as bookrunners (in that capacity each a “ Bookrunner ” and together the “ Bookrunners ”);
 
(6)   NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, New York Branch , acting as security trustee (in that capacity the “ Security Trustee ”); and
 
(7)   HSH NORDBANK AG acting as swap provider (in that capacity the “ Swap Provider ”)
WHEREAS:
Each of the Lenders has agreed to advance to the A Borrowers (on a joint and several basis in respect of Tranche A) and the B Borrowers (on a joint and several basis in respect of Tranche B) its Commitment (aggregating, with all the other Commitments, a revolving credit facility of up to eight hundred and forty five million Dollars ($845,000,000) as increased from time to time pursuant to the provisions of Clause 2.1.2), Tranche A to be made available to the A Borrowers and Tranche B to be made available to the B Borrowers for (i) refinancing certain existing indebtedness of the Guarantor B Group, (ii) financing the purchase of vessels and (iii) the general

 


 

corporate purposes of the Borrowers (including but not limited to the making of intercompany loans to other members of either Group).
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1   Definitions and Interpretation
  1.1   In this Agreement:
 
      “A Borrowers” means those companies listed in Schedule 2 Part I and, with effect from a Collateral Transfer Date, any relevant Collateral Transfer Borrower(s).
 
      “Administration” has the meaning given to it in paragraph 1.1.3 of the ISM Code.
 
      Additional A Borrower ” means an Additional Borrower that owns a Tranche A Vessel.
 
      Additional B Borrower ” means an Additional Borrower that owns a Tranche B Vessel.
 
      Additional Borrower ” means any member of a Group that purchases an Additional Vessel.
 
      Additional Vessels ” means any delivered vessels of a type, value and age acceptable to the Majority Lenders to be purchased by a member of the relevant Group (which will become an Additional A Borrower or an Additional B Borrower, as the case may be) in respect of which an Upsize Amount is requested by the Borrowers, each of which shall be designated a Tranche A Vessel or a Tranche B Vessel with effect from the relevant Upsize Trigger Date.
 
      Affiliate ” means, in relation to any entity, a Subsidiary of that entity, a Holding Company of that entity or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
 
      Approved Brokers ” means H. Clarkson & Co. Ltd, Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd, Fearnley AS, R.S. Platou AS and P.F. Bassoe AS.

2


 

      Assignments ” means the deeds of assignment of Insurances, Earnings and Requisition Compensation in respect of each of the Vessels referred to in Clause 10.1.2 (each an “ Assignment ”).
 
      Authorisation ” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.
 
      B Borrowers” means the companies listed in Schedule 2 Part II other than, with effect from a Collateral Transfer Date, any relevant Collateral Transfer Borrower(s).
 
      Break Costs ” means all sums payable by the Borrowers from time to time under Clause 8.3.
 
      Business Day ” means a day on which banks are open for business of a nature contemplated by this Agreement (and not authorised by law to close) in New York, London and any other financial centre which the Agent may reasonably consider appropriate for the operation of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
      Collateral Transfer ” means a transfer of that part of the Tranche B Indebtedness relating to a specified B Borrower into Tranche A Indebtedness pursuant to Clause 2.1.1.
 
      Collateral Transfer Amount ” means, in respect of any Tranche B Vessels proposed to be redenominated as Tranche A Vessels, the Tranche B Indebtedness at the relevant Collateral Transfer Date multiplied by the percentage shown in Schedule 2 against such Tranche B Vessel under the heading “Relevant Share”.
 
      Collateral Transfer Borrower ” means a B Borrower that has become an A Borrower pursuant to Clause 2.1.1.
 
      Collateral Transfer Date ” means in respect of each Collateral Transfer Borrower the date on which the Agent confirms that all of the conditions set out in Part III of Schedule 3 have been satisfied.
 
      Collateral Transfer Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 9.

3


 

      Collateral Vessels ” means the Tranche A Vessels and the Tranche B Vessels (each a “ Collateral Vessel ”).
 
      Commitment ” means, in relation to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Facility which that Lender agrees to advance to the A Borrowers or the B Borrowers (as the case may be) as its several liability as indicated against the name of that Lender in Schedule 1 (as amended from time to time pursuant to Clause 2.1.2) and/or, where the context permits, the amount of the Facility advanced by that Lender and remaining outstanding and “ Commitments ” means more than one of them.
 
      Commitment Commission ” means the commitment commission to be paid by the Borrowers to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 9.1.
 
      Commitment Termination Date ” means the date being one (1) month before the Maturity Date or such later date as the Lenders may in their discretion agree.
 
      Companies ” means each ISM Company and each ISPS Company (each a “ Company ”).
 
      Credit Support Document ” means any document described as such in the Master Agreement and, where the context permits, any other document referred to in any Credit Support Document which has the effect of creating an Encumbrance in favour of any of the Finance Parties.
 
      Credit Support Provider ” means any person (other than the A Borrowers) described as such in the Master Agreement.
 
      Currency of Account ” means, in relation to any payment to be made to a Finance Party under a Finance Document, the currency in which that payment is required to be made by the terms of that Finance Document.
 
      Deeds of Covenants ” means the deeds of covenants referred to in Clause 10.1.1. (each a “ Deed of Covenant ”).
 
      Default ” means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 13.1 which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

4


 

      DOC ” means, in relation to the ISM Company, a valid Document of Compliance issued for the ISM Company by the Administration under paragraph 13.2 of the ISM Code.
 
      Dollars ”, “ US$ ” and “ $ ” each means available and freely transferable and convertible funds in lawful currency of the United States of America.
 
      Drawdown Date ” means the date on which a Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.
 
      Drawdown Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5.
 
      Drawing ” means any one amount advanced or to be advanced pursuant to a Drawdown Notice or, where the context permits, the amount advanced and for the time being outstanding and “ Drawings ” means more than one of them.
 
      Earnings ” in relation to a Vessel means all hires, freights, pool income and other sums payable to or for the account of its Owner in respect of that Vessel including (without limitation) all remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys, contributions in general average, compensation in respect of any requisition for hire, and damages and other payments (whether awarded by any court or arbitral tribunal or by agreement or otherwise) for breach, termination or variation of any contract for the operation, employment or use of that Vessel.
 
      Encumbrance ” means a mortgage, charge, assignment, pledge, lien, or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
 
      Environmental Affiliate ” means an agent or employee of an Owner or a person in a contractual relationship with that Owner in respect of the Vessel owned by it (including without limitation, the operation of or the carriage of cargo of such Vessel).
 
      Environmental Approvals ” means any present or future permit, licence, approval, ruling, variance, exemption or other authorisation required under the applicable Environmental Laws.

5


 

      Environmental Claim ” means any and all enforcement, clean-up, removal, administrative, governmental, regulatory or judicial actions, orders, demands or investigations instituted or completed pursuant to any Environmental Laws or Environmental Approvals together with any claims made by any third person relating to damage, contribution, loss or injury resulting from any Environmental Incident.
 
      Environmental Incident ” means:
  (a)   any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from a Vessel; or
 
  (b)   any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than a Vessel and which involves a collision between a Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the relevant Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or where any guarantor, any manager (or any sub-manager of such Vessel) or any of its officers, employees or other persons retained or instructed by it (or such sub-manager) are at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or
 
  (c)   any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from such Vessel and in connection with which that Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any guarantor, any manager (or any sub-manager of the relevant Vessel) or any of its officers, employees or other persons retained or instructed by it (or such sub-manager) are at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action.
      Environmental Laws ” means all present and future laws, regulations, treaties and conventions of any applicable jurisdiction which:
  (a)   have as a purpose or effect the protection of, and/or prevention of harm or damage to, the environment;
 
  (b)   relate to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

6


 

  (c)   provide remedies or compensation for harm or damage to the environment; or
 
  (d)   relate to Environmentally Sensitive Materials or health or safety matters.
      Environmentally Sensitive Material ” means (i) oil and oil products and (ii) any other waste, pollutant, contaminant or other substance (including any liquid, solid, gas, ion, living organism or noise) that may be harmful to human health or other life or the environment or a nuisance to any person or that may make the enjoyment, ownership or other territorial control of any affected land, property or waters more costly for such person to a material degree.
 
      Event of Default ” means any of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 13.1.
 
      Execution Date ” means the date on which this Agreement is executed by each of the parties hereto.
 
      Facility ” means the reducing revolving credit facility made available by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement.
 
      Facility Outstandings ” means the total of all Drawings made at that time, to the extent not reduced by repayments, prepayments and voluntary reductions.
 
      Facility Period ” means the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date when the whole of the Indebtedness has been repaid in full and the Security Parties have ceased to be under any further actual or contingent liability to the Finance Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents.
 
      Fee Letter ” means (i) the letter dated 26 September 2007 between Guarantor B, the Agent, the Bookrunners and the MLAs and (ii) the letter between Guarantor B and the Agent dated 26 September 2007, setting out the fees referred to in Clause 9.
 
      Finance Documents ” means this Agreement, the Master Agreement, the Security Documents, any Fee Letter and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrowers and “ Finance Document ” means any one of them.

7


 

      Finance Parties ” means the Agent, the Security Trustee, the MLAs, the Swap Provider, the Bookrunners and the Lenders and “ Finance Party ” means any one of them.
 
      First Drawdown Date ” means the date on which the first Drawing is advanced under Clause 4.
 
      GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
 
      Groups ” means together the Guarantor A Group and the Guarantor B Group (each a “ Group ”).
 
      Guarantees ” means the guarantees and indemnities referred to in Clause 10.1.3.
 
      Guarantor A ” means Teekay Tankers Ltd.
 
      Guarantor A Float Date ” means the date on which Guarantor A is listed on a recognised stock exchange.
 
      Guarantor A Group ” means Guarantor A and each of its Subsidiaries.
 
      Guarantor B ” means Teekay Corporation.
 
      Guarantor B Group ” means Guarantor B and each of its Subsidiaries, other than OPCO, TOO, TGP and (following the Guarantor A Float Date) Guarantor A, and their respective Subsidiaries.
 
      Guarantors ” means (a) Guarantor A in respect of the obligations of the A Borrowers and, with effect from any relevant Collateral Transfer Date, any Collateral Transfer Borrowers and (b) Guarantor B in respect of the obligations of (i) the A Borrowers from the first Drawdown Date in respect of Tranche A until the Guarantor A Float Date and (ii) the B Borrowers from the First Drawdown Date until the end of the Facility Period.
 
      Guarantors’ Accounts ” means the consolidated financial accounts of each of the Guarantors to be provided to the Agent pursuant to clause 9 of the respective Guarantees.

8


 

      Holding Company ” means, in relation to any entity, any other entity in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
 
      Hugli ” means Hugli Spirit L.L.C.
 
      Indebtedness ” means together the Tranche A Indebtedness and the Tranche B Indebtedness.
 
      Initial Maximum Amount ” means the aggregate of the Tranche A Maximum Amount and the Tranche B Maximum Amount, in a maximum aggregate amount of eight hundred and twelve million Dollars ($812,000,000) prior to the Tranche B Step Up Date and eight hundred and forty five million Dollars ($845,000,000) following the Tranche B Step Up Date.
 
      Insurances ” in relation to a Vessel means all policies and contracts of insurance (including all entries in protection and indemnity or war risks associations) which are from time to time taken out or entered into in respect of or in connection with that Vessel or her increased value and (where the context permits) all benefits under such contracts and policies, including all claims of any nature and returns of premium.
 
      Interest Payment Date ” means each date for the payment of interest in accordance with Clause 7.7.
 
      Interest Period ” means each period for the payment of interest selected by the Borrowers or agreed by the Agent pursuant to Clause 7.
 
      ISM Code ” means the International Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention.
 
      ISM Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Vessel’s compliance with the ISM Code under paragraph 1.1.2 of the ISM Code.
 
      ISPS Code ” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code.
 
      ISPS Company ” means, at any given time, the company responsible for a Vessel’s compliance with the ISPS Code.

9


 

      ISSC ” means a valid international ship security certificate for a Vessel issued under the ISPS Code.
 
      law ” or “ Law ” means any law, statute, treaty, convention, regulation, instrument or other subordinate legislation or other legislative or quasi-legislative rule or measure, or any order or decree of any government, judicial or public or other body or authority, or any directive, code of practice, circular, guidance note or other direction issued by any competent authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law).
 
      LIBOR ” means:
  (a)   the applicable Screen Rate; or
 
  (b)   (if no Screen Rate is available for any Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks (or by two of them if one is unable to quote) to leading banks in the London interbank market,
      at 11.00 a.m. London time two (2) Business Days before the first day of the relevant Interest Period for the offering of deposits in Dollars in an amount comparable to the Facility (or any relevant part of the Facility) and for a period comparable to the relevant Interest Period.
 
      Majority Lenders ” means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than sixty six and two thirds per cent (66 2/3%) of the aggregate of all the Commitments.
 
      Management Agreement ” means any agreement(s) for the commercial and/or technical management of the Vessels entered into between each Owner and a company which is not controlled by Guarantor B other than A/S Dampskibsselskabet Torm or, in the case of m.v. “NASSAU SPIRIT”, a company controlled by OAO Sovcomflot.
 
      Managers ” in relation to m.v. “NASSAU SPIRIT” means a company controlled by OAO Sovcomflot and in relation to each other Vessel means A/S Dampskibsselskabet Torm or a management company which is controlled by Guarantor B or such other commercial and/or technical managers of the Vessels

10


 

      nominated by the relevant Owner as the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may approve such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
 
      Mandatory Cost ” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 4.
 
      Margin ” means (a) in respect of Tranche A (i) nought point five five percent (0.55%) per annum for any period when Guarantor B guarantees the Tranche A Indebtedness and (ii) nought point six zero per cent (0.60%) per annum for any period when Guarantor B does not guarantee the Tranche A Indebtedness, and (b) in respect of Tranche B nought point five five per cent (0.55%) per annum.
 
      Master Agreement ” means any ISDA master agreement (or any other form of master agreement relating to interest exchange transactions) entered into between the Swap Provider and the A Borrowers to hedge the Tranche A Indebtedness under this Agreement during the Facility Period, including but not limited to the ISDA master agreement dated on or about the date hereof entered into between the Swap Provider and the A Borrowers and a Transaction dated 2 July 2007, as such Transaction has been novated by Guarantor B to the A Borrowers pursuant to a novation agreement dated on or about the date hereof entered into between the Swap Provider, Guarantor B and the A Borrowers, and including each Schedule to any Master Agreement and each confirmation exchanged pursuant to any Master Agreement.
 
      Master Agreement Liabilities ” means at any relevant time all liabilities of the A Borrowers to the Swap Provider under or pursuant to the Master Agreement or any Transaction, whether actual or contingent, present or future.
 
      Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on:
  (a)   the financial condition, assets, prospects or business of any Security Party or on the consolidated financial condition, assets, prospects or business of either Group;

11


 

  (b)   the ability of any Security Party to perform and comply with its obligations under any Security Document or to avoid any Event of Default;
 
  (c)   the validity, legality or enforceability of any Security Document; or
 
  (d)   the validity, legality or enforceability of any security expressed to be created pursuant to any Security Document or the priority and ranking of any such security,
      provided that, in determining whether any of the forgoing circumstances shall constitute such a material adverse change or material adverse effect for the purposes of this definition, the Finance Parties shall consider such circumstance in the context of (x) either Group taken as a whole and (y) the ability of the Borrowers and the Guarantors to perform each of their obligations under the Security Documents.
 
      Maturity Date ” means the date falling ten (10) years after the Execution Date.
 
      Maximum Amount ” means:
  (a)   the Initial Maximum Amount for the period from the Execution Date until the first Upsize Trigger Date; and
 
  (b)   the relevant Upsize Increased Maximum Amount from the first Upsize Trigger Date until the Maturity Date,
      as reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
      Mortgages ” means the statutory mortgages referred to in Clause 10.1.1 together with the Deeds of Covenants.
 
      Necessary Authorisations ” means all Authorisations of any person including any government or other regulatory authority required by applicable Law to enable it to:
  (a)   lawfully enter into and perform its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is party;

12


 

  (b)   ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in England and, if different, its jurisdiction of incorporation, of such Security Documents to which it is party; and
 
  (c)   carry on its business from time to time.
      OPCO ” means Teekay Offshore Operating L.P. and its Subsidiaries.
 
      Owner ” in respect of a Collateral Vessel means the Borrower listed as the Owner of that Vessel in Schedule 2 and in respect of an Additional Vessel means the Borrower registered as the owner of that Vessel following its purchase.
 
      Permitted Encumbrance ” means (i) any Encumbrance which has the prior written approval of the Agent acting on the instructions of all the Lenders or (ii) any liens for current crews’ wages and salvage and liens incurred in the ordinary course of trading a Vessel up to an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding ten million Dollars ($10,000,000).
 
      Permitted Upsize Lending Ratio ” means (i) fifty five per cent of the Valuations of the relevant Additional Vessels as at the relevant Upsize Trigger Date (in respect of Tranche A) and (ii) sixty per cent of the Valuations of the relevant Additional Vessels as at the relevant Upsize Trigger Date (in respect of Tranche B).
 
      Pledgor ” means each company listed in Schedule 2 Part I, in respect of the A Borrower against whose name it is listed.
 
      Pre-Approved Classification Society ” means any of Det norske Veritas, Lloyds Register, American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), Germanischer Lloyd or Bureau Veritas or such other classification society acceptable to the Majority Lenders.
 
      Pre-Approved Flag ” means Marshall Islands, Norwegian International Ship Registry, Liberia, Panama, Isle of Man, Cayman Islands, Bermuda, Bahamas or Singapore.
 
      Proportionate Share ” means, at any time, the proportion which a Lender’s Commitment (whether or not advanced) then bears to the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (whether or not advanced).

13


 

      Reduction Date ” means the date falling five (5) years after the Execution Date and each date falling at consecutive six monthly intervals thereafter.
 
      Reference Banks ” means, in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices (or lending Affiliates) of each of the Bookrunners or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Borrowers.
 
      Relevant Documents ” means the Finance Documents and the Management Agreements.
 
      Relevant Reduction Amount ” means, in respect of each Vessel, the percentage set out in the column headed “Relevant Share” opposite that Vessel in Schedule 2, as amended pursuant to Clause 2.1.1. from time to time at or around an Upsize Trigger Date.
 
      Replacement Vessel ” means a vessel of substantially similar value (as evidenced by the average of two Valuations), type and age to the Vessel it is offered as a replacement of, acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.
 
      Requisition Compensation ” in relation to a Vessel means all compensation or other money which may from time to time be payable to an Owner as a result of that Vessel being requisitioned for title or in any other way compulsorily acquired (other than by way of requisition for hire).
 
      Same Day Drawing ”, means, in respect of the first drawing only, a Drawing requested by the Borrowers prior to 10.00 am hours (New York time) on the day before the First Drawdown Date and made by the Lenders on the First Drawdown Date.
 
      Screen Rate ” means in relation to LIBOR, the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters page LIBOR 01 (or such other page or pages which replace(s) such page) for the purposes of displaying offered rates of leading banks, for deposits in Dollars of amounts equal to the amount of the relevant Drawing for a period equal in length to the relevant Interest Period.

14


 

      Security Documents ” means the Mortgages, the Deeds of Covenants, the Assignments, the Guarantees, the Share Pledges or (where the context permits) any one or more of them and any other agreement or document which may at any time be executed by any person as security for the payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness and “ Security Document ” means any one of them.
 
      Security Parties ” means the Tranche A Security Parties and the Tranche B Security Parties, each a “ Security Party ”).
 
      Share Pledges ” means the pledges of the shares of the Borrowers given by either of the Guarantors or by a Pledgor as referred to in Clause 10.1.4.
 
      SMC ” means a valid safety management certificate issued for a Vessel by or on behalf of the Administration under paragraph 13.7 of the ISM Code.
 
      SMS ” means a safety management system for a Vessel developed and implemented in accordance with the ISM Code.
 
      Subsidiary ” means a subsidiary undertaking, as defined in section 736 Companies Act 1985 or any analogous definition under any other relevant system of law.
 
      Tax ” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and “ Taxation ” shall be interpreted accordingly.
 
      TGP ” means Teekay LNG Partners L.P. and its Subsidiaries.
 
      “TNK” means Teekay Tankers Ltd and its Subsidiaries.
 
      TOO ” means Teekay Offshore Partners L.P. and its Subsidiaries.
 
      Total Loss ” in relation to a Vessel means:
  (a)   an actual, constructive, arranged, agreed or compromised total loss of that Vessel; or

15


 

  (b)   the requisition for title or compulsory acquisition, nationalisation or expropriation of that Vessel by or on behalf of any government or other authority (other than by way of requisition for hire); or
 
  (c)   the capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation of that Vessel unless the Vessel is released and returned to the possession of its Owner within ninety (90) days after the capture, seizure, arrest, detention or confiscation in question.
      Tranche A ” means an amount not exceeding the Tranche A Maximum Amount to be made available by the Lenders to the A Borrowers.
 
      Tranche A Indebtedness ” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of Tranche A outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on Tranche A; the Master Agreement Liabilities; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the A Borrowers to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents.
 
      Tranche A Maximum Amount ” means two hundred and twenty nine million Dollars ($229,000,000), as reduced from time to time in accordance with Clause 2.1.1 and/or Clause 3.4 and/or Clause 7.9.5. or increased pursuant to Clause 2.1.1 and/or Clause 2.1.2 and/or 3.4.5.
 
      Tranche A Security Party ” means the A Borrowers from time to time, Guarantor A for any period when Guarantor A is guaranteeing the Tranche A Indebtedness, each Pledgor for any period when it is giving a Share Pledge, and Guarantor B for any period when Guarantor B is guaranteeing the Tranche A Indebtedness, and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Tranche A Indebtedness, and “ Tranche A Security Party ” means any one of them.
 
      Tranche A Vessels ” means:
  (i)   the Vessels listed in Schedule 2 Part I; and
 
  (ii)   following any Collateral Transfer, any Tranche B Vessels redenominated as Tranche A Vessels; and

16


 

  (iii)   following any Upsize Trigger Date, any Additional Vessel designated as a Tranche A Vessel; and
 
  (iv)   any Replacement Vessel accepted as a Tranche A Vessel,
      and everything now and in the future belonging to them on board and ashore (each a “ Tranche A Vessel ”).
 
      Tranche B ” means an amount not exceeding the Tranche B Maximum Amount to be made available by the Lenders to the B Borrowers.
 
      Tranche B Indebtedness ” means the aggregate from time to time of: the amount of Tranche B outstanding; all accrued and unpaid interest on Tranche B; and all other sums of any nature (together with all accrued and unpaid interest on any of those sums) which from time to time may be payable by the B Borrowers to any of the Finance Parties under all or any of the Finance Documents.
 
      Tranche B Maximum Amount ” means:
  (a)   five hundred and eighty three million Dollars ($583,000,000) from the Execution Date until the earlier of the Tranche B Step Up Date and the end of the Facility Period; and
 
  (b)   six hundred and sixteen million Dollars ($616,000,000) from the Tranche B Step Up Date to the end of the Facility Period,
      in each case as reduced from time to time in accordance with Clause 2.1.1 and/or Clause 3.4 and/or Clause 7.9.5. or increased pursuant to Clause 2.1.2.
 
      Tranche B Security Party ” means the B Borrowers from time to time and Guarantor B, and any other person who may at any time during the Facility Period be liable for, or provide security for, all or any part of the Tranche B Indebtedness, and “ Tranche B Security Party ” means any one of them.
 
      Tranche B Step Up Date ” means the date on which the Borrowers have provided the Agent with those conditions precedent set out in Schedule 3 Part VII and the Tranche B Maximum Amount has been increased accordingly.
 
      Tranche B Vessels ” means:

17


 

  (i)   the Vessels listed in Schedule 2 Part II (other than any Vessels redenominated as Tranche A Vessels following a Collateral Transfer);
 
  (ii)   following any Upsize Trigger Date, any Additional Vessel designated as a Tranche B Vessel; and
 
  (iii)   any Replacement Vessel accepted as a Tranche B Vessel,
      and everything now and in the future belonging to them on board and ashore (each a “ Tranche B Vessel ”).
 
      Tranches ” means together Tranche A and Tranche B (each a “ Tranche ”).
 
      Tranche Maximum Amounts ” means together the Tranche A Maximum Amount and the Tranche B Maximum Amount (each a “ Tranche Maximum Amount ”).
 
      Transaction ” means a transaction entered into between the Swap Provider and a counterparty under a Master Agreement.
 
      Transfer Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrowers.
 
      Transfer Date ” means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date for the making of the transfer specified in the schedule to such Transfer Certificate.
 
      Trust Property ” means:
  (a)   all benefits derived by the Security Trustee from Clause 10; and
 
  (b)   all benefits arising under (including, without limitation, all proceeds of the enforcement of) each of the Security Documents,
      with the exception of any benefits arising solely for the benefit of the Security Trustee.
 
      Upsize Amount ” means the amount set out in an Upsize Notice not to exceed the lesser of (i) such amount as can be lent without breaching the Permitted Upsize Lending Ratio and (ii) (when aggregated with all previous Upsize Amounts) four hundred million Dollars ($400,000,000).

18


 

      Upsize Increased Maximum Amount ” means the Initial Maximum Amount as increased by the relevant Upsize Amount with effect from each Upsize Trigger Date being a total maximum amount of up to one billion two hundred and forty five million Dollars ($1,245,000,000) to be allocated between Tranche A and/or Tranche B as specified by the Borrowers in the relevant Upsize Notice.
 
      Upsize Notice ” means a notice substantially in the form of Schedule 7.
 
      Upsize Trigger Date ” means the date specified in an Upsize Notice (being not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such Upsize Notice) on which the Borrowers request an increase in the Maximum Amount pursuant to Clause 2.1.2.
 
      Valuation ” means in relation to a Vessel or a Replacement Vessel, the written valuation of that Vessel or Replacement Vessel expressed in Dollars prepared by one of the Approved Brokers (or such other firm of reputable independent shipbrokers as may be acceptable to the Agent) to be nominated by the Borrowers, such nomination to be subject to the approval of the Agent. Such valuations shall be prepared at the Borrowers’ expense, without a physical inspection, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arm’s length between a willing buyer and a willing seller without the benefit of any charterparty or other engagement.
 
      Vessels” means the Collateral Vessels and any Additional Vessels (each a “ Vessel ”).
 
      “WSJ Prime Rate” means the “Prime Rate” as published in the printed copy of the Wall Street Journal on any particular day as the same may be adjusted from time to time.
  1.2   In this Agreement:
  1.2.1   words denoting the plural number include the singular and vice versa;
 
  1.2.2   words denoting persons include corporations, partnerships, associations of persons (whether incorporated or not) or governmental or quasi-governmental bodies or authorities and vice versa;
 
  1.2.3   references to Recitals, Clauses and Schedules are references to recitals, clauses and schedules to or of this Agreement;

19


 

  1.2.4   references to this Agreement include the Recitals and the Schedules;
 
  1.2.5   the headings and contents page(s) are for the purpose of reference only, have no legal or other significance, and shall be ignored in the interpretation of this Agreement;
 
  1.2.6   references to any document (including, without limitation, to all or any of the Relevant Documents) are, unless the context otherwise requires, references to that document as amended, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;
 
  1.2.7   references to statutes or provisions of statutes are references to those statutes, or those provisions, as from time to time amended, replaced or re-enacted;
 
  1.2.8   references to any Finance Party include its successors, transferees and assignees; and
 
  1.2.9   a time of day (unless otherwise specified) is a reference to New York time.
  1.3   Offer letter
      This Agreement supersedes the terms and conditions contained in any correspondence relating to the subject matter of this Agreement exchanged between any Finance Party and the Borrowers or their representatives prior to the date of this Agreement.
2   The Facility and its Purposes
  2.1   Amount
  2.1.1   Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each of the Lenders agrees to make available to the Borrowers its Commitment of a revolving credit in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Initial Maximum Amount at any one time, Tranche A to be made available to the A Borrowers and Tranche B to be made available to the B Borrowers PROVIDED THAT the Borrowers may elect at any time whilst no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived (by serving a

20


 

      Collateral Transfer Notice) for a B Borrower to become an A Borrower and for the Vessel owned by it to become an A Vessel on a Collateral Transfer Date by providing not less than five (5) days notice to the Agent and fulfilling the conditions precedent set out in Schedule 3 Part III, at which Collateral Transfer Date (subject to the Agent agreeing the calculation of the Collateral Transfer Amount specified in the Collateral Transfer Notice such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) the relevant Collateral Transfer Amount shall be added to the Tranche A Indebtedness (and the Tranche A Maximum Amount shall be increased by an amount equal to the Tranche B Maximum Amount multiplied by the percentage shown as the “Relevant Share” of the Vessel in question) and deducted from the amount of the Tranche B Indebtedness (and the Tranche B Maximum Amount shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Tranche B Maximum Amount multiplied by the percentage shown as the “Relevant Share” of the Vessel in question). At or around each Collateral Transfer Date, the Agent shall circulate to each of the parties amended Schedules 1, 2 and 8 to reflect the Collateral Transfer. Save in the case of manifest error, such amended schedules shall be binding on all the parties with effect from the relevant Collateral Transfer Date.
 
  2.1.2   The Borrowers shall have the right (provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied or unwaived) to issue one or more Upsize Notices requesting an Upsize Amount and specifying the Upsize Trigger Date, the proportions in which it is to be allocated to Tranche A and/or Tranche B, the relevant Additional Borrowers and the Additional Vessels to be charged as security, following receipt of which Upsize Notice the Lenders shall have the right (but not the obligation) to subscribe in the Upsize Amount pro rata to their Commitments in the Initial Maximum Amount. The availability of the Upsize Amount shall be subject (inter alia) to the participating Lenders agreeing to the proposed fee payable, each as specified in the relevant Upsize Notice. If any Lender does not take up this option within twenty (20) days of receipt of an Upsize Notice, its portion of the Upsize Amount shall be made available to be taken up by the participating Lenders for a further ten (10) days. If at the end of such ten (10) day period not all of the Upsize

21


 

      Amount has been subscribed, then the Upsize Amount shall be reduced to the amount subscribed, and the reduced Upsize Amount shall take effect from the Upsize Trigger Date. Following each Upsize Trigger Date, the participating Lenders agree to make their Commitments in the Maximum Amount as increased by the relevant Upsize Amount available to the Borrowers. The aggregate amount of the Facility following each Upsize Trigger Date shall not exceed the Maximum Amount. The Upsize Amount may be used for the same purposes as the initial Facility. At or around each Upsize Trigger Date, the Agent shall circulate to each of the parties an amended Schedule 8 to reflect the increased Maximum Amount, which shall be calculated on the same basis as the initial Schedule 8, with a balloon payment of forty five per cent (45%), and amended Schedules 1 and 2 to reflect the amended Commitments and the Additional Vessels and Additional Borrowers. Save in the case of manifest error, such amended Schedules shall be binding on all the parties with effect from the relevant Upsize Trigger Date.
  2.2   Finance Parties’ obligations The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other party to the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
 
  2.3   Purposes The Borrowers shall apply the Facility for the purposes referred to in the Recital.
 
  2.4   Monitoring No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed under this Agreement.
3   Conditions of Utilisation
  3.1   Conditions precedent
  3.1.1   Before any Lender shall have any obligation to advance any Drawing under Tranche A the A Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I A of Schedule 3 and before any Lender shall have any obligation

22


 

      to advance any Drawing under Tranche B the B Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I B of Schedule 3.
 
  3.1.2   Before a Collateral Transfer can be effected, the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part III of Schedule 3.
 
  3.1.3   Before any Lender shall have any obligation to advance any drawing in respect of the Upsize Amount the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part V of Schedule 3.
 
  3.1.4   Before the Tranche B Step Up Date, the Borrowers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to or to the order of the Agent all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part VII of Schedule 3.
  3.2   Further conditions precedent The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if on the date of the Drawdown Notice and on the proposed Drawdown Date:
  3.2.1   no Default is continuing or would result from the advance of that Drawing; and
 
  3.2.2   the representations made by the Borrowers under Clause 11 and by the Guarantors under the Guarantees are true in all material respects.
  3.3   Drawing limit The Lenders will only be obliged to advance a Drawing if:
  3.3.1   no other Drawing under the same Tranche has been made on the same Business Day;
 
  3.3.2   that Drawing will not result in there being more than seven Drawings outstanding in respect of that Tranche at any one time;
 
  3.3.3   that Drawing is not less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) and in an integral multiples of one million Dollars ($1,000,000); and

23


 

  3.3.4   that Drawing will not increase the outstanding amount of the relevant Tranche to a sum in excess of the relevant Tranche Maximum Amount or the Facility to a sum in excess of the Maximum Amount.
      The First Drawdown Date must occur on or before 31 December 2007 or such later date as the MLAs shall agree.
  3.4   Facility Reduction
  3.4.1   The amount of the Facility available (i) to the A Borrowers, for drawing under this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions of Clauses 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 3.4.5, 3.4.6 and 7.9.5, be the Tranche A Maximum Amount, (ii) to the B Borrowers for drawing under this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions of Clauses 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 3.4.5, 3.4.6 and 7.9.5, be the Tranche B Maximum Amount (the total being available to the Borrowers for drawing under this Agreement (subject to the provisions of Clauses 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 3.4.6 and 7.9.5) being eight hundred and twelve million Dollars ($812,000,000) (if the Tranche B Step Up Date has not occurred) or eight hundred and forty five million Dollars ($845,000,000) (if the Tranche B Step Up Date has occurred) until the first Reduction Date). On the Reduction Dates the amount of the Facility available for drawing shall be reduced by the amounts set out in Schedule 8 (the “ Initial Reduction Amounts ”). On the Maturity Date the Facility available shall be reduced to zero. Subject to the proviso hereto, the mandatory reductions in the amount of the Facility available for drawing required pursuant to this Clause will be made in the amounts and at the times specified whether or not the Maximum Amount is reduced pursuant to Clause 3.4.2, Clause 3.4.3, Clause 3.4.4, Clause 6.1 or Clause 7.9. PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT any reductions pursuant to Clause 3.4.2 (voluntary reductions), Clause 3.4.3 (sale) or Clause 3.4.4 (Total Loss) shall be applied to the remaining mandatory reductions hereunder on a pro rata basis.
 
  3.4.2   The Borrowers may voluntarily cancel the Maximum Amount in whole or in part (such cancellation to be against the Tranches in the proportions specified by the Borrowers) in an amount of not less than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) such amount to be in integral multiples of one million Dollars ($1,000,000) (or as otherwise may be agreed by the

24


 

      Agent), provided that they have first given to the Agent not fewer than five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice expiring on a Business Day (the “ Cancellation Date ”) of their desire to reduce the Maximum Amount and notification of which Tranche the cancellation is to be applied against; such notice once received by the Agent shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Borrowers to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so cancelled up to and including the Cancellation Date together with any Break Costs in respect of such cancelled amount if the Cancellation Date is not the final day of an Interest Period. Any such reduction in the Maximum Amount shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any such cancellation, the Tranche A Indebtedness or the Tranche B Indebtedness would exceed the relevant Tranche Maximum Amount, the Borrowers shall, on the Cancellation Date, prepay such amount of Tranche A or Tranche B as will ensure that the Tranche A Indebtedness and/or the Tranche B Indebtedness are not greater than the respective Tranche Maximum Amounts.
 
  3.4.3   In the event of a sale or disposal of a Vessel or the Agent having received not less than 5 Business Days’ notice from the Borrowers requesting that the security relating to a Vessel be released and discharged (a “ Released Vessel ”), the Maximum Amount shall be reduced by the Relevant Reduction Amount applicable to that Vessel, such reduction to be applied on a pro rata basis against the Initial Reduction Amounts as reduced from time to time in accordance with this clause 3.4. Such reduction shall be made thirty (30) days after a sale or disposal of such Vessel and in the case of a Released Vessel thirty (30) days after the date proposed by the Borrowers for release and discharge of the security relating to that Vessel. If the Vessel or Released Vessel in question is replaced within thirty (30) days of the sale, disposal or release with a Replacement Vessel, and in such case of replacement any security held by the Agent (whether directly or indirectly) from the relevant Owner and over such Vessel or Released Vessel is reconstituted immediately after the sale to the new owner or after the release and discharge of security (as the case may be) or over the Replacement Vessel in substantially identical form, and the Agent obtains favourable legal opinions (on substantially the same basis as those

25


 

      obtained pursuant to paragraph 3 of Part 1 A and Part 1 B of Schedule 3) in respect of such reconstituted security, the Maximum Amount shall be maintained at the amount it was prior to the application of the Relevant Reduction Amount (as reduced in the meantime by any reductions under Clause 3.4.1), and in any event the Relevant Reduction Amount shall not be available for drawing during such thirty (30) day period unless and until the Agent confirms that the Maximum Amount is to be so maintained. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Amount pursuant to this Clause, the Facility outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount or the relevant Tranche outstanding would exceed the relevant Tranche Maximum Amount, the Borrowers shall, on the date of the sale, disposal or replacement, prepay such amount of the Facility as will ensure that the Facility and Tranche outstanding are not greater than the Maximum Amount and relevant Tranche Maximum Amount respectively. Any such prepayment shall oblige the Borrowers to make payment of all interest and Commitment Commission accrued on the amount so reduced up to and including the date of reduction together with any Break Costs in respect of such reduced amount if the date of such reduction is not the final day of an Interest Period. Any such reduction in the Maximum Amount and Tranche Maximum Amounts shall not be reversed save in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 3.4.3.
 
  3.4.4   In the event that any Vessel becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier to occur of (a) the date of receipt of the proceeds of the Total Loss and (b) the date falling one hundred and eighty (180) days after the occurrence of the Total Loss (the “ Total Loss Reduction Date ”), the Maximum Amount shall (subject to the proviso hereto) be reduced by the Relevant Reduction Amount in respect of such Vessel. Any such reductions in the Maximum Amount shall not be reversed. If, as a result of any reduction in the Maximum Amount pursuant to this Clause, the Facility outstanding would exceed the Maximum Amount or the relevant Tranche outstanding would exceed the relevant Tranche Maximum Amount, the Borrowers shall, on the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which the relevant Owner receives the proceeds of such Total Loss and (ii) the one hundred and eightieth day after the date of such Total Loss occurring, prepay such amount of the

26


 

      Facility and Tranche as will ensure that the Facility and relevant Tranche outstanding is equal to or less than the Maximum Amount and relevant Tranche Maximum Amount respectively. Any such prepayment shall not be reborrowed and Clause 8.3 shall apply to any such prepayment. PROVIDED ALWAYS that if there is an investment in a Replacement Vessel on or prior to the Total Loss Reduction Date, and a guarantee from the owner of the Replacement Vessel (in such form as the Majority Lenders may require at that time) and security over such Replacement Vessel acceptable to the Majority Lenders in their absolute discretion is also executed and delivered either prior to or on the Total Loss Reduction Date, then the reduction in the Maximum Amount and Tranche Maximum Amounts shall not apply.
 
  3.4.5   In the event of a Collateral Transfer of a Tranche B Vessel into a Tranche A Vessel on a Collateral Transfer Date, the Tranche A Maximum Amount shall be increased and the Tranche B Maximum Amount shall be decreased in accordance with the terms of Clause 2.1.1.
 
  3.4.6   To the extent that repayments or prepayments made by the Borrowers to the Agent in accordance with this Agreement reduce the Facility and Tranches outstanding to less than the Maximum Amount and the Tranche Maximum Amounts respectively, the Borrowers shall again be entitled to make Drawings up to the Commitment Termination Date in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any part of the Facility which is undrawn on the Commitment Termination Date shall be automatically cancelled.
 
  3.4.7   Simultaneously with each reduction of the Maximum Amount in accordance with Clause 3.4.1, Clause 3.4.2, Clause 3.4.3 or Clause 3.4.4 (as the case may be), the Commitment of each Lender will reduce or increase (as the case may be) so that the Commitments of the Lenders in respect of the amended Maximum Amount and Tranche Maximum Amounts remain in accordance with their respective Proportionate Shares. In the case of any increase in the Maximum Amount in accordance with Clause 2.1.2, the Commitment of each Lender will be in accordance with

27


 

      the revised Schedule 1 circulated by the Agent pursuant to Clause 2.1.2 at or about the relevant Upsize Trigger Date.
  3.5   Termination Date No Lender shall be under any obligation to advance all or any part of its Commitment after the Commitment Termination Date.
 
  3.6   Conditions subsequent The Borrowers undertake to deliver or to cause to be delivered to the Agent:
  3.6.1   on, or as soon as practicable after, the First Drawdown Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part II A or Part II B (as the case may be) of Schedule 3; and
 
  3.6.2   on, or as soon as practicable after, the Collateral Transfer Date the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part IV of Schedule 3;
 
  3.6.3   on, or as soon as practicable after, an Upsize Trigger Date, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part VI of Schedule 3; and
 
  3.6.4   on, or as soon as practicable after, the Tranche B Step Up Date, the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part VIII of Schedule 3.
  3.7   No Waiver If the Lenders in their sole discretion agree to advance a Drawing to the Borrowers before all of the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.1 have been delivered to or to the order of the Agent, the Borrowers undertake to deliver all outstanding documents and evidence to or to the order of the Agent no later than the date specified by the Agent.
 
      The advance of all or any part of the Facility under this Clause 3.7 shall not be taken as a waiver of the Lenders’ right to require production of all the documents and evidence required by Clause 3.1.
 
  3.8   Form and content All documents and evidence delivered to the Agent under this Clause 3 shall:
  3.8.1   be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent; and
 
  3.8.2   if reasonably required by the Agent, be certified, notarised, legalised or attested in a manner acceptable to the Agent.

28


 

4   Advance
  4.1   Drawdown Request The A Borrowers may request a Drawing in respect of Tranche A and the B Borrowers may request a Drawing in respect of Tranche B, in each case to be advanced on any Business Day prior to the Commitment Termination Date, by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Drawdown Notice not more than ten (10) and not fewer than three (3) Business Days before the proposed Drawdown Date save in respect of a Same Day Drawing.
 
  4.2   Lenders’ participation Subject to Clauses 2 and 3, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the receipt of a Drawdown Notice, following which each Lender shall advance its Proportionate Share of the relevant Drawing to the Borrowers through the Agent on the relevant Drawdown Date.
5   Repayment
  5.1   Repayment of each Drawing The Borrowers agree to repay each Drawing to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of the Interest Period in respect of that Drawing unless the Borrowers select a further Interest Period for that Drawing in accordance with Clause 7, provided that the Borrowers shall not be permitted to select such a further Interest Period if a Default has occurred and shall then be obliged to repay such Drawing on the last day of its then current Interest Period. The Borrowers shall on the Maturity Date repay to the Agent as agent for the Lenders all Facility Outstandings.
 
  5.2   Reborrowing Amounts of the Facility which are repaid or prepaid shall be available for reborrowing in accordance with Clause 3 prior to the Commitment Termination Date.
6   Prepayment
  6.1   Illegality If it becomes unlawful in any jurisdiction for a Lender to fund or maintain its Commitment as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain the Facility:
  6.1.1   that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of that event;
 
  6.1.2   upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitment of that Lender (to the extent not already advanced) will be immediately cancelled; and

29


 

  6.1.3   the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s Proportionate Share of any Drawing on the last day of its current Interest Period or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent and notified by the Agent to the Borrowers (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and the Maximum Amount shall be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Commitment in the Facility. Prior to the date on which repayment is required to be made under this Clause 6.1.3 the affected Lender shall negotiate in good faith with the Borrowers to find an alternative method or lending base in order to maintain the Facility.
  6.2   Voluntary prepayment of Facility The Borrowers may prepay the whole or any part of a Drawing (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces that Drawing by a minimum amount of five million Dollars ($5,000,000)) provided that they give the Agent not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior notice.
 
  6.3   Restrictions Any notice of prepayment given under this Clause 6 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant prepayment is to be made and the amount of that prepayment.
 
      Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.
 
      If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to the Borrowers or the Lenders, as appropriate.
 
  6.4   Mandatory Prepayment If at any time the Facility Outstandings shall exceed the Maximum Amount or the amount outstanding under a Tranche shall exceed the relevant Tranche Maximum Amount, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders such amounts as will ensure that the Facility Outstandings do not exceed the Maximum Amount or the amount outstanding under a Tranche shall not exceed the relevant Tranche Maximum Amount, and shall pay to the Lenders all interest accrued on the amount prepaid up to and including the date on which such prepayment occurred.

30


 

  6.5   Master Agreement Simultaneously with any mandatory prepayment or cancellation relating to Tranche A under this Clause 6 resulting from the sale or Total Loss of a Tranche A Vessel (but not otherwise), any transaction carried out under the Master Agreement relating to that part of Tranche A being prepaid or cancelled will be terminated unless the A Borrowers and the Swap Provider otherwise agree, and the A Borrowers will pay to the Swap Provider any sums payable under the Master Agreement pursuant to that early termination.
7   Interest
  7.1   Interest Periods The period during which each Drawing shall be outstanding under this Agreement shall be an Interest Period of one, three or six months’ duration, as selected by the Borrowers in the Drawdown Notice in respect of the Drawing in question, or such other duration as may be agreed by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders). Not more than seven (7) one (1) month Interest Periods in respect of a Tranche may be selected by the Borrowers in each twelve (12) month period.
 
  7.2   Beginning and end of Interest Periods The first Interest Period in respect of each Drawing shall begin on the Drawdown Date of that Drawing and shall end on the last day of the Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1. Any subsequent Interest Period selected in respect of each Drawing shall commence on the day following the last day of its previous Interest Period and shall end on the last day of its current Interest Period selected in accordance with Clause 7.1.
 
  7.3   Interest Periods to meet Maturity Date If an Interest Period for a Drawing would otherwise expire after the Maturity Date, the Interest Period for that Drawing shall expire on the Maturity Date.
 
  7.4   Non-Business Days If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
 
  7.5   Interest rate During each Interest Period interest shall accrue on the relevant Drawing at the rate determined by the Agent to be

31


 

  (i)   the WSJ Prime Rate in the case of the first Interest Period for a Same Day Drawing; or
 
  (ii)   in all other cases the aggregate of (a) the applicable Margin for that Tranche, (b) LIBOR and (c) the Mandatory Cost, if applicable.
  7.6   Failure to select Interest Period If the Borrowers at any time fail to select or agree an Interest Period in accordance with Clause 7.1, the Interest Period applicable shall be of three (3) months duration.
 
  7.7   Accrual and payment of interest Interest shall accrue from day to day, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and the actual number of days elapsed (or, in any circumstance where market practice differs, in accordance with the prevailing market practice) and shall be paid by the Borrowers to the Agent for the account of the Lenders on the last day of each Interest Period and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period.
 
  7.8   Default interest If the Borrowers fail to pay any amount payable by them under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date, subject to any applicable grace period, up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is one point five per cent (1.5%) higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Drawing for successive Interest Periods, each selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 7.8 shall be immediately payable by the Borrowers on demand by the Agent. If unpaid, any such interest will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.
 
  7.9   Changes in market circumstances If at any time the Agent determines (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding on the Borrowers) that, by reason of changes affecting the London interbank market, adequate and fair means do not exist for determining the rate of interest on a Drawing for any Interest Period:

32


 

  7.9.1   the Agent shall give notice to the Lenders and the Borrowers of the occurrence of such event; and
 
  7.9.2   the rate of interest on each Lender’s Commitment in the relevant Drawing for that Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:
  (a)   the relevant Margin; and
 
  (b)   the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its Commitment in the relevant Drawing from whatever source it may reasonably select; and
 
  (c)   the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s Commitment,
    PROVIDED THAT if the resulting rate of interest on any Commitment is not acceptable to the Borrowers:
  7.9.3   the Agent on behalf of the Lenders will negotiate with the Borrowers in good faith with a view to modifying this Agreement to provide a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest which is financially a substantial equivalent to the basis provided for in this Agreement;
 
  7.9.4   any substitute basis agreed pursuant to Clause 7.9.3 shall be binding on all the parties to this Agreement and shall apply to all Commitments in the relevant Drawing; and
 
  7.9.5   if, within thirty (30) days of the giving of the notice referred to in Clause 7.9.1, the Borrowers and the Agent fail to agree in writing on a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest in respect of the relevant Drawing, the relevant Lender shall cease to be obliged to advance its Proportionate Share of that Drawing, but, if it has already been advanced, the Borrowers will immediately prepay that Proportionate Share of that Drawing, together with any Break Costs, and the Maximum Amount shall

33


 

      be reduced by the amount of that Lender’s Proportionate Share of that Drawing.
 
  7.10   Determinations conclusive The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Clause 7 and each such determination shall (save in the case of manifest error) be final and conclusive.
8   Indemnities
  8.1   Transaction expenses The Borrowers will, within fourteen (14) days of the Agent’s written demand, pay the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) the amount of all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees and Value Added Tax or any similar or replacement tax if applicable) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties or any of them in connection with:
  8.1.1   the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and registration of the Finance Documents (whether or not any Finance Document is actually executed or registered and whether or not a Drawing is advanced);
 
  8.1.2   any amendment, addendum or supplement to any Finance Document (whether or not completed); and
 
  8.1.3   any other document which may at any time be required by a Finance Party to give effect to any Finance Document or which a Finance Party is entitled to call for or obtain under any Finance Document.
  8.2   Funding costs The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party if, for any reason due to a default or other action by the Borrowers, a Drawing is not advanced to the Borrowers after the relevant Drawdown Notice has been given to the Agent, or is advanced on a date other than that requested in the Drawdown Notice.
 
  8.3   Break Costs The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all documented costs, losses, premiums or penalties incurred by that Finance Party as a result of its receiving any prepayment of all or any part of a

34


 

      Drawing (whether pursuant to Clause 6 or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Drawing, or any other payment under or in relation to the Finance Documents on a day other than the due date for payment of the sum in question, including (without limitation) any losses or costs incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from third parties acquired to effect or maintain all or any part of a Drawing, and any liabilities, expenses or losses incurred by that Finance Party in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any interest rate and/or currency swap, transaction or arrangement entered into by that Finance Party with any member of either Group to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement, or in terminating or reversing, or otherwise in connection with, any open position arising under this Agreement.
 
  8.4   Currency indemnity In the event of a Finance Party receiving or recovering any amount payable under a Finance Document in a currency other than the Currency of Account, and if the amount received or recovered is insufficient when converted into the Currency of Account at the date of receipt to satisfy in full the amount due, the Borrowers shall, on the Agent’s written demand, pay to the Agent for the account of the relevant Finance Party such further amount in the Currency of Account as is sufficient to satisfy in full the amount due and that further amount shall be due to the Agent on behalf of the relevant Finance Party as a separate debt under this Agreement.
 
  8.5   Increased costs (subject to Clause 8.6) If, by reason of the introduction of any law, or any change in any law, or any change in the interpretation or administration of any law, or compliance with any request or requirement from any central bank or any fiscal, monetary or other authority occurring after the date of this Agreement:
  8.5.1   a Finance Party (or the Holding Company of a Finance Party) shall be subject to any Tax with respect to payment of all or any part of the Indebtedness (other than Tax on overall net income); or
 
  8.5.2   the basis of Taxation of payments to a Finance Party in respect of all or any part of the Indebtedness shall be changed; or

35


 

  8.5.3   any reserve requirements shall be imposed, modified or deemed applicable against assets held by or deposits in or for the account of or loans by any branch of a Finance Party; or
 
  8.5.4   the manner in which a Finance Party allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement or any ratio (whether cash, capital adequacy, liquidity or otherwise) which a Finance Party is required or requested to maintain shall be affected; or
 
  8.5.5   there is imposed on a Finance Party (or on the Holding Company of a Finance Party) any other condition in relation to the Indebtedness or the Finance Documents;
      and the result of any of the above shall be to increase the cost to a Finance Party (or to the Holding Company of a Finance Party) of that Finance Party making or maintaining its Commitment, or to cause a Finance Party to suffer (in its opinion) a material reduction in the rate of return on its overall capital below the level which it reasonably anticipated at the date of this Agreement and which it would have been able to achieve but for its entering into this Agreement and/or performing its obligations under this Agreement, then, subject to Clause 8.6, the Finance Party affected shall notify the Agent and the Borrowers shall from time to time pay to the Agent on demand for the account of that Finance Party the amount which shall compensate that Finance Party (or the relevant Holding Company) for such additional cost or reduced return. A certificate signed by an authorised signatory of that Finance Party setting out the amount of that payment and the basis of its calculation shall be submitted to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive evidence of such amount save for manifest error or on any question of law.
 
  8.6   Exceptions to increased costs Clause 8.5 does not apply to the extent any additional cost or reduced return referred to in that Clause is:
  8.6.1   compensated for by a payment made under Clause 8.10; or
 
  8.6.2   compensated for by a payment made under Clause 17.3; or
 
  8.6.3   compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

36


 

  8.6.4   attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party (or the Holding Company of that Finance Party) of any law or regulation.
  8.7   Events of Default The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party from time to time, by payment to the Agent (for the account of that Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand, against all losses and costs incurred or sustained by that Finance Party as a consequence of any Event of Default.
 
  8.8   Enforcement costs The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by a Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document including (without limitation) any losses, costs and expenses which that Finance Party may from time to time sustain, incur or become liable for by reason of that Finance Party being mortgagee of a Vessel and/or a lender to the Borrowers, or by reason of that Finance Party being deemed by any court or authority to be an operator or controller, or in any way concerned in the operation or control, of a Vessel. No such indemnity will be given where any such loss or cost has occurred due to gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of that Finance Party; however, this shall not affect the right of any other Finance Party to receive such indemnity.
 
  8.9   Other costs The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Finance Party) on the Agent’s written demand the amount of all sums which a Finance Party may pay or become actually or contingently liable for on account of the Borrowers in connection with a Vessel (whether alone or jointly or jointly and severally with any other person) including (without limitation) all sums which that Finance Party may pay or guarantees which it may give in respect of the Insurances, any expenses incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the maintenance or repair of a Vessel or in discharging any lien, bond or other claim relating in any way to a Vessel, and any sums which that Finance Party may pay or guarantees which it may give to procure the release of a Vessel from arrest or detention.
 
  8.10   Taxes The Borrowers shall pay all Taxes to which all or any part of the Indebtedness or any Finance Document may be at any time subject (other than Tax on a Finance Party’s overall net income) and shall indemnify the Finance

37


 

      Parties, by payment to the Agent (for the account of the Finance Parties) on the Agent’s written demand, against all liabilities, costs, claims and expenses resulting from any omission to pay or delay in paying any such Taxes.
9   Fees
  9.1   Commitment fee The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders in proportion to their Commitments) a fee computed at the rate of thirty per cent (30%) of the applicable Margin on the undrawn and uncancelled amount of the Tranche Maximum Amounts from time to time from 26 September 2007 until the Commitment Termination Date. The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each fiscal quarter following the 26 September 2007 and on the Commitment Termination Date.
 
  9.2   Other fees The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders the fees in the amount and at the times agreed in the Fee Letter.
 
  9.3   Upsize Fees The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders the fees in the amount and at the times agreed in each Upsize Notice.
 
  9.4   Agency fee The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for its own account an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in the Fee Letter.
10   Security and Application of Moneys
  10.1   Security Documents As security for the payment of the Indebtedness, the Borrowers shall execute and deliver to the Security Trustee or cause to be executed and delivered to the Security Trustee the following documents (other than those relating to m.v. “Hugli Spirit” or to Hugli which are to be provided on or prior to the Tranche B Step Up Date) in such forms and containing such terms and conditions as the Security Trustee shall require:
  10.1.1   a first priority statutory mortgage over each of the Vessels together with a collateral deed of covenants;
 
  10.1.2   a first priority deed or deeds of assignment of the Insurances, Earnings, and Requisition Compensation of each of the Vessels;

38


 

  10.1.3 (a)   an on demand guarantee and indemnity from Guarantor A in respect of the obligations of the A Borrowers and any Collateral Transfer Borrowers, to be delivered to the Security Trustee no later than thirty (30) days after the Guarantor A Float Date; and
 
             (b)   an on demand guarantee and indemnity from Guarantor B (i) in respect of the obligations of the A Borrowers of the Tranche A Indebtedness from the Execution Date until the earlier of the delivery of the guarantee and indemnity referred to in paragraph (a) above and the end of the Facility Period and (ii) in respect of the obligations of the B Borrowers of the Tranche B Indebtedness from the Execution Date until the end of the Facility Period; and
 
  10.1.4   a pledge of shares over each of the A Borrowers given by Guarantor A (or by a Pledgor prior to the Guarantor A Float Date) and over each of the B Borrowers given by Guarantor B (or Guarantor A following a Collateral Transfer in respect of that B Borrower).
      In each case the Security Documents executed in respect of Tranche A Vessels or A Borrowers will secure the Tranche A Indebtedness from time to time and the Security Documents executed in respect of Tranche B Vessels or B Borrowers will secure the Tranche B Indebtedness from time to time.
  10.2   Remittance of Earnings Immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default the Borrowers shall procure that all Earnings are paid to such account(s) as the Agent shall from time to time specify by notice in writing to the Borrowers.
  10.3   General application of moneys Whilst an Event of Default is continuing unremedied and unwaived each of the Borrowers irrevocably authorises the Agent and the Security Trustee to apply all sums which either of them may receive:
  10.3.1   pursuant to a sale or other disposition of a Vessel or any right, title or interest in the Vessel; or
 
  10.3.2   by way of payment of any sum in respect of the Insurances, Earnings or Requisition Compensation; or
 
  10.3.3   otherwise arising under or in connection with any Security Document,

39


 

      in accordance with Clause 3.4.3 or Clause 3.4.4 (if relevant) or otherwise in or towards satisfaction, or by way of retention on account, of the Indebtedness as follows:-
  (A)   in the case of any Security Document securing both Tranche A and Tranche B:
 
  (i)   first in payment of all outstanding fees and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee;
 
  (ii)   secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest hereunder;
 
  (iii)   thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal hereunder;
 
  (iv)   fourthly in or towards payment of all other Indebtedness hereunder;
 
  (v)   fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the Borrowers or whoever may be entitled thereto,
 
  (B)   in the case of any Security Document securing only Tranche A:
 
  (i)   first in payment of all outstanding fees and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee;
 
  (ii)   secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest in respect of Tranche A hereunder;
 
  (iii)   thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal of Tranche A hereunder;
 
  (iv)   fourthly in or towards payment to the Swap Provider of the Master Agreement Liabilities;
 
  (iv)   fifthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the A Borrowers or whoever may be entitled thereto,
 
  (C)   in the case of any Security Documents securing only Tranche B:
 
  (i)   first in payment of all outstanding fees and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee;

40


 

  (ii)   secondly in or towards payment of all outstanding interest in respect of Tranche B hereunder;
 
  (iii)   thirdly in or towards payment of all outstanding principal of Tranche B hereunder;
 
  (iv)   fourthly the balance, if any, shall be remitted to the B Borrowers or whoever may be entitled thereto.
11   Representations and Warranties
 
    Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants to each of the Finance Parties at the Execution Date and (by reference to the facts and circumstances then pertaining) at the date of each Drawdown Notice, at each Drawdown Date and at each Interest Payment Date as follows (except that the representation and warranty contained at Clause 11.6 shall only be made on the First Drawdown Date and that the representations and warranties contained at Clause 11.2 and 11.21 shall only be made on the Execution Date).
  11.1   Status and Due Authorisation Each of the Security Parties is a corporation duly incorporated under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with power to enter into the Finance Documents and to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and all corporate and other action required to authorise its execution of the Finance Documents and its performance of its obligations thereunder has been duly taken.
 
  11.2   No Deductions or Withholding Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, none of the Security Parties will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any payment it may make under any of the Finance Documents.
 
  11.3   Claims Pari Passu Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation in force at the date hereof, the Indebtedness will, to the extent that it exceeds the realised value of any security granted in respect of the Indebtedness, rank at least pari passu with all the Security Parties’ other unsecured indebtedness save that which is preferred solely by any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application.

41


 

  11.4   No Immunity In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents, none of the Security Parties will be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.
 
  11.5   Governing Law and Judgments In any proceedings taken in any of the Security Parties’ jurisdiction of incorporation or formation in relation to any of the Finance Documents in which there is an express choice of the law of a particular country as the governing law thereof, that choice of law and any judgment or (if applicable) arbitral award obtained in that country will be recognised and enforced.
 
  11.6   Validity and Admissibility in Evidence As at the date hereof, all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order (a) to enable each of the Security Parties lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents, (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding and (c) to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in the jurisdictions of incorporation of each of the Security Parties, have been done, fulfilled and performed.
 
  11.7   No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of the Security Parties’ respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation in force at the date hereof, it is not necessary that any of the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation (other than the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales or the relevant maritime registry, to the extent applicable) or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents.
 
  11.8   Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Finance Documents are legal and valid obligations, binding on each of them in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents and no limit on any of their powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowings, granting of security or giving of guarantees contemplated by the Finance Documents or the performance by any of them of any of their obligations thereunder.

42


 

  11.9   No Winding-up Neither the Borrowers nor the Guarantors have taken any corporate action nor have any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrowers’ knowledge and belief) threatened against the Borrowers or the Guarantors for their winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its assets or revenues which might have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of the relevant Group taken as a whole.
 
  11.10   Solvency
  11.10.1   Neither the Borrowers, the Guarantors nor either Group taken as a whole is unable, or admits or has admitted its inability, to pay its debts or has suspended making payments in respect of any of its debts.
 
  11.10.2   Neither the Borrowers nor the Guarantors by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, has commenced, or intends to commence, negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
 
  11.10.3   The value of the assets of each of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and each Group taken as a whole is not less than the liabilities of such entity or such Group taken as a whole (as the case may be) (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).
 
  11.10.4   No moratorium has been, or may, in the reasonably foreseeable future be, declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrowers or the Guarantors.
  11.11   No Material Defaults
  11.11.1   Without prejudice to Clause 11.11.2, neither the Borrowers nor the Guarantors is in breach of or in default under any agreement to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets to an extent or in a manner which might have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of either of the Guarantors.

43


 

  11.11.2   No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the advance of any Drawing.
  11.12   No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which is not covered by adequate insurance or which might have a material adverse effect on the business or financial condition of either Group taken as a whole has been started or is reasonably likely to be started.
 
  11.13   Guarantors’ Accounts All financial statements relating to the Guarantors required to be delivered under Clause 9 of the respective Guarantees, were each prepared in accordance with GAAP, give (in conjunction with the notes thereto) a true and fair view of (in the case of annual financial statements) or fairly represent (in the case of quarterly accounts) the financial condition of each of the Guarantors at the date as of which they were prepared and the results of each of the Guarantors operations during the financial period then ended.
 
  11.14   No Material Adverse Change Since the publication of the last financial statements relating to each of the Guarantors delivered pursuant to Clause 9 of the respective Guarantees, there has been no change that has a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  11.15   No Undisclosed Liabilities As at the date to which the Guarantor’s Accounts were prepared neither the Borrowers nor the Guarantors had any material liabilities (contingent or otherwise) which were not disclosed thereby (or by the notes thereto) or reserved against therein nor any unrealised or anticipated losses arising from commitments entered into by it which were not so disclosed or reserved against therein.
 
  11.16   No Obligation to Create Security The execution of the Security Documents by the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations thereunder will not result in the existence of nor oblige the Borrowers or the Guarantors to create any Encumbrance over all or any of their present or future revenues or assets, other than pursuant to the Finance Documents.
 
  11.17   No Breach The execution of the Finance Documents by each of the Security Parties and their exercise of their rights and performance of their obligations

44


 

      under any of the Finance Documents do not constitute and will not result in any breach of any agreement or treaty to which any of them is a party.
 
  11.18   Security Each of the Security Parties is the legal and beneficial owner of all assets and other property which it purports to charge, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise secure pursuant to each Finance Document and those Finance Documents to which it is a party create and give rise to valid and effective security having the ranking expressed in those Finance Documents.
 
  11.19   Necessary Authorisations The Necessary Authorisations required by each Security Party are in full force and effect, and each Security Party is in compliance with the material provisions of each such Necessary Authorisation relating to it and, to the best of its knowledge, none of the Necessary Authorisations relating to it are the subject of any pending or threatened proceedings or revocation.
 
  11.20   Money Laundering Any amount borrowed hereunder, and the performance of the obligations of the Security Parties under the Finance Documents, will be for the account of members of the Groups and will not involve any breach by any of them of any law or regulatory measure relating to “money laundering” as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (91/308/EEC) of the Council of the European Communities.
 
  11.21   Disclosure of material facts The Borrowers are not aware of any material facts or circumstances which have not been disclosed to the Agent and which might, if disclosed, have reasonably been expected to adversely affect the decision of a person considering whether or not to make loan facilities of the nature contemplated by this Agreement available to the Borrowers.
 
  11.22   Use of Facility The Facility will be used for the purposes specified in the Recital.
 
  11.23   Representations Limited The representation and warranties of the Borrowers in this Clause 11 are subject to:
  11.23.1   the principle that equitable remedies are remedies which may be granted or refused at the discretion of the court;

45


 

  11.23.2   the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, reorganisation, court schemes, moratoria, administration and other laws generally affecting or limiting the rights of creditors;
 
  11.23.3   the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation acts;
 
  11.23.4   the possibility that a court may strike out provisions for a contract as being invalid for reasons of oppression, undue influence or similar; and
 
  11.23.5   any other reservations or qualifications of law expressed in any legal opinions obtained by the Agent in connection with the Facility.
12   Undertakings and Covenants
 
    The undertakings and covenants in this Clause 12 remain in force for the duration of the Facility Period.
  12.1   General Undertakings
  12.1.1   Maintenance of Legal Validity The Borrowers shall obtain, comply with the terms of and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all authorisations, approvals, licences and consents required in or by the laws and regulations of its jurisdiction of formation and all other applicable jurisdictions, to enable them lawfully to enter into and perform their obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Finance Documents in their jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation and all other applicable jurisdictions.
 
  12.1.2   Notification of Default The Borrowers shall promptly, upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Agent in writing of the occurrence of any Event of Default and, upon receipt of a written request to that effect from the Agent, confirm to the Agent that, save as previously notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation, no Event of Default has occurred.
 
  12.1.3   Claims Pari Passu The Borrowers shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Finance Parties against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured creditors save

46


 

      those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, winding-up or other similar laws of general application.
 
  12.1.4   Management of Vessels The Borrowers shall ensure that m.v. “NASSAU SPIRIT” is at all times technically and commercially managed either by a company controlled by OAO Sovcomflot or by a management company controlled by Guarantor B or by A/S Dampskibsselskabet Torm, or such other management company as may be acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders. The Borrowers shall ensure that each of the other Vessels is at all times technically and commercially managed by a management company controlled by Guarantor B or by A/S Dampskibsselskabet Torm or such other management company as may be acceptable to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.
 
  12.1.5   Classification The Borrowers shall ensure that each of the Vessels maintains the highest classification required for the purpose of the relevant trade of such Vessel which shall be with a Pre-Approved Classification Society, in each case, free from any overdue recommendations and conditions affecting that Vessel’s class.
 
  12.1.6   Certificate of Financial Responsibility The Borrowers shall obtain and maintain a certificate of financial responsibility in relation to any Vessel which is to call at the United States of America.
 
  12.1.7   Negative Pledge The Borrowers shall not create, or permit to subsist, any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to the Security Documents) over all or any part of the Vessels or the Insurances other than a Permitted Encumbrance.
 
  12.1.8   Registration The Borrowers shall not change or permit a change to the flag of the Vessels during the Facility Period other than to a Pre-Approved Flag or under such other flag as may be approved by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

47


 

  12.1.9   ISM and ISPS Compliance The Borrowers shall ensure that the relevant Company complies in all material respects with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code or any replacements thereof and in particular (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) shall ensure that the Company holds (i) a valid and current Document of Compliance issued pursuant to the ISM Code, (ii) a valid and current SMC issued in respect of each Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code, and (iii) an ISSC in respect of each Vessel, and the Borrowers shall promptly, upon request, supply the Agent with copies of the same.
 
  12.1.10   Necessary Authorisations Without prejudice to Clause 12.1.9 or any other specific provision of the Security Documents relating to an Authorisation, the Borrowers shall (i) obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect all Necessary Authorisations if a failure to do the same may cause a Material Adverse Effect; and (ii) promptly upon request, supply certified copies to the Agent of all Necessary Authorisations.
 
  12.1.11   Compliance with Applicable Laws The Borrowers shall comply with all applicable laws to which they may be subject if a failure to do the same may have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  12.1.12   Loans and Guarantees The Borrowers shall be permitted to make loans and grant credit upon such terms as they may determine to any other member of their Group and may otherwise give any guarantee or indemnity to procure financing for other members of their Group, but shall not otherwise make any loans or grant any credit (save in the ordinary course of business) or give any guarantee or indemnity (except pursuant to the Security Documents); Provided that the Borrowers shall not make any such loans or guarantees following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied or unwaived.
 
  12.1.13   Further Assurance The Borrowers shall at their own expense, promptly take all such action as the Agent may reasonably require for the purpose of perfecting or protecting any Finance Party’s rights with respect to the security created or evidenced (or intended to be created or evidenced) by the Security Documents.

48


 

  12.1.14   Other information The Borrowers will promptly supply to the Agent such information and explanations as the Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably require in connection with the operation of the Vessels and any reasonable financial information in connection with the Borrowers, and will procure that the Agent be given the like information and explanations relating to all other Security Parties.
 
  12.1.15   Inspection of records Following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived the Borrowers will permit the inspection of their financial records and accounts on reasonable notice from time to time during business hours by the Agent or its nominee.
 
  12.1.16   Valuations The Borrowers will deliver to the Agent a Valuation of each of the Vessels (i) on the due date for delivery of the annual Guarantors’ Accounts pursuant to clause 9 of each Guarantee and (ii) following the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived on such other occasions as the Agent may request.
 
  12.1.17   Insurance The Borrowers shall ensure at their own expense throughout the Facility Period that the Vessels are insured and operated in accordance with the provisions set out in the relevant Security Documents.
 
  12.1.18   Change of Control The Borrowers shall procure that throughout the Facility Period:
  (a)   Ownership of Guarantor A Guarantor B shall remain the one hundred per cent (100%) legal and beneficial owner of Guarantor A (either directly or indirectly) until Guarantor A is listed on a recognised stock exchange, and at all times Guarantor B shall maintain a minimum of fifty one per cent (51%) voting and management control in respect of Guarantor A;
 
  (b)   Ownership of Guarantor B no person or no two or more persons acting in concert (excluding Resolute Investments Inc. or any successor thereto) acquire (a) legally or beneficially and either directly or indirectly more than fifty per cent (50%) of the entire issued share capital of Guarantor B; or (b) the right or ability to

49


 

      control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or the composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent of it) of Guarantor B; and
 
  (c)   Ownership of the Borrowers in respect of the Borrowers (i) the relevant Pledgor or Guarantor A shall remain the legal and beneficial owner of the A Borrowers and any Collateral Transfer Borrowers following the relevant Collateral Transfer Date (ii) Guarantor B shall remain the legal and beneficial owner of the B Borrowers (other than, prior to the Tranche B Step Up Date, Hugli and other than any Collateral Transfer Borrowers following the relevant Collateral Transfer Date) and (iii) following the Tranche B Step Up Date Guarantor B shall remain the legal and beneficial owner of Hugli unless and until Hugli becomes a Collateral Transfer Borrower.
  12.1.19   “Know your customer” checks If:
  (a)   the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
 
  (b)   any change in the status of the Borrowers after the Execution Date; or
 
  (c)   a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,
      obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrowers shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender for itself (or, in the case of (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in

50


 

      Order for the Agent or that Lender (or, in the case of (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
 
  12.1.20   Borrowings The Borrowers will (a) not (save hereunder) borrow from entities other than members of either Group and (b) will only borrow from other members of either Group on a subordinated and unsecured basis.
 
  12.1.21   No Dividends The Borrowers shall not pay dividends whilst an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing unremedied and unwaived.
 
  12.1.22   No disposal of Assets The Borrowers shall not dispose of any material assets other than as permitted in the Finance Documents.
 
  12.1.23   Chartering The Borrowers shall not bareboat charter any of the Vessels during the Facility Period.
13   Events of Default
  13.1   Events of Default Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13.1 is an Event of Default.
  13.1.1   Borrowers’ Failure to Pay under this Agreement The Borrowers fail to pay any amount of principal due from them under this Agreement at the time, in the currency and otherwise in the manner specified herein provided that, if the Borrowers can demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that all necessary instructions were given to effect such payment and the non-receipt thereof is attributable solely to an error in the banking system, such payment shall instead be deemed to be due, solely for the purposes of this paragraph, within three (3) Business Days of the date on which it actually fell due under this Agreement (if a payment of principal), five (5) Business Days (if a payment of interest or fees) or ten (10) Business Days (if a sum payable on demand); or

51


 

  13.1.2   Misrepresentation Any representation or statement made by any Security Party in any Security Document to which it is a party or in any notice or other document, certificate or statement delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect, where the circumstances causing the same give rise to a Material Adverse Effect; or
 
  13.1.3   Specific Covenants A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by or procured by the Borrowers under Clauses 12.1.7, 12.1.17 or 12.1.18 or undertaken by the Guarantors under Clauses 8.1.1 or 8.1.2 of each of the Guarantees; or
 
  13.1.4   Financial Covenants A Guarantor is in breach of that Guarantor’s financial covenants set out in Clauses 8.1.1 or 8.1.2 of the applicable Guarantee at any time; or
 
  13.1.5   Other Obligations A Security Party fails duly to perform or comply with any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Security Document (other than those referred to in Clause 13.1.3 or Clause 13.1.4) and such failure is not remedied within 30 days after the Agent has given notice thereof to the Borrowers; or
 
  13.1.6   Cross Default Any indebtedness of any Security Party is not paid when due (or within any applicable grace period) or any indebtedness of any Security Party is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity where (in either case) in the case of the Guarantors the aggregate of all such unpaid or accelerated indebtedness (i) of Guarantor B is equal to or greater than one hundred million Dollars ($100,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) of Guarantor A, is equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or
 
  13.1.7   Insolvency and Rescheduling A Security Party is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of

52


 

      its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a composition with its creditors; or
  13.1.8   Winding-up A Security Party takes any corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation or for the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator, custodian, trustee or similar officer of it or of any or all of its revenues or assets or any moratorium is declared or sought in respect of any of its indebtedness; or
 
  13.1.9   Execution or Distress
  (a)   Any Security Party fails to comply with or pay any sum due from it (within 30 days of such amount falling due) under any final judgment or any final order made or given by any court or other official body of a competent jurisdiction in an aggregate (i) in respect of Guarantor B equal to or greater than one hundred million Dollars ($100,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of Guarantor A equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (iii) in respect of each Borrower equal to or greater than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency being a judgment or order against which there is no right of appeal or if a right of appeal exists, where the time limit for making such appeal has expired.
 
  (b)   Any execution or distress is levied against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any part of, the property, undertaking or assets of a Security Party in an aggregate amount (i) in respect of Guarantor B equal to or greater than one hundred million Dollars ($100,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (ii) in respect of Guarantor A equal to or greater than twenty five million Dollars ($25,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency; or (iii) in respect of each Borrower equal to or greater than five million Dollars ($5,000,000) or its equivalent in any other currency other than any execution or distress which is

53


 

      being contested in good faith and which is either discharged within 30 days or in respect of which adequate security has been provided within 30 days to the relevant court or other authority to enable the relevant execution or distress to be lifted or released.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs of this Clause 13.1.9, any levy of any distress on or any arrest, condemnation, confiscation, requisition for title or use, compulsory acquisition, seizure, detention or forfeiture of a Vessel (or any part thereof) or any exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim on or against a Vessel where the release of or discharge the lien or claim on or against such Vessel has not been procured within 30 days; or
  13.1.10   Similar Event Any event occurs which, under the laws of any jurisdiction, has a similar or analogous effect to any of those events mentioned in Clauses 13.1.7, 13.1.8 and 13.1.9; or
 
  13.1.11   Insurances Insurance is not maintained in respect of any Vessel in accordance with the terms of the relevant Security Document in respect of that Vessel; or
 
  13.1.12   Class A Vessel has its classification withdrawn by the relevant classification society PROVIDED THAT if such withdrawal is (in the opinion of the Agent in its absolute discretion) capable of remedy such Event of Default shall only occur if the Vessel’s classification is not reinstated to the satisfaction of the Agent within twenty one (21) days; or

54


 

  13.1.13   Environmental Matters
  (a)   Any Environmental Claim is pending or made against an Owner or any of an Owner’s Environmental Affiliates or in connection with a Vessel, where such Environmental Claim has a Material Adverse Effect.
 
  (b)   Any actual Environmental Incident occurs in connection with a Vessel, where such Environmental Incident has a Material Adverse Effect; or
  13.1.14   Repudiation Any Security Party repudiates any Security Document to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any such Security Document; or
 
  13.1.15   Validity and Admissibility At any time any act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:
  (a)   to enable any Security Party lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the respective obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Security Documents;
 
  (b)   to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by each of the Security Parties in the Security Documents are legal, valid and binding; or
 
  (c)   to make the Security Documents admissible in evidence in any applicable jurisdiction is not done, fulfilled or performed within 30 days after notification from the Agent to the relevant Security Party requiring the same to be done, fulfilled or performed; or
  13.1.16   Illegality At any time it is or becomes unlawful for any Security Party to perform or comply with any or all of its obligations under the Security Documents to which it is a party or any of the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder are not or cease to be legal, valid and binding and such illegality is not remedied or mitigated to the satisfaction of the

55


 

      Agent within thirty (30) days after it has given notice thereof to the relevant Security Party; or
 
  13.1.17   Material Adverse Change At any time there shall occur a change in the business or operations of a Security Party or a change in the financial condition of any Security Party which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, materially impairs such Security Party’s ability to discharge its obligations under the Security Documents in the manner provided therein and such change, if capable of remedy, is not so remedied within thirty (30) days of the delivery of a notice confirming such change by the Agent to the relevant Security Party; or
 
  13.1.18   Qualifications of Financial Statements The auditors of either Group qualify their report on any audited consolidated financial statements of such Group in any regard which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has a Material Adverse Effect; or
 
  13.1.19   Conditions Subsequent if any of the conditions set out in Clause 3.6 is not satisfied within thirty (30) days or such other time period specified by the Agent in its discretion; or
 
  13.1.20   Revocation or Modification of consents etc. if any Necessary Authorisation which is now or which at any time during the Facility Period becomes necessary to enable any of the Security Parties to comply with any of their obligations in or pursuant to any of the Security Documents is revoked, withdrawn or withheld, or modified in a manner which the Agent reasonably considers is, or may be, prejudicial to the interests of a Finance Party in a material manner, or if such Necessary Authorisation ceases to remain in full force and effect; or
 
  13.1.21   Curtailment of Business if the business of any of the Security Parties is wholly or materially curtailed by any intervention by or under authority of any government, or if all or a substantial part of the undertaking, property or assets of any of the Security Parties is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired by or under authority of any government or any Security Party disposes or threatens to dispose of a substantial part of its business or assets; or

56


 

  13.1.22   C hallenge to Registration if the registration of any Vessel or any Mortgage becomes void or voidable or liable to cancellation or termination; or
 
  13.1.23   War if the country of registration of any Vessel becomes involved in war (whether or not declared) or civil war or is occupied by any other power and the Agent reasonably considers that, as a result, the security conferred by the Security Documents is materially prejudiced; or
 
  13.1.24   Notice of Termination if a Guarantor gives notice to the Agent to determine its obligations under a Guarantee.
  13.2   Acceleration If an Event of Default is continuing unremedied or unwaived the Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders) and shall (at the request of the Majority Lenders) by notice to the Borrowers cancel any part of the Maximum Amount not then advanced and:
  13.2.1   declare that the Facility, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents are immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or
 
  13.2.2   declare that the Facility is payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent; and/or
 
  13.2.3   declare the Commitments terminated and the Maximum Amount reduced to zero.
14   Assignment and Sub-Participation
  14.1   Lenders’ rights Subject to the Borrowers’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) a Lender may assign any of its rights under this Agreement or sell participations in its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any other branch or Affiliate of that Lender or (subject to a minimum assignment amount of five million Dollars ($5,000,000)) to any other bank or financial institution or special purpose vehicles wholly owned by a bank or financial institution, and may grant sub-participations in all or any part of its Commitment. Any such

57


 

      assignment or transfer must include a pro rata share of that Lender’s Commitment in respect of Tranche A and Tranche B.
  14.2   Borrowers’ co-operation The Borrowers will co-operate fully with a Lender in connection with any assignment, transfer or sub-participation by that Lender; will execute and procure the execution of such documents as that Lender may require in that connection; and irrevocably authorises any Finance Party to disclose to any proposed assignee, transferee or sub-participant (whether before or after any assignment, transfer or sub-participation and whether or not any assignment, transfer or sub-participation shall take place) all information relating to the Security Parties, the Facility, the Relevant Documents and the Vessels which any Finance Party may in its discretion consider necessary or desirable (subject to any duties of confidentiality applicable to the Lenders generally). Additionally, (but subject to the same duties of confidentiality), any Lender may disclose the size and term of the Facility and the names of each Security Party to any investor or potential investor in a securitisation whether of a true sale, synthetic or other nature (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Lender’s rights and obligations under the Finance Documents or to any ratings agency, professional adviser, financial institution or other person for the same purpose.
 
  14.3   Rights of assignee Any assignee of a Lender shall (unless limited by the express terms of the assignment) take the full benefit of every provision of the Finance Documents benefiting that Lender PROVIDED THAT an assignment will only be effective on notification by the Agent to that Lender and the assignee that the Agent is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “Know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to the assignee.
 
  14.4   Transfer Certificates If a Lender wishes to transfer any of its rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement, it may do so by delivering to the Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate, in which event on the Transfer Date:
  14.4.1   to the extent that that Lender seeks to transfer its rights and obligations, the Borrowers (on the one hand) and that Lender (on the other) shall be released from all further obligations towards the other;

58


 

  14.4.2   the Borrowers (on the one hand) and the transferee (on the other) shall assume obligations towards the other identical to those released pursuant to Clause 14.4.1; and
 
  14.4.3   the Agent, each of the Lenders and the transferee shall have the same rights and obligations between themselves as they would have had if the transferee had been an original party to this Agreement as a Lender
PROVIDED THAT the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate once:
  (a)   it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to the transferee; and
 
  (b)   the transferee has paid to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of three thousand five hundred Dollars ($3,500).
The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate.
  14.5   Finance Documents Unless otherwise expressly provided in any Finance Document or otherwise expressly agreed between a Lender and any proposed transferee and notified by that Lender to the Agent on or before the relevant Transfer Date, there shall automatically be assigned to the transferee with any transfer of a Lender’s rights and obligations under or pursuant to this Agreement the rights of that Lender under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (other than this Agreement) which relate to the portion of that Lender’s rights and obligations transferred by the relevant Transfer Certificate.
 
  14.6   No assignment or transfer by the Borrowers or the Guarantors The Borrowers and the Guarantors may not assign any of their rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
 
  14.7   Transfer of the Facility Agreement by KfW . Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 14.1 KfW may transfer all its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a KfW Subsidiary with effect from 1 January 2008 or any later date. By

59


 

      signing this Agreement the Borrowers consents to such a transfer. KfW or the KfW Subsidiary will inform the Borrowers of the date on which the transfer of KfW’s rights and obligations to the KfW Subsidiary takes effect. In this connection the following will apply:
  14.7.1   Deductions and Increased costs. If, by reason of circumstances already existing at the transfer date, the Borrowers would be obliged to make a payment to the KfW Subsidiary under Clauses 8.5, 17.2 or 17.3, it need pay the KfW Subsidiary only such an amount as it would have been obliged to pay KfW if the transfer had not occurred.
 
  14.7.2   Costs . KfW will pay all costs incurred as a result of or in connection with such transfer.
For the purposes of this Clause KfW Subsidiary means a company which within the meaning of section 15 ff. German Stock Corporation Act ( Aktiengesetz ) is directly or indirectly (i) majority owned ( im Mehrheitsbesitz ) by KfW or (ii) controlled ( abhängig ) by KfW.
  14.8   Disclosure of information . In connection with any transfer under Clause 14.7 KfW may disclose confidential information to the KfW Subsidiary or its agents or its legal advisors.
 
  14.9   Mitigation If a transfer is to take place under Clause 14.7 then, without in any way limiting the rights of KfW under Clauses 8.5, 17.2 or 17.3, KfW shall take reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to Clauses 8.5, 17.2 or 17.3 and it shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for the Borrowers to obtain authorisation to make any payment under Clauses 8.5, 17.2 or 17.3 without a deduction or withholding.
15   The Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders
  15.1   Appointment
  15.1.1   Each Lender and the Swap Provider appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents and each Lender,

60


 

      the Agent and the Swap Provider appoints the Security Trustee to act as its security agent for the purpose of the Security Documents.
 
  15.1.2   Each Lender and the Swap Provider authorises the Agent, and each Lender, the Agent and the Swap Provider authorises the Security Trustee, to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
 
  15.1.3   Except where the context otherwise requires, references in this Clause 15 to the “ Agent ” shall mean the Agent and the Security Trustee individually and collectively.
  15.2   Authority Each Lender and the Swap Provider irrevocably authorises the Security Trustee (in the case of Clause 15.2.1) and the Agent (in the case of Clauses 15.2.2, 15.2.3 and 15.2.4) (in each case subject to Clauses 15.4 and 15.18):
  15.2.1   to execute any Finance Document (other than this Agreement and other than the Master Agreement) on its behalf;
 
  15.2.2   to collect, receive, release or pay any money on its behalf;
 
  15.2.3   acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Security Document expressly provide otherwise) to give or withhold any waivers, consents or approvals under or pursuant to any Finance Document; and
 
  15.2.4   acting on the instructions from time to time of the Majority Lenders (save where the terms of any Security Document expressly provide otherwise) to exercise, or refrain from exercising, any rights, powers, authorities or discretions under or pursuant to any Finance Document.
The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities as agent or as security agent other than those expressly conferred on it by the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to act on any instructions from the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if to do so would, in the opinion of the Agent, be contrary to any provision of the

61


 

Finance Documents or to any law, or would expose the Agent to any actual or potential liability to any third party.
  15.3   Trust The Security Trustee agrees and declares, and each of the other Finance Parties acknowledges, that, subject to the terms and conditions of this Clause 15.3, the Security Trustee holds the Trust Property on trust for the Finance Parties absolutely. Each of the other Finance Parties agrees that the obligations, rights and benefits vested in the Security Trustee shall be performed and exercised in accordance with this Clause 15.3. The Security Trustee shall have the benefit of all of the provisions of this Agreement benefiting it in its capacity as security agent for the Finance Parties, and all the powers and discretions conferred on trustees by the Trustee Act 1925 (to the extent not inconsistent with this Agreement). In addition:
  15.3.1   the Security Trustee and any attorney, agent or delegate of the Security Trustee may indemnify itself or himself out of the Trust Property against all liabilities, costs, fees, damages, charges, losses and expenses sustained or incurred by it or him in relation to the taking or holding of any of the Trust Property or in connection with the exercise or purported exercise of the rights, trusts, powers and discretions vested in the Security Trustee or any other such person by or pursuant to the Security Documents or in respect of anything else done or omitted to be done in any way relating to the Security Documents other than as a result of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;
 
  15.3.2   the other Finance Parties acknowledge that the Security Trustee shall be under no obligation to insure any property nor to require any other person to insure any property and shall not be responsible for any loss which may be suffered by any person as a result of the lack or insufficiency of any insurance; and
 
  15.3.3   the Finance Parties agree that the perpetuity period applicable to the trusts declared by this Agreement shall be the period of eighty years from the date of this Agreement.
  15.4   Limitations on authority Except with the prior written consent of all the Lenders and the Swap Provider, the Agent shall not be entitled to:

62


 

  15.4.1   release or vary any security given for the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement; nor
 
  15.4.2   waive, or agree to the reduction of, a payment of any sum of money payable by any Security Party under the Finance Documents; nor
 
  15.4.3   change the meaning of the expressions “ Majority Lenders ”, “ Margin ”, “ Commitment Commission ” or “ Default Rate ”; nor
 
  15.4.4   exercise, or refrain from exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion, or give or withhold any consent, the exercise or giving of which is, by the terms of this Agreement, expressly reserved to the Lenders; nor
 
  15.4.5   extend the due date for the payment of any sum of money payable by any Security Party under any Finance Document; nor
 
  15.4.6   take or refrain from taking any step if the effect of such action or inaction may lead to the increase of the obligations of a Lender under any Finance Document; nor
 
  15.4.7   agree to change the currency in which any sum is payable under any Finance Document (other than in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Document); nor
 
  15.4.8   agree to amend this Clause 15.4.
  15.5   Liability Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to the Lenders or the Swap Provider for anything done or omitted to be done by the Agent under or in connection with any of the Relevant Documents unless as a result of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
 
  15.6   Acknowledgement Each Lender and the Swap Provider acknowledges that:
  15.6.1   it has not relied on any representation made by the Agent or any of the Agent’s directors, officers, employees or agents or by any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent to induce it to enter into any Finance Document;

63


 

  15.6.2   it has made and will continue to make without reliance on the Agent, and based on such documents and other evidence as it considers appropriate, its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Security Parties in connection with the making and continuation of the Facility;
 
  15.6.3   it has made its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Security Parties; and
 
  15.6.4   the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility at any time to provide it with any credit or other information relating to any Security Party unless that information is received by the Agent pursuant to the express terms of a Finance Document.
Each Lender and the Swap Provider agrees that it will not assert nor seek to assert against any director, officer, employee or agent of the Agent or against any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Agent any claim which it might have against them in respect of any of the matters referred to in this Clause 15.6.
  15.7   Limitations on responsibility The Agent shall have no responsibility to any Security Party or to any Lender on account of:
  15.7.1   the failure of a Lender or of any Security Party or to the Swap Provider to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document; nor
 
  15.7.2   the financial condition of any Security Party; nor
 
  15.7.3   the completeness or accuracy of any statements, representations or warranties made in or pursuant to any Finance Document, or in or pursuant to any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document; nor
 
  15.7.4   the negotiation, execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, admissibility in evidence or sufficiency of any Finance Document or of any document executed or delivered pursuant to or in connection with any Finance Document.
  15.8   The Agent’s rights The Agent may:

64


 

  15.8.1   assume that all representations or warranties made or deemed repeated by any Security Party in or pursuant to any Finance Document are true and complete, unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;
 
  15.8.2   assume that no Default has occurred unless, in its capacity as the Agent, it has acquired actual knowledge to the contrary;
 
  15.8.3   rely on any document or notice believed by it to be genuine;
 
  15.8.4   rely as to legal or other professional matters on opinions and statements of any legal or other professional advisers selected or approved by it;
 
  15.8.5   rely as to any factual matters which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of any Security Party on a certificate signed by or on behalf of that Security Party; and
 
  15.8.6   refrain from exercising any right, power, discretion or remedy unless and until instructed to exercise that right, power, discretion or remedy and as to the manner of its exercise by the Lenders (or, where applicable, by the Majority Lenders) and unless and until the Agent has received from the Lenders any payment which the Agent may require on account of, or any security which the Agent may require for, any costs, claims, expenses (including legal and other professional fees) and liabilities which it considers it may incur or sustain in complying with those instructions.
  15.9   The Agent’s duties The Agent shall:
  15.9.1   if requested in writing to do so by a Lender, make enquiry and advise the Lenders as to the performance or observance of any of the provisions of any Finance Document by any Security Party or as to the existence of an Event of Default; and
 
  15.9.2   inform the Lenders promptly of any Event of Default of which the Agent has actual knowledge.
  15.10   No deemed knowledge The Agent shall not be deemed to have actual knowledge of the falsehood or incompleteness of any representation or warranty made or deemed repeated by any Security Party or actual knowledge of the

65


 

occurrence of any Default unless a Lender or a Security Party shall have given written notice thereof to the Agent in its capacity as the Agent. Any information acquired by the Agent other than specifically in its capacity as the Agent shall not be deemed to be information acquired by the Agent in its capacity as the Agent.
  15.11   Other business The Agent may, without any liability to account to the Lenders or the Swap Provider, generally engage in any kind of banking or trust business with a Security Party or with a Security Party’s subsidiaries or associated companies or with a Lender as if it were not the Agent.
 
  15.12   Indemnity The Lenders shall, promptly on the Agent’s request, reimburse the Agent in their respective Proportionate Shares, for, and keep the Agent fully indemnified in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs and claims sustained or incurred by the Agent in connection with the Finance Documents, or the performance of its duties and obligations, or the exercise of its rights, powers, discretions or remedies under or pursuant to any Finance Document, to the extent not paid by the Security Parties and not arising solely from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
 
  15.13   Employment of agents In performing its duties and exercising its rights, powers, discretions and remedies under or pursuant to the Finance Documents, the Agent shall be entitled to employ and pay agents to do anything which the Agent is empowered to do under or pursuant to the Finance Documents (including the receipt of money and documents and the payment of money) and to act or refrain from taking action in reliance on the opinion of, or advice or information obtained from, any lawyer, banker, broker, accountant, valuer or any other person believed by the Agent in good faith to be competent to give such opinion, advice or information.
 
  15.14   Distribution of payments The Agent shall pay promptly to the order of the Swap Provider any sums to which it is entitled under the Finance Documents and to the order of each Lender that Lender’s Proportionate Share of every sum of money received by the Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents (with the exception of any amounts payable pursuant to Clause 9 and/or any Fee Letter and any amounts which, by the terms of the Finance Documents, are paid to the Agent for the account of the Agent alone or specifically for the account of the Swap Provider or of one or more Lenders) and until so paid such amount shall be held

66


 

      by the Agent on trust absolutely for that Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be).
 
  15.15   Reimbursement The Agent shall have no liability to pay any sum to a Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be) until it has itself received payment of that sum. If, however, the Agent does pay any sum to a Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be) on account of any amount prospectively due to that Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be) pursuant to Clause 15.14 before it has itself received payment of that amount, and the Agent does not in fact receive payment within five (5) Business Days after the date on which that payment was required to be made by the terms of the Finance Documents, that Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be) will, on demand by the Agent, refund to the Agent an amount equal to the amount received by it, together with an amount sufficient to reimburse the Agent for any amount which the Agent may certify that it has been required to pay by way of interest on money borrowed to fund the amount in question during the period beginning on the date on which that amount was required to be paid by the terms of the Finance Documents and ending on the date on which the Agent receives reimbursement.
 
  15.16   Redistribution of payments Unless otherwise agreed between the Finance Parties, if at any time a Finance Party receives or recovers by way of set-off, the exercise of any lien or otherwise from any Security Party, an amount greater than that Finance Party’s entitlement to any sum due from that Security Party under the Finance Documents (the amount of the excess being referred to in this Clause 15.16 and in Clause 15.17 as the “ Excess Amount ”) then:
  15.16.1   that Finance Party shall promptly notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify each other Finance Party);
  15.16.2   that Finance Party shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the Excess Amount within ten (10) days of its receipt or recovery of the Excess Amount; and
 
  15.16.3   the Agent shall treat that payment as if it were a payment by the Security Party in question on account of the sum due from that Security Party to the Finance Party and shall account to the Finance Parties in respect of the Excess Amount in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15.16.

67


 

However, if a Finance Party has commenced any legal proceedings to recover sums owing to it under the Finance Documents and, as a result of, or in connection with, those proceedings has received an Excess Amount, the Agent shall not distribute any of that Excess Amount to any other Finance Party which had been notified of the proceedings and had the legal right to, but did not, join those proceedings or commence and diligently prosecute separate proceedings to enforce its rights in the same or another court.
  15.17   Rescission of Excess Amount If all or any part of any Excess Amount is rescinded or must otherwise be restored to any Security Party or to any other third party, the Finance Parties which have received any part of that Excess Amount by way of distribution from the Agent pursuant to Clause 15.16 shall repay to the Agent for the account of the Finance Party which originally received or recovered the Excess Amount, the amount which shall be necessary to ensure that the Finance Parties share in the amount of the receipt or payment retained in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents, together with interest on that amount at a rate equivalent to that (if any) paid by the Lender receiving or recovering the Excess Amount to the person to whom that Lender is liable to make payment in respect of such amount, and Clause 15.16.3 shall apply only to the retained amount.
 
  15.18   Instructions Where the Agent is authorised or directed to act or refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders or of the Majority Lenders each of the Lenders shall provide the Agent with instructions within three (3) Business Days of the Agent’s request (which request may be made orally or in writing). If a Lender does not provide the Agent with instructions within that period, that Lender shall be bound by the decision of the Agent. Nothing in this Clause 15.18 shall limit the right of the Agent to take, or refrain from taking, any action without obtaining the instructions of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders if the Agent in its discretion considers it necessary or appropriate to take, or refrain from taking, such action in order to preserve the rights of the Lenders under or in connection with the Finance Documents. In that event, the Agent will notify the Lenders of the action taken by it as soon as reasonably practicable, and the Lenders agree to ratify any action taken by the Agent pursuant to this Clause 15.18.

68


 

  15.19   Payments All amounts payable to a Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be) under this Clause 15 shall be paid to such account at such bank as that Lender or the Swap Provider (as the case may be) may from time to time direct in writing to the Agent.
 
  15.20   “Know your customer” checks Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
 
  15.21   Resignation Subject to a successor being appointed in accordance with this Clause 15.21, the Agent may resign as agent and/or the Security Trustee may resign as security agent at any time without assigning any reason by giving to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties notice of its intention to do so, in which event the following shall apply:
  15.21.1   with the consent of the Borrowers not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived) the Finance Parties may within thirty (30) days after the date of the notice from the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) appoint a successor to act as agent and/or security agent or, if they fail to do so with the consent of the Borrowers, not to be unreasonably withheld (but such consent not to be required at any time after an Event of Default which is continuing unremedied and unwaived), the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) may appoint any other bank or financial institution as its successor;
 
  15.21.2   the resignation of the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) shall take effect simultaneously with the appointment of its successor on written notice of that appointment being given to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties;

69


 

  15.21.3   the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) shall thereupon be discharged from all further obligations as agent and/or security agent but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Clause 15; and
 
  15.21.4   the successor of the Agent or the Security Trustee (as the case may be) and each of the other parties to this Agreement shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if that successor had been a party to this Agreement.
  15.22   No fiduciary relationship Except as provided in Clauses 15.3 and 15.14, the Agent shall not have any fiduciary relationship with or be deemed to be a trustee of or for any other person and nothing contained in any Finance Document shall constitute a partnership between any two or more Finance Parties or between the Agent and any other person.
16 Set-Off
  16.1   Set-off A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from the Borrowers under any Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to the Borrowers, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, that Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
  16.2   Master Agreement Rights The rights conferred on the Swap Provider by this Clause 16 shall be in addition to and without prejudice or limitation to the rights of netting and set off conferred on the Swap Provider by the Master Agreement.
17 Payments
  17.1   Payments Each amount payable by the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall be paid to such account at such bank as the Agent may from time to time direct to the Borrowers in the Currency of Account and in such funds as are customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment. Payment shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the date on which the Agent receives authenticated advice of receipt, unless that advice is received by the Agent on a day other than a Business Day or at a

70


 

      time of day (whether on a Business Day or not) when the Agent in its reasonable discretion considers that it is impossible or impracticable for the Agent to utilise the amount received for value that same day, in which event the payment in question shall be deemed to have been received by the Agent on the Business Day next following the date of receipt of advice by the Agent.
  17.2   No deductions or withholdings Each payment (whether of principal or interest or otherwise) to be made by the Borrowers under a Finance Document shall, subject only to Clause 17.3, be made free and clear of and without deduction for or on account of any Taxes or other deductions, withholdings, restrictions, conditions or counterclaims of any nature.
 
  17.3   Grossing-up If at any time any law requires (or is interpreted to require) the Borrowers to make any deduction or withholding from any payment, or to change the rate or manner in which any required deduction or withholding is made, the Borrowers will promptly notify the Agent and, simultaneously with making that payment, will pay to the Agent whatever additional amount (after taking into account any additional Taxes on, or deductions or withholdings from, or restrictions or conditions on, that additional amount) is necessary to ensure that, after making the deduction or withholding, the relevant Finance Parties receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.
 
  17.4   Evidence of deductions If at any time the Borrowers are required by law to make any deduction or withholding from any payment to be made by it under a Finance Document, the Borrowers will pay the amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant authority within the time allowed under the applicable law and will, no later than thirty (30) days after making that payment, deliver to the Agent an original receipt issued by the relevant authority, or other evidence reasonably acceptable to the Agent, evidencing the payment to that authority of all amounts required to be deducted or withheld.
 
  17.5   Rebate If a Borrower pays any additional amount under Clause 17.3, and a Finance Party subsequently receives a refund or allowance from any tax authority which that Finance Party identifies as being referable to that increased amount so paid by that Borrower, that Finance Party shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, pay to that Borrower an amount equal to the amount of the refund or allowance

71


 

      received, if and to the extent that it may do so without prejudicing its right to retain that refund or allowance and without putting itself in any worse financial position than that in which it would have been had the relevant deduction or withholding not been required to have been made. Nothing in this Clause 17.5 shall be interpreted as imposing any obligation on any Finance Party to apply for any refund or allowance nor as restricting in any way the manner in which any Finance Party organises its tax affairs, nor as imposing on any Finance Party any obligation to disclose to the Borrowers any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations.
 
  17.6   Adjustment of due dates If any payment or transfer of funds to be made under a Finance Document, other than a payment of interest on a Drawing, shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, that payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day (unless the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month in which event the payment shall be made on the next preceding Business Day). Any such variation of time shall be taken into account in computing any interest in respect of that payment.
  17.7   Control Account The Agent shall open and maintain on its books a control account in the name of the Borrowers showing the advance of the Facility and the computation and payment of interest and all other sums due under this Agreement. The Borrowers’ obligations to repay the Facility and to pay interest and all other sums due under this Agreement shall be evidenced by the entries from time to time made in the control account opened and maintained under this Clause 17.7 and those entries will, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding.
18 Notices
  18.1   Communications in writing Any communication to be made under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter or (subject to Clause 18.6) electronic mail.
  18.2   Addresses The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each party to this Agreement for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement are:

72


 

  18.2.1   in the case of the Borrowers, c/o Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd Suite 2000, Bentall 5, 550 Burrard Street, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6C 2K2 (fax no: +1 604 681 3011) marked for the attention of Vice President, Finance;
 
  18.2.2   in the case of each Lender, those appearing opposite its name in Schedule 1;
 
  18.2.3   in the case of the Agent, 437 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, United States of America (fax no: +1 212 421 4420) marked for the attention of Shipping-Offshore and Oil Services Group; and
 
  18.2.4   in the case of the Security Trustee, 437 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022, United States of America (fax no: + 1 212 421 4420) marked for the attention of Shipping-Offshore and Oil Services Group;
 
  18.2.5   in the case of the Swap Provider, Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50, 20095 Hamburg, (fax no: +49 40 3333 34307) marked for the attention of Hugh Baker/Frauke Hay/Fiorina Riccobono and to Zinsderivateabwicklung OE 3652 (fax no: +49 40 3333 34086);
or any substitute address, fax number, department or officer as any party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice.
  18.3   Delivery Any communication or document made or delivered by one party to this Agreement to another under or in connection this Agreement will only be effective:
  18.3.1   if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
 
  18.3.2   if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address; or
 
  18.3.3   if by way of electronic mail, in accordance with Clause 18.6;
and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 18.2, if addressed to that department or officer.

73


 

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent.
All notices from or to the Borrowers shall be sent through the Agent.
  18.4   Notification of address and fax number Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address, fax number or change of address, pursuant to Clause 18.2 or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other parties to this Agreement.
 
  18.5   English language Any notice given under or in connection with this Agreement must be in English. All other documents provided under or in connection with this Agreement must be:
     18.5.1 in English; or
  18.5.2   if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.
  18.6   Electronic communication
  (a)   Any communication to be made in connection with this Agreement may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party:
  (i)   agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
 
  (ii)   notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
 
  (iii)   notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.
  (b)   Any electronic communication made between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in

74


 

      readable form and acknowledged by the recipient (it being understood that any system generated responses do not constitute an acknowledgement) and in the case of any electronic communication made by the Borrowers to a Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.
19 Partial Invalidity
If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.
20 Remedies and Waivers
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
21 Joint and several liability; liability of Hugli
  21.1   Nature of liability of the A Borrowers The representations, warranties, covenants, obligations and undertakings of the A Borrowers contained in this Agreement shall be joint and several so that each A Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable with all the A Borrowers (including any Collateral Transfer Borrowers that become A Borrowers) for all of the same and such liability shall not in any way be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by:
  21.1.1   any forbearance (whether as to payment or otherwise) or any time or other indulgence granted to any other A Borrower or any other Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document;
 
  21.1.2   any amendment, variation, novation or replacement of any other Finance Document;

75


 

  21.1.3   any failure of any Finance Document to be legal valid binding and enforceable in relation to any other A Borrower or any other Security Party for any reason;
 
  21.1.4   the winding-up or dissolution of any other A Borrower or any other Security Party;
 
  21.1.5   the release (whether in whole or in part) of, or the entering into of any compromise or composition with, any other A Borrower or any other Security Party; or
 
  21.1.6   any other act, omission, thing or circumstance which would or might, but for this provision, operate to discharge, impair or otherwise affect such liability.
  21.2   No rights as surety Until the Tranche A Indebtedness has been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and discharged in full, each A Borrower agrees that it shall not, by virtue of any payment made under this Agreement on account of the Indebtedness or by virtue of any enforcement by a Finance Party of its rights under this Agreement or by virtue of any relationship between, or transaction involving, the relevant A Borrower and any other A Borrower or any other Security Party:
  21.2.1   exercise any rights of subrogation in relation to any rights, security or moneys held or received or receivable by a Finance Party or any other person; or
 
  21.2.2   exercise any right of contribution from any other A Borrower or any other Security Party under any Finance Document; or
 
  21.2.3   exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against any other A Borrower or any other Security Party; or
 
  21.2.4   receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution, security or indemnity from any other A Borrower or any other Security Party; or
 
  21.2.5   unless so directed by the Agent (when the relevant A Borrower will prove in accordance with such directions), claim as a creditor of any other A

76


 

      Borrower or any other Security Party in competition with any Finance Party
and each A Borrower shall hold in trust for the Finance Parties and forthwith pay or transfer (as appropriate) to the Agent any such payment (including an amount equal to any such set-off), distribution or benefit of such security, indemnity or claim in fact received by it.
  21.3   Nature of liability of the B Borrowers The representations, warranties, covenants, obligations and undertakings of the B Borrowers contained in this Agreement shall be joint and several so that each B Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable with all the B Borrowers for all of the same and such liability shall not in any way be discharged, impaired or otherwise affected by:
  21.3.1   any forbearance (whether as to payment or otherwise) or any time or other indulgence granted to any other B Borrower or any other Security Party under or in connection with any Finance Document;
 
  21.3.2   any amendment, variation, novation or replacement of any other Finance Document;
 
  21.3.3   any failure of any Finance Document to be legal valid binding and enforceable in relation to any other B Borrower or any other Security Party for any reason;
 
  21.3.4   the winding-up or dissolution of any other B Borrower or any other Security Party;
 
  21.3.5   the release (whether in whole or in part) of, or the entering into of any compromise or composition with, any other B Borrower or any other Security Party; or
 
  21.3.6   any other act, omission, thing or circumstance which would or might, but for this provision, operate to discharge, impair or otherwise affect such liability.
  21.4   No rights as surety Until the Tranche B Indebtedness has been unconditionally and irrevocably paid and discharged in full, each B Borrower agrees that it shall not, by virtue of any payment made under this Agreement on account of the

77


 

      Indebtedness or by virtue of any enforcement by a Finance Party of its rights under this Agreement or by virtue of any relationship between, or transaction involving, the relevant B Borrower and any other B Borrower or any other Security Party:
  21.4.1   exercise any rights of subrogation in relation to any rights, security or moneys held or received or receivable by a Finance Party or any other person; or
 
  21.4.2   exercise any right of contribution from any other B Borrower or any other Security Party under any Finance Document; or
 
  21.4.3   exercise any right of set-off or counterclaim against any other B Borrower or any other Security Party; or
 
  21.4.4   receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution, security or indemnity from any other B Borrower or any other Security Party; or
 
  21.4.5   unless so directed by the Agent (when the relevant B Borrower will prove in accordance with such directions), claim as a creditor of any other B Borrower or any other Security Party in competition with any Finance Party
and each B Borrower shall hold in trust for the Finance Parties and forthwith pay or transfer (as appropriate) to the Agent any such payment (including an amount equal to any such set-off), distribution or benefit of such security, indemnity or claim in fact received by it.
  21.5   Liability of Hugli It is acknowledged and agreed that Hugli shall only become liable as a Borrower hereunder as and with effect from the Tranche B Step Up Date. Prior to the Tranche B Step Up Date, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Finance Documents, it shall have no liability thereunder, but shall assume all such liabilities as and with effect from the Tranche B Step Up Date.
22 Miscellaneous
  22.1   No oral variations No variation or amendment of a Finance Document shall be valid unless in writing and signed on behalf of all the Finance Parties.

78


 

  22.2   Further Assurance If any provision of a Finance Document shall be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by reason of any present or future law or any decision of any court, or if the documents at any time held by or on behalf of the Finance Parties or any of them are considered by the Lenders for any reason insufficient to carry out the terms of this Agreement, then from time to time the Borrowers will promptly, on demand by the Agent, execute or procure the execution of such further documents as in the opinion of the Lenders are necessary to provide adequate security for the repayment of the Indebtedness.
 
  22.3   Rescission of payments etc. Any discharge, release or reassignment by a Finance Party of any of the security constituted by, or any of the obligations of a Security Party contained in, a Finance Document shall be (and be deemed always to have been) void if any act (including, without limitation, any payment) as a result of which such discharge, release or reassignment was given or made is subsequently wholly or partially rescinded or avoided by operation of any law.
 
  22.4   Certificates Any certificate or statement signed by an authorised signatory of the Agent purporting to show the amount of the Indebtedness (or any part of the Indebtedness) or any other amount referred to in any Finance Document shall, save for manifest error or on any question of law, be conclusive evidence as against the Borrowers of that amount.
 
  22.5   Counterparts This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.
 
  22.6   Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.
 
  22.7   Disclosure of Information In addition to the disclosure of information permitted under Clause 14.2, each of the Borrowers authorises each Lender to disclose any information and/or document(s) concerning its relationship with such Lender (i) to authorities in any other countries where such Lender or any Affiliate is represented and/or where any Lender or any Affiliate may be requested information by any regulatory authority, when this shall be deemed necessary in order for such Lender or any Affiliate to meet its requirements for the

79


 

      contribution to reduction or prevention of money laundering, terrorism and corruption, and (ii) to any Affiliate of that Lender making it possible to consolidate the client’s total commitments and offer the client any other products offered by that Lender or any Affiliate, subject always to the duties of confidentiality on the Lenders set out herein.
23 Law and Jurisdiction
  23.1   Governing law This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.
 
  23.2   Jurisdiction For the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties, the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agree that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and that any proceedings may be brought in those courts.
 
  23.3   Alternative jurisdictions Nothing contained in this Clause 23 shall limit the right of the Finance Parties to commence any proceedings against the Borrowers in any other court of competent jurisdiction nor shall the commencement of any proceedings against the Borrowers in one or more jurisdictions preclude the commencement of any proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.
 
  23.4   Waiver of objections Each of the Borrowers irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or in the future have to the laying of the venue of any proceedings in any court referred to in this Clause 23, and any claim that those proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient or inappropriate forum, and irrevocably agrees that a judgment in any proceedings commenced in any such court shall be conclusive and binding on it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction.
 
  23.5   Service of process Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each of the Borrowers:
  23.5.1   irrevocably appoints Teekay Shipping (UK) Ltd of 2 nd Floor, 86 Jermyn Street, London SW1Y 6JD England as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with this Agreement; and

80


 

  23.5.2   agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the Borrowers of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

81


 

SCHEDULE 1: The Lenders and the Commitments
Tranche A
         
The Lenders   The
    Commitments
    (US$)
 
       
Citibank N.A., London Branch
    18,970,414  
Citigroup Centre
       
33 Canada Square
       
Canary Wharf
       
London E14 5LB
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Simon Booth
       
Fax no: +44 20 7098 4327
       
Email: simon.booth@citi.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Lee Boden/Rob Brodie
       
Fax no: +44 20 7942 7512
       
Email: lee.boden@citi.com / rob.brodie@citi.com
       
 
       
ING Bank N.V., London branch
    18,970,414  
60 London Wall,
       
London EC2M 5TQ
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Adam Byrne / Robartus Krol
       
Fax no: +44 20 7767 7252
       
Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com
       
            robartus.krol@uk.ing.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Samantha Joyce / Ian Tofts
       
Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324
       
Email: samantha.joyce@uk.ing.com
       
            ian.tofts@uk.ing.com
       
 
       
Nordea Bank Norge ASA, Grand Cayman branch
    18,970,414  
437 Madison Avenue
       
New York
       
NY 10022
       
USA
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Hans Kjelsrud/Colleen Durkin
       
Fax no: +1 212 318 4420
       
Email: hans.kjelsrud@nordea.com
       
            colleen.durkin@nordea.com
       

82


 

         
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Jacqueline Ng/Sonia Earle
       
Fax no: +1 212 318 9578/9596
       
Email: jackie.ng@nordea.com
       
 
       
BNP Paribas
    18,970,414  
Nordic Shipping Desk
       
Karl Johans Gate 7
       
P.O. Box 106 Sentrum
       
No-0102 Oslo
       
Norway
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Pierre de Fontenay/Patrik Hofseth
       
Fax no: +47 22 82 95 67
       
Email: pierre.defontenay@bnpparibas.com
       
            patrik.hofseth@bnpparibas.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Tove Brandt
       
Fax no: +47 22 82 95 11
       
Email: tove.brandt@bnpparibas.com
       
 
       
Fokus Bank (being the Norwegian branch of Danske Bank A/S)
    18,970,414  
PO Box 1170 Sentrum
       
N-0107 Oslo
       
Norway
       
 
       
Attention: Shipping Dept
       
Fax no: +47 85 40 7990
       
Email: shippingoffshore@fokus.no
       
 
       
HSH Nordbank AG
    18,970,414  
Shipping Department
       
West European & North American Clients
       
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
       
20095 Hamburg
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Hugh Baker / Frauke Hay /
       
Fiorina Riccobono
       
Fax no: +49 40 3333 34307
       
Email: hugh.baker@hsh-nordbank.com
       
            frauke.hay@hsh-nordbank.com
       
            fiorina.riccobono@hsh-nordbank.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Martina Timm
       
Fax no: +49 40 3333-34307
       
Email: martina.timm@hsh-nordbank.com
       

83


 

         
KfW
    17,615,385  
Palmengartenstrasse 5-9
       
60325 Frankfurt am Main
       
Germany
       
 
       
For credit matters .
       
Attention: Klaus Benkau
       
Fax no: +49 69 7431 9413
       
Email: klaus.benkau@kfw.de
       
 
       
For administration matters :
       
Attention: Jasmine Ross
       
Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768
       
Email: jasmine.ross@.kfw.de
       
 
       
Morgan Stanley Bank
    17,615,385  
2500 Lake Park Blvd., Suite 300 C
       
West Valley City
       
Utah 84120
       
USA
       
 
       
For credit matters :
       
Attention: Edward Henley/Alice Lee
       
Fax no: 001 718 754 7250
       
Email: edward.henley@morganstanley.com
       
            alice.lee@morganstanley.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Martin Telford/Ly Dinh
       
Fax no: 001 718 233 2140
       
Email: ldnnyservicing@morganstanley.com
       
 
       
Scotiabank Europe plc
    13,279,290  
 
For credit matters:
       
33 Finsbury Square
       
London EC2A 1BB
       
United Kingdom
       
 
       
Attention: David Sparkes/Thomas Erichsen
       
Fax no: +44 207 454 9019
       
Email: david_sparkes@scotiacapital.com
       
            thomas_erichsen@scotiacapital.com
       
 
       
For administration matters
       
720 King Street
       
West Toronto
       
Canada
       
 
       
Attention: Savi Rampat/Tony Sposato
       
Fax no: +44 207 826 5666
       
Email: savi_rampat@scotiacapital.com
       

84


 

         
tony_sposato@scotiacapital.com
       
 
       
Deutsche Bank AG, Filiale Deutschland
    13,279,290  
Geschäft
       
Ludwig Erhard Str.1
       
20459 Hamburg
       
Germany
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Jörg Zickermann/Kerstin Seefeld
       
Fax no: + 49 40 3701 46049
       
Email: joerg.zickermann@db.com
       
            kerstin.seefeld@db.com
       
 
       
For administration matters .
       
Attention: Anja Eggert
       
Fax no: +49 40 3701 4649
       
Email: anja.eggert@db.com
       
 
       
Lloyds TSB Bank plc
    13,279,290  
 
For credit matters:
       
10 Gresham Street
       
London EC2V 7EA
       
United Kingdom
       
Attention: Shelley Morrison/Tony Stevens
       
Fax no: +44 207 158 3273/3271
       
Email: shelly.morrison@lloydstsb.co.uk
       
            tony.stevens@lloydstsb.co.uk
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Bank House
       
Wine Street
       
Bristol, BSI 2AN
       
Fax no: +44 207 158 3204
       
Email: LoansAdmin_s-z@lloydstsb.co.uk
       
 
       
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking
    13,279,290  
Corporation, Brussels Branch
       
 
For credit matters:
       
99 Queen Victoria Street
       
London EC4V 4EH
       
United Kingdom
       
Attention: Simon Murrell/Robert Taylor
       
Fax No: +44 207 786 101
       
Email: simon_murrell@gb.smbcgroup.com
       
            robert_taylor@gb.smbcgroup.com
       
 
       
with copy to:
       
 
       
20, rue de la Ville l’Eveque
       

85


 

         
75008 Paris
       
France
       
Attention: Guillaume Dufour/Gwenael Delattre
       
Fax No: +33 1 44 71 40 50
       
Email: guillaume_dufour@fr.smbcgroup.com
       
            gwenael_delattre@fr.smbcgroup.com
       
 
       
and
       
 
       
Avenue des Arts 58, Box 18
       
1000 Brussels
       
Belgium
       
Attention: Francoise Bouchat/Nadine Boudart
       
Fax No: +32 2 502.07.80
       
Email: francoise_bouchat@be.smbcgroup.com
       
            nadine_boudart@be.smbcgroup.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
 
       
European Loan Operations
       
Attention: David Griffiths/Jo Dunnage
       
99 Queen Victoria Street
       
London EC4V 4EH
       
Fax: + 44 207 786 1569
       
(fax correspondence only)
       
 
       
Swedbank AB (publ)
    13,279,290  
Brukebergstorg 8
       
SE 105 34 Stockholm
       
Sweden
       
 
Contact credit and legal matters:
       
Swedbank AB (publ)
       
Marine Finance, E421
       
Regeringsgatan 13
       
SE 105 34, Stockholm, Sweden
       
Attention: Dagobert Billsten/Karin Nilsson
       
Fax No: +46 8 723 7150
       
Emails: dagobert.billsten@swedbank.se
       
            karin.nilsson@swedbank.se
       
 
       
Contact, administrative matters:
       
Swedbank AB (publ)
       
Marine Finance Credit Administration, E768
       
Regeringsgatan 13
       
SE 105 34, Stockholm, Sweden
       
Attention: Nina Kyttä / Richard Lönnqvist
       
Fax No.: +46 8 700 8132
       
Email: creditadmin@swedbank.se
       

86


 

         
Alliance & Leicester Commercial
    8,130,178  
Finance plc
       
Carlton Park, Narborough
       
Leicester
       
LE19 0AL
       
United Kingdom
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
3rd Floor, 120 New Cavendish Street
       
London W1W 6XX
       
Attention: James MacDonald/
       
            Harminder Randhawa
       
Fax no: +44 207 907 3664
       
Email: james.macdonald@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
            harminder.randhawa@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
298 Deansgate
       
Manchester M3 4HH
       
Attention: Keith Sullivan/Shane Shehade
       
Fax no: +44 161 953 3517
       
Email: keith.sullivan@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
            shane.shehade@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
 
       
Calyon
    5,420,118  
For administration matters:
       
9. Quai, du President Paul Doumer
       
92920 Paris La Defense
       
France
       
Fax no: +33 141 89 19 34
       
Attention: Middle Office/Shipping/
       
M. Godet-Couery/Ms Regine Maugin/Ms Marie-Claire Vanderperre
       
Email: sylvie.godetcouery@calyon.com
       
            regine.maugin@calyon.com
       marieclaire.vanderperre@calyon.com
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Broadwalk House
       
5 Appold Street
       
London EC2A 2DA
       
Fax no: +44 207 214 6689
       
Attention: Thiband Escoffier/Jerome Duval
       
Email: thibaud.escoffier@uk.calyon.com
       
            jerome.duval@uk.calyon.com
       
Total
    229,000,000  

87


 

Tranche B
         
    The
The Lenders   Commitments
    (US$)
 
       
Citibank N.A., London Branch
    51,029,586  
Citigroup Centre
       
33 Canada Square
       
Canary Wharf
       
London E14 5LB
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Simon Booth
       
Fax no: +44 20 7098 7327
       
Email: simon.booth@citi.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Lee Boden/Rob Brodie
       
Fax no: +44 20 7942 7512
       
Email: lee.boden@citi.com / rob.brodie@citi.com
       
 
       
ING Bank N.V., London branch
    51,029,586  
60 London Wall,
       
London EC2M 5TQ
       
 
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Adam Byrne / Robartus Krol
       
Fax no: +44 20 7767 7252
       
Email: adam.byrne@uk.ing.com
       
            Robartus.krol@uk.ing.com
       
 
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Samantha Joyce / Ian Tofts
       
Fax no: +44 20 7767 7324
       
Email: samantha.joyce@uk.ing.com
       
            ian.tofts@uk.ing.com
       
 
       
Nordea Bank Norge ASA, Grand Cayman branch
    51,029,586  
437 Madison Avenue
       
New York
       
NY 10022
       
USA
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Hans Kjelsrud/Colleen Durkin
       
Fax no: +1 212 318 4420
       
Email: hans.kjelsrud@nordea.com
       
            colleen.durkin@nordea.com
       
For administration matters:
       
 
       
Attention: Jacqueline Ng/Sonia Earle
       

88


 

         
Fax no: +1 212 318 9578/9596
       
Email: jackie.ng@nordea.com
       
 
       
BNP Paribas
    51,029,586  
Nordic Shipping Desk
       
Karl Johans Gate 7
       
P.O. Box 106 Sentrum
       
No-0102 Oslo
       
Norway
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Pierre de Fontenay/Patrik Hofseth
       
Fax no: +47 22 82 95 67
       
Email: pierre.defontenay@bnpparibas.com
       
            patrik.hofseth@bnpparibas.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Tove Brandt
       
Fax no: +47 22 82 95 11
       
Email: tove.brandt@bnpparibas.com
       
 
       
Fokus Bank (being the Norwegian branch of Danske Bank A/S)
    51,029,586  
PO Box 1170 Sentrum
       
N-0107 Oslo
       
Norway
       
 
       
Attention: Shipping Dept
       
Fax no: +47 85 40 7990
       
Email: shippingoffshore@fokus.no
       
 
       
HSH Nordbank AG
    51,029,586  
Shipping Department
       
West European & North American Clients
       
Gerhart-Hauptmann-Platz 50
       
20095 Hamburg
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Hugh Baker / Frauke Hay /
       
Fiorina Riccobono
       
Fax no: +49 40 3333 34307
       
Email: hugh.baker@hsh-nordbank.com
       
            frauke.hay@hsh-nordbank.com
       
            fiorina.riccobono@hsh-nordbank.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Martina Timm
       
Fax no: +49 40 3333-34307
       
Email: martina.timm@hsh-nordbank.com
       

89


 

         
KfW
    47,384,615  
Palmengartenstrasse 5-9
       
60325 Frankfurt am Main
       
Germany
       
 
       
For credit matters .
       
Attention: Klaus Benkau
       
Fax no: +49 69 7431 9413
       
Email: klaus.benkau@kfw.de
       
 
       
For administration matters :
       
Attention: Jasmine Ross
       
Fax no: +49 69 7431 3768
       
Email: jasmine.ross@.kfw.de
       
 
       
Morgan Stanley Bank
    47,384,615  
2500 Lake Park Blvd., Suite 300 C
       
West Valley City
       
Utah 84120
       
USA
       
 
       
For credit matters :
       
Attention: Edward Henley/Alice Lee
       
Fax no: 001 718 754 7250
       
Email: edward.henley@morganstanley.com
       
            alice.lee@morganstanley.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Attention: Martin Telford/Ly Dinh
       
Fax no: 001 718 233 2140
       
Email: ldnnyservicing@morganstanley.com
       
 
       
Scotiabank Europe plc
    35,720,710  
 
For credit matters:
       
33 Finsbury Square
       
London EC2A 1BB
       
United Kingdom
       
 
       
Attention: David Sparkes/Thomas Erichsen
       
Fax no: +44 207 454 9019
       
Email: david_sparkes@scotiacapital.com
       
            thomas_erichsen@scotiacapital.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
720 King Street
       
West Toronto
       
Canada
       
 
       
Attention: Savi Rampat/Tony Sposato
       
Fax no: +44 207 826 5666
       
Email: savi . rampat@scotiacapital.com
       

90


 

         
tony.sposato@scotiacapital.com
       
 
Deutsche Bank AG, Filiale Deutschland
    35,720,710  
Geschäft
       
Ludwig Erhard Str.1
       
20459 Hamburg
       
Germany
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Attention: Jörg Zickermann/Kerstin Seefeld
       
Fax no: + 49 40 3701 4649
       
Email: joerg.zickermann@db.com
       
            kerstin.seefeld@db.com
       
 
       
For administration matters .
       
Attention: Anja Eggert
       
Fax no: +49 40 3701 4649
       
Email: anja.eggert@db.com
       
 
       
Lloyds TSB Bank plc
    35,720,710  
 
       
For credit matters:
       
10 Gresham Street
       
London EC2V 7EA
       
United Kingdom
       
Attention: Shelley Morrison/Tony Stevens
       
Fax no: +44 207 158 3273/3271
       
Email: shelly.morrison@lloydstsb.co.uk
       
            tony.stevens@lloydstsb.co.uk
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
Bank House
       
Wine Street
       
Bristol, BSI 2AN
       
Fax no: +44 207 158 3204
       
Email: LoansAdmin_s-z@lloydstsb.co.uk
       
 
       
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking
    35,720,710  
Corporation, Brussels Branch
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
99 Queen Victoria Street
       
London EC4V 4EH
       
United Kingdom
       
Attention: Simon Murrell/Robert Taylor
       
Fax No: +44 207 786 101
       
Email: simon_murrell@gb.smbcgroup.com
       
            robert_taylor@gb.smbcgroup.com
       
 
       
with copy to:
       
 
       
20, rue de la Ville l’Eveque
       

91


 

         
75008 Paris
       
France
       
Attention: Guillaume Dufour/Gwenael Delattre
       
Fax No: +33 1 44 71 40 50
       
Email: guillaume_dufour@fr.smbcgroup.com
       
            gwenael_delattre@fr.smbcgroup.com
       
 
       
and
       
 
       
Avenue des Arts 58, Box 18
       
1000 Brussels
       
Belgium
       
Attention: Francoise Bouchat/Nadine Boudart
       
Fax No: +32 2 502.07.80
       
Email: francoise_bouchat@be.smbcgroup.com
       
            nadine_boudart@be.smbcgroup.com
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
 
       
European Loan Operations
       
Attention: David Griffiths/Jo Dunnage
       
99 Queen Victoria Street
       
London EC4V 4EH
       
Fax: + 44 207 786 1569
       
(fax correspondence only)
       
 
       
Swedbank AB (publ)
    35,720,710  
Brukebergstorg 8
       
SE 105 34 Stockholm
       
Sweden
       
 
       
Contact credit and legal matters:
       
Swedbank AB (publ)
       
Marine Finance, E421
       
Regeringsgatan 13
       
SE 105 34, Stockholm, Sweden
       
Dagobert Billsten/Karin Nilsson
       
Fax No: +46 8 723 7150
       
Emails: dagobert.billsten@swedbank.se
       
            karin.nilsson@swedbank.se
       
 
       
Contact, administrative matters:
       
Swedbank AB (publ)
       
Marine Finance Credit Administration, E768
       
Regeringsgatan 13
       
SE 105 34, Stockholm, Sweden
       
Nina Kyttä / Richard Lönnqvist
       
Fax No.: +46 8 700 8132
       
Email: creditadmin@swedbank.se
       

92


 

         
Alliance & Leicester Commercial
    21,869,822  
Finance plc
       
Carlton Park, Narborough
       
Leicester, LE19 OAL
       
United Kingdom
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
3rd Floor,
       
120 New Cavendish Street
       
London W1W 6XX
       
 
       
Attention: James MacDonald/Harminder Randhawa
       
Fax no: +44 207 907 3664
       
Email: james.macdonald@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
            harminder.randhawa@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
 
       
For administration matters:
       
298 Deansgate
       
Manchester M3 4HH
       
 
Attention: Keith Sullivan/Shane Shehade
       
Fax no: +44 161 953 3517
       
Email: keith.sullivan@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
            shane.shehade@alliance-leicester.co.uk
       
 
       
Calyon
    14,579,882  
For administration matters:
       
9. Quai, du President Paul Doumer
       
92920 Paris La Defense
       
France
       
Fax no: +33 141 89 19 34
       
Attention: Middle Office/Shipping/
       
M. Godet-Couery/Ms Regine Maugin/Ms Marie-Claire Vanderperre
       
Email: sylvie.godetcouery@calyon.com
       
regine.maugin@calyon.com
       
marieclaire.vanderperre@calyon.com
       
 
       
For credit matters:
       
Broadwalk House
       
5 Appold Street
       
London EC2A 2DA
       
Fax no: +44 207 214 6689
       
Attention: Thiband/Escoffier/Jerome Duval
       
Email: thiband.escoffier@uk.calyon.com
       
jerome.duval@uk.calyon.com
       
Total
    616,000,000  

93


 

SCHEDULE 2: The Borrowers and the Vessels
PART I
                                         
                    Market            
                    Value (in $            
                    millions)            
                    (as of   Relevant        
Tranche A                   November   Share (as a        
Borrower   Vessel Name   Year Built   Ship Type   2007)   percentage)   Flag   Pledgor
Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Everest Spirit     2004     Aframax     71.00       17.03057     Bahamas   Everest Spirit L.L.C.
 
                                       
Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Kanata Spirit     1999     Aframax     63.00       15.28384     Bahamas   Kanata Spirit L.L.C.
 
                                       
Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Kareela Spirit     1999     Aframax     63.00       15.28384     Bahamas   Kareela Spirit L.L.C.
 
                                       
Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Kyeema Spirit     1999     Aframax     63.00       15.28384     Bahamas   Kyeema Spirit L.L.C.
 
                                       
Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Nassau Spirit     1998     Aframax     60.75       14.41049     Bahamas   Nassau Spirit L.L.C.
 
                                       
Falster Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Falster Spirit     1995     Aframax     48.00       11.35371     Bahamas   Falster Spirit L.L.C.
 
                                       
Sotra Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Sotra Spirit     1995     Aframax     48.00       11.35371     Bahamas   Sotra Spirit L.L.C.

94


 

PART II
                                     
                    Market        
                    Value (in $        
                    millions) (as        
                    of   Relevant    
Tranche B                   November   Share (as a    
Borrower   Vessel Name   Year Built   Ship Type   2007)   percentage)   Flag
Godavari Spirit L.L.C.
  Godavari Spirit ex Angelica     2004     Suezmax     98.00       9.57792     Bahamas
 
                                   
Iskmati Spirit L.L.C.
  Iskmati Spirit ex Arlene     2003     Suezmax     96.00       9.41558     Bahamas
 
                                   
Ashkini Spirit L.L.C.
  Ashkini Spirit ex Ingeborg     2003     Suezmax     96.00       9.41558     Bahamas
 
                                   
Narmada Spirit L.L.C.
  Narmada Spirit ex Adair     2003     Suezmax     96.00       9.41558     Bahamas
 
                                   
Kaveri Spirit L.L.C.
  Kaveri Spirit ex Janet     2004     Suezmax     98.00       9.57792     Bahamas
 
                                   
Ganges Spirit L.L.C.
  Ganges Spirit ex Delaware     2002     Suezmax     94.00       9.09091     Bahamas
 
                                   
Yamuna Spirit L.L.C.
  Yamuna Spirit ex Dakota     2002     Suezmax     94.00       9.09091     Bahamas
 
                                   
Luit Spirit L.L.C.
  Luit Spirit ex Lauren     2005     MR Product Tanker     55.25       5.35715     Bahamas
 
                                   
Hugli Spirit L.L.C.
  Hugli Spirit ex Brazos     2005     MR Product Tanker     55.25       5.35715     Bahamas
 
                                   
Teesta Spirit L.L.C.
  Teesta Spirit ex Jeanette     2004     MR Product Tanker     53.75       5.19481     Bahamas
 
                                   
Mahanadi Spirit L.L.C.
  Mahanadi Spirit ex Guadalupe     2000     MR Product Tanker     48.00       4.70779     Bahamas
 
                                   
Esther Spirit L.L.C.
  Esther Spirit     2004     Aframax     71.00       6.89935     Bahamas
 
                                   
Axel Spirit L.L.C.
  Axel Spirit     2004     Aframax     71.00       6.89935     Bahamas

95


 

SCHEDULE 3: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent
Part I A: Conditions precedent to the First Drawdown Date for Tranche A
1   Security Parties
  (a)   Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of each Tranche A Security Party together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that each Tranche A Security Party is duly formed or incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.
 
  (b)   Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of each Tranche A Security Party (if such a certificate can be obtained).
 
  (c)   Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Tranche A Security Party (or its sole member):
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and
 
  (ii)   if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.
  (d)   Officer’s certificates A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of each Tranche A Security Party certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I A of Schedule 3 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and setting out the names of the directors and officers of that Tranche A Security Party (or its sole member) and the proportion of shares held by each shareholder.
 
  (e)   Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of each Tranche A Security Party under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Tranche A Security Party.

96


 

2   Security and related documents
  (a)   Vessel documents In respect of each Tranche A Vessel photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Owner, of any relevant Management Agreement and any charter or other contract of employment if for a period in excess of thirty six (36) months together in each case with all addenda, amendments or supplements.
 
  (b)   Evidence of Owner’s title Evidence that on the Drawdown Date (i) each of the Tranche A Vessels is registered under the flag stated in Schedule 2 in the ownership of the relevant Owner and (ii) each of the relevant Mortgages will be capable of being registered against the relevant Tranche A Vessel with first priority.
 
  (c)   Evidence of insurance Evidence that each of the Tranche A Vessels is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.
 
  (d)   Confirmation of class Certificates of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that each of the Tranche A Vessels is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society.
 
  (e)   Security Documents The Security Documents, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.
 
  (f)   Master Agreement The Master Agreement together with any Credit Support Documents.
 
  (g)   Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part I A of Schedule 3.

97


 

3   Legal opinions
 
    If a Tranche A Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Drawdown Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given.
 
4   Other documents and evidence
  (a)   Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.
 
  (b)   Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.5 and any process agent appointed under any other Finance Document has accepted its appointment.
 
  (c)   Other authorisations A copy of any other consent, licence, approval, authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the A Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.
 
  (d)   Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers under Clause 8 and Clause 9 (other than Clause 9.3) have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.
 
  (e)   “Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

98


 

Part I B: Conditions precedent to the First Drawdown Date for Tranche B
1   Security Parties
  (a)   Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of each Tranche B Security Party together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that each Tranche B Security Party is duly formed or incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.
 
  (b)   Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of each Tranche B Security Party (if such a certificate can be obtained).
 
  (c)   Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Tranche B Security Party (or its sole member):
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and
 
  (ii)   if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.
  (d)   Officer’s certificates A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of each Tranche B Security Party certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I B of Schedule 3 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and setting out the names of the directors and officers of that Tranche B Security Party (or its sole member) and the proportion of shares held by each shareholder.
 
  (e)   Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of each Tranche B Security Party under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Tranche B Security Party.

99


 

2   Security and related documents
  (a)   Vessel documents In respect of each Tranche B Vessel photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Owner, of any relevant Management Agreement and any charter or other contract of employment if for a period in excess of three (3) years together in each case with all addenda, amendments or supplements.
 
  (b)   Evidence of Owner’s title Evidence that on the Drawdown Date (i) each of the Tranche B Vessels is registered under the flag stated in Schedule 2 in the ownership of the relevant Owner and (ii) each of the relevant Mortgages will be capable of being registered against the relevant Tranche B Vessel with first priority.
 
  (c)   Evidence of insurance Evidence that each of the Tranche B Vessels is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.
 
  (d)   Confirmation of class Certificates of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that each of the Tranche B Vessels is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society.
 
  (e)   Security Documents The Security Documents, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.
 
  (f)   Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part I B of Schedule 3.
3   Legal opinions
 
    If a Tranche B Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant

100


 

    jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Drawdown Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given.
4   Other documents and evidence
  (a)   Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.
 
  (b)   Process agent Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 23.5 and any process agent appointed under any other Finance Document has accepted its appointment.
 
  (c)   Other authorisations A copy of any other consent, licence, approval, authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the B Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.
 
  (d)   Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers under Clause 8 and Clause 9 (other than Clause 9.3) have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.
 
  (e)   “Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
 
  (f)   Structure Such documents and information as the Lenders may require to satisfy themselves as to the corporate structure of the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

101


 

Part II: Conditions subsequent to the First Drawdown Date in respect of either Tranche A or Tranche B
1   Evidence of Owner’s title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of each relevant Collateral Vessel’s flag state confirming that (a) each of the relevant Collateral Vessels is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Owner, (b) each of the relevant Mortgages has been registered with first priority against the relevant Collateral Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Collateral Vessels.
 
2   Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances in respect of the relevant Collateral Vessels as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.
 
3   Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to the Security Documents.
 
4   Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part I of this Schedule 3 as have not already been provided to the Agent.
 
5   Companies Act registrations Evidence that the prescribed particulars of the Security Documents have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales and (where relevant) the appropriate registry in Singapore within the statutory time limit.

102


 

Part III: Conditions precedent to a Collateral Transfer Date
1   Security Parties
 
    A certificate from a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrowers confirming that none of the documents delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 3 Part I A or B (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Agent.
 
2   Security and related documents
  (a)   A confirmation from Guarantor A confirming that it guarantees the obligations of the Collateral Transfer Borrower and the increased amount of Tranche A Indebtedness.
 
  (b)   Execution, delivery and (if applicable) registration of replacement Security Documents by the Collateral Transfer Borrower and, (with respect to the Share Pledge of any Collateral Transfer Borrower) Guarantor A (or, if requested by Guarantor A and accepted by the Agent, a sub holding company that owns the entire issued share capital of the relevant Collateral Transfer Borrower and which is itself a one hundred per cent Subsidiary (directly or indirectly) of Guarantor A) so that the Security Documents to which it is a party or which relate to it secure the Tranche A Indebtedness.
 
  (c)   Confirmation from the other Security Parties that (other than the release of the Collateral Transfer Borrower’s obligations as secured obligations under Guarantee B, the amendment to Guarantee A referred to above and the replacement of Security Documents referred to above) all of the other Security Documents remain in full force and effect.
3   Legal opinions
 
    If a Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Collateral Transfer Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given.
 
4   Other evidence

103


 

    Such evidence as the Agent may reasonably require of the transfer of the shares in the Collateral Transfer Borrower from Guarantor B to Guarantor A (or to a sub holding company which is itself a one hundred per cent Subsidiary (directly or indirectly) of Guarantor A).

104


 

Part IV: Conditions subsequent to a Collateral Transfer Date
1   Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part III of this Schedule 3 as have not already been provided to the Agent.
 
2   Companies Act registrations Evidence that the prescribed particulars of the Security Documents have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales and (where relevant) the appropriate registry in Singapore within the statutory time limit.
 
3   Evidence of mortgage registration Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the relevant Collateral Vessel’s flag state confirming that the relevant Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the relevant Collateral Vessel and that there are no further Encumbrances registered against such Collateral Vessel.

105


 

Part V: Conditions precedent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date
1   Security Parties
  (a)   A certificate from a duly authorised officer or representative of the Borrower confirming that none of the documents delivered to the Agent pursuant to Schedule 3 Part I (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) have been amended or modified in any way since the date of their delivery to the Agent.
 
  (b)   Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of the Additional Borrower together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that the Additional Borrower is duly formed or incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.
 
  (c)   Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of the Additional Borrower (if such a certificate can be obtained).
 
  (d)   Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Borrower (or its sole member):
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and
 
  (ii)   if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.
  (e)   Officer’s certificates A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part V of Schedule 3 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and setting out the names of the directors and officers of that the Additional Borrower (or its sole member) and the proportion of shares held by each shareholder.
 
  (f)   Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of the Additional Borrower under which

106


 

      any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Security Party.
2   Security and related documents
  (a)   Vessel documents In respect of the Additional Vessel photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of the relevant Additional Borrower, of any relevant Management Agreement together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.
 
  (b)   Evidence of Owner’s title Evidence that on the Upsize Trigger Date (i) the Additional Vessel will be registered under a Pre-Approved Flag in the ownership of the Additional Borrower and (ii) a Mortgage will be capable of being registered against the Additional Vessel with first priority.
 
  (c)   Evidence of insurance Evidence that the Additional Vessel is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.
 
  (d)   Confirmation of class Certificates of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that the Additional Vessel is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society.
 
  (e)   Security Documents The Mortgage and Assignment to be executed in respect of the Additional Vessel, a Share Pledge in respect of the Additional Borrower together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients, and such confirmations relating to the existing Security Documents to ensure they secure the Upsize Increased Maximum Amount as the Agent and its counsel may require.
 
  (f)   Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents in respect of the Additional Vessel not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part V of Schedule 3.
 
  (g)   Valuations Two Valuations of the Additional Vessel.

107


 

3   Legal opinions
 
    If a Security Party is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales or if any Finance Document is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Upsize Amount Drawdown Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such an opinion will be given.
 
4   Other documents and evidence
  (a)   Upsize Notice A duly completed Upsize Notice, accepted in writing by the Agent.
 
  (b)   Drawdown Notice A duly completed Drawdown Notice.
 
  (c)   Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any new Finance Document has accepted its appointment.
 
  (d)   Other authorisations A copy of any other consent, licence, approval, authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the relevant Owner accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.
 
  (e)   Fees Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers under Clause 9.3 have been paid or will be paid by the Drawdown Date.
 
  (f)   “Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

108


 

Part VI: Conditions subsequent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date
1   Evidence of Owner’s title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of the Additional Vessel’s flag state confirming that (a) the Additional Vessel is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Owner, (b) the relevant Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Additional Vessel and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against the Additional Vessel.
 
2   Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.
 
3   Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to the Security Documents.
 
4   Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part V of this Schedule 3 as have not already been provided to the Agent.
 
5   Companies Act registrations Evidence that the prescribed particulars of the Security Documents relating to the Additional Vessel have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales and (where relevant) the appropriate registry in Singapore within the statutory time limit.

109


 

Part VII: Conditions precedent to the Tranche B Step Up Date
1   Hugli
  (a)   Constitutional Documents Copies of the constitutional documents of Hugli together with such other evidence as the Agent may reasonably require that Hugli is duly incorporated in its country of incorporation and remains in existence with power to enter into, and perform its obligations under, the Relevant Documents to which it is or is to become a party.
 
  (b)   Certificates of good standing A certificate of good standing in respect of Hugli (if such a certificate can be obtained).
 
  (c)   Board resolutions A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of Hugli (or its sole member):
  (i)   approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which it is a party and ratifying or resolving that it execute those Relevant Documents; and
 
  (ii)   if required authorising a specified person or persons to execute those Relevant Documents (and all documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched under those documents) on its behalf.
  (d)   Officer’s certificates A certificate of a duly authorised officer or representative of Hugli certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part VII of Schedule 3 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Tranche B Step Up Date and setting out the names of the directors and officers of Hugli (or its sole member) and the proportion of shares held by each shareholder.
 
  (e)   Powers of attorney The notarially attested and legalised (where necessary for registration purposes) power of attorney of Hugli under which any documents are to be executed or transactions undertaken by that Security Party.
2   Security and related documents
  (a)   Vessel documents In respect of the m.v. “Hugli Spirit” photocopies, certified as true, accurate and complete by a duly authorised representative of Hugli, of any

110


 

      relevant Management Agreement together with all addenda, amendments or supplements.
 
  (b)   Evidence of Owner’s title Evidence that on the Tranche B Step Up Date (i) m.v. “Hugli Spirit” will be registered under a Pre-Approved Flag in the ownership of Hugli and (ii) a Mortgage will be capable of being registered against m.v. “Hugli Spirit” with first priority.
 
  (c)   Evidence of insurance Evidence that m.v. “Hugli Spirit” is insured in the manner required by the Security Documents and that letters of undertaking will be issued in the manner required by the Security Documents, together with the written approval of the Insurances by an insurance adviser appointed by the Agent.
 
  (d)   Confirmation of class A certificate of Confirmation of Class for hull and machinery confirming that m.v. “Hugli Spirit” is classed with the highest class applicable to vessels of her type with a Pre-Approved Classification Society.
 
  (e)   Security Documents The Mortgage and Assignment to be executed in respect of m.v. “Hugli Spirit” and a Share Pledge in respect of Hugli, together with all other documents required by any of them, including, without limitation, all notices of assignment and/or charge and evidence that those notices will be duly acknowledged by the recipients.
 
  (f)   Other Relevant Documents Copies of each of the Relevant Documents in respect of m.v. “Hugli Spirit” not otherwise comprised in the documents listed in this Part VII of Schedule 3.
 
  (g)   Valuation A Valuation of m.v. “Hugli Spirit”.
3   Legal opinions
 
    Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Lenders in each relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form provided to the Agent prior to the Tranche B Step Up Date or confirmation satisfactory to the Agent that such opinions will be given.

111


 

4   Other documents and evidence
  (a)   Process agent Evidence that any process agent appointed under any new Finance Document has accepted its appointment.
 
  (b)   Other authorisations A copy of any other consent, licence, approval, authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the relevant Owner accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any of the Relevant Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any of the Relevant Documents.
 
  (c)   “Know your customer” documents Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Lenders to comply with all necessary “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

112


 

Part VIII: Conditions subsequent to the Tranche B Step Up Date
1   Evidence of Owner’s title Certificate of ownership and encumbrance (or equivalent) issued by the Registrar of Ships (or equivalent official) of m.v. “Hugli Spirit” flag state confirming that (a) m.v. “Hugli Spirit” is permanently registered under that flag in the ownership of the relevant Owner, (b) the relevant Mortgage has been registered with first priority against m.v. “Hugli Spirit” and (c) there are no further Encumbrances registered against m.v. “Hugli Spirit”.
 
2   Letters of undertaking Letters of undertaking in respect of the Insurances as required by the Security Documents together with copies of the relevant policies or cover notes or entry certificates duly endorsed with the interest of the Finance Parties.
 
3   Acknowledgements of notices Acknowledgements of all notices of assignment and/or charge given pursuant to the Security Documents.
 
4   Legal opinions Such of the legal opinions specified in Part VII of this Schedule 3 as have not already been provided to the Agent.
 
5   Companies Act registrations Evidence that the prescribed particulars of the Security Documents relating to m.v. “Hugli” have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales within the statutory time limit.

113


 

SCHEDULE 4: Calculation of Mandatory Cost
1   The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate the Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.
 
(a)   On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Additional Cost Rate” ) for each Lender in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the Facility) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.
 
(b)   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from an office in the euro-zone will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in the Facility) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank as a result of participating in the Facility from that office.
 
(c)   The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from an office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:
 
                         F x 0.01 per cent per annum
                    300
 
    where F is the charge payable by that Lender to the Financial Services Authority under paragraph 2.02 or 2.03 (as appropriate) of the Fees Regulations or the equivalent provisions in any replacement regulations (with, for this purpose, the figure for the minimum amount in paragraph 2.02b or such equivalent provision deemed to be zero), expressed in pounds per £1 million of the fee base of that Lender.
 
2   For the purpose of this Schedule:
  (a)   eligible liabilities ” and “ special deposits ” have the meanings given to them at the time of application of the formula by the Bank of England;
 
  (b)   fee base ” has the meaning given to it in the Fees Regulations;

114


 

  (c)   Fees Regulations ” means the regulations governing periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits.
3   If a Lender does not supply the information required by the Agent to determine its Additional Cost Rate when requested to do so, the applicable Mandatory Cost shall be determined on the basis of the information supplied by the remaining Lenders.
 
4   If a change in circumstances has rendered, or will render, the formula inappropriate, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers of the manner in which the Mandatory Cost will subsequently be calculated. The manner of calculation so notified by the Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be binding on the Borrowers.

115


 

SCHEDULE 5: Form of Drawdown Notice
To: NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, New York Branch
From: [                                          ]
[Date]
Dear Sirs,
Drawdown Notice
     We refer to the Facility Agreement dated                     2007 made between, amongst others, ourselves and yourselves (the “ Agreement ”).
     Words and phrases defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Drawdown Notice.
     Pursuant to Clause 4.1 of the Agreement, we irrevocably request that you advance a Drawing in respect of [Tranche A] [Tranche B] in the sum of [                                        ] to us on                                        200 , which is a Business Day, by paying the amount of the advance to [                                        ].
     We warrant that the representations and warranties contained in Clause 11.1 of the Agreement are true and correct at the date of this Drawdown Notice and will be true and correct on                     200 , that no Default has occurred and is continuing, and that no Default will result from the advance of the sum requested in this Drawdown Notice.
     We select the period of [     ] months as the Interest Period in respect of the said Drawing.
Yours faithfully
                                         

For and on behalf of
[                                          ]

116


 

SCHEDULE 6: Form of Transfer Certificate
To: Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch
TRANSFER CERTIFICATE
This transfer certificate relates to a secured loan facility agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, supplemented or novated the “ Facility Agreement ”) dated [                    ] 2007, on the terms and subject to the conditions of which a secured revolving credit facility was made available to [                                         ], by a syndicate of banks on whose behalf you act as agent and security agent.
1   Terms defined in the Facility Agreement shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, have the same meaning when used in this certificate. The terms “ Transferor ” and “ Transferee ” are defined in the schedule to this certificate.
 
2   The Transferor:
  2.1   confirms that the details in the Schedule under the heading “ Transferor’s Commitment ” accurately summarise its Commitment; and
 
  2.2   requests the Transferee to accept by way of novation the transfer to the Transferee of the amount of the Transferor’s Commitment specified in the Schedule by counter-signing and delivering this certificate to the Agent at its address for communications specified in the Facility Agreement.
3   The Transferee requests the Agent to accept this certificate as being delivered to the Agent pursuant to and for the purposes of clause 14.4 of the Facility Agreement so as to take effect in accordance with the terms of that clause on the Transfer Date specified in the Schedule.
 
4   The Agent confirms its acceptance of this certificate for the purposes of clause 14.4 of the Facility Agreement.
 
5   The Transferee confirms that:
  5.1   it has received a copy of the Facility Agreement together with all other information which it has required in connection with this transaction;

117


 

  5.2   it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Facility Agreement to check or enquire on its behalf into the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any such information; and
 
  5.3   it has not relied and will not in the future rely on the Transferor or any other party to the Facility Agreement to keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, condition, affairs, status or nature of any Security Party.
6   Execution of this certificate by the Transferee constitutes its representation and warranty to the Transferor and to all other parties to the Facility Agreement that it has the power to become a party to the Facility Agreement as a Lender on the terms of the Facility Agreement and has taken all steps to authorise execution and delivery of this certificate.
 
7   The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the other parties to the Facility Agreement that it will perform in accordance with their terms all those obligations which by the terms of the Facility Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this certificate to the Agent and the satisfaction of any conditions subject to which this certificate is expressed to take effect.
 
8   The Transferor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document, and assumes no responsibility for the financial condition of any Finance Party or for the performance and observance by any Security Party of any of its obligations under any Finance Document or any document relating to any Finance Document and any conditions and warranties implied by law are expressly excluded.
 
9   The Transferee acknowledges that nothing in this certificate or in the Facility Agreement shall oblige the Transferor to:
  9.1   accept a re-transfer from the Transferee of the whole or any part of the rights, benefits and/or obligations transferred pursuant to this certificate; or
 
  9.2   support any losses directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any reason including, without limitation, the non-performance by any party to any Finance Document of any obligations under any Finance Document.

118


 

10   The address and fax number of the Transferee for the purposes of clause 18 of the Facility Agreement are set out in the Schedule.
 
11   This certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be original but which shall together constitute the same instrument.
 
12   This certificate shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law.
THE SCHEDULE
1   Transferor :
 
2   Transferee :
 
3   Transfer Date (not earlier that the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery of the Transfer Certificate to the Agent):
 
4   Transferor’s Commitment :
 
5   Amount transferred :
 
6   Transferee’s address and fax number for the purposes of clause 18 of the Facility Agreement :
         
[ name of Transferor ]   [ name of Transferee ]
By:
      By:
 
       
Date:
  Date:    
Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch as Agent
By:
Date:

119


 

SCHEDULE 7: Form of Upsize Notice
To: Nordea Bank Finland plc, New York Branch
From: [                                         ]
Facility Agreement dated                      2007 (the “Agreement”)
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Upsize Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Upsize Notice unless given a different meaning in this Upsize Notice.
We hereby request an increase in the Maximum Amount by [                                          ] Dollars ($[                                           ]) to up to [                                           ] Dollars ($[                                           ]) which increase to be effective from [ insert date at least 30 days after date of this Notice ] (the “ Upsize Trigger Date ”), such increase to be allocated as to [                                           ] Dollars ($[                                           ]) to Tranche [A] [and as to [                                           ] Dollars ($[                                           ]) to Tranche B.]
We attach information relating to the proposed Additional Borrowers (which shall become [A] [B] Borrowers) and the Additional Vessel[s] (which shall be allocated to Tranche A or Tranche B as specified) including two Valuations thereof, giving an average Valuation of [     ].
We agree to pay you as Agent a fee of [                                        ] Dollars ($[                                        ]) for distribution to the Participating Lenders on the Upsize Trigger Date.
Signed                                          
     Duly authorised representative of
     [                                                            ]

120


 

SCHEDULE 8: Reductions
Tranche A Reductions
             
Reduction Dates            
(from the date of           Initial Reduction
this Agreement)   Reductions   Committed amount   Amounts
0
      $229,000,000   0
5 years
  1 st reduction   $216,405,000   $12,595,000
5 years 6 months
  2 nd reduction   $203,810,000   $12,595,000
6 years
  3 rd reduction   $191,215,000   $12,595,000
6 years 6 months
  4 th reduction   $178,620,000   $12,595,000
7 years
  5 th reduction   $166,025,000   $12,595,000
7 years 6 months
  6 th reduction   $153,430,000   $12,595,000
8 years
  7 th reduction   $140,835,000   $12,595,000
8 years 6 months
  8 th reduction   $128,240,000   $12,595,000
9 years
  9 th reduction   $115,645,000   $12,595,000
9 years 6 months
  10 th reduction   $103,050,000   $12,595,000
10 years
  11 th reduction   0   $103,050,000

121


 

Tranche B Reductions
             
Reduction Dates            
(from the date of           Initial Reduction
this Agreement)   Reductions   Committed amount   Amounts
0
      $616,000,000    
5 years
  1 st reduction   $582,120,000   $33,880,000
5 years 6 months
  2 nd reduction   $548,240,000   $33,880,000
6 years
  3 rd reduction   $514,360,000   $33,880,000
6 years 6 months
  4 th reduction   $480,480,000   $33,880,000
7 years
  5 th reduction   $446,600,000   $33,880,000
7 years 6 months
  6 th reduction   $412,720,000   $33,880,000
8 years
  7 th reduction   $378,840,000   $33,880,000
8 years 6 months
  8 th reduction   $344,960,000   $33,880,000
9 years
  9 th reduction   $311,080,000   $33,880,000
9 years 6 months
  10 th reduction   $277,200,000   $33,880,000
10 years
  11 th reduction   $0   $277,200,000
N.B. This schedule assumes the Tranche B Step Up Date has occurred. If the Tranche B Step Up Date has not occurred, then the following schedule will apply:-
             
Reduction Dates            
(from the date of           Initial Reduction
this Agreement)   Reductions   Committed amount   Amounts
0
      $583,000,000    
5 years
  1 st reduction   $550,935,000   $32,065,000
5 years 6 months
  2 nd reduction   $518,870,000   $32,065,000
6 years
  3 rd reduction   $486,805,000   $32,065,000
6 years 6 months
  4 th reduction   $454,740,000   $32,065,000
7 years
  5 th reduction   $422,675,000   $32,065,000
7 years 6 months
  6 th reduction   $390,610,000   $32,065,000
8 years
  7 th reduction   $358,545,000   $32,065,000
8 years 6 months
  8 th reduction   $326,480,000   $32,065,000
9 years
  9 th reduction   $294,415,000   $32,065,000
9 years 6 months
  10 th reduction   $262,350,000   $32,065,000
10 years
  11 th reduction   $0   $262,350,000

122


 

 
 

123


 

SCHEDULE 9: Form of Collateral Transfer Notice
     
To:
  NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC, New York Branch
 
   
From:
  [                           ]
Facility Agreement dated                      2007 (the “Agreement”)
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Collateral Transfer Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Collateral Transfer Notice unless given a different meaning in this Collateral Transfer Notice.
We hereby request that [specify B Borrower] becomes a Collateral Transfer Borrower (and thereby an A Borrower) and [specify relevant B Vessel] becomes an A Vessel on [specify date] (the “Collateral Transfer Date”). With effect from the Collateral Transfer Date the Tranche A Maximum Amount should be increased by [                      ] and the Tranche B Maximum Amount should be reduced by [                 ].
Signed                                          
            Duly authorised representative of

            [                                     ]

124


 

IN WITNESS of which the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement the day and year first before written.
             
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of EVEREST SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of KANATA SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of KAREELA SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of KYEEMA SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NASSAU SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of FALSTER SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of SOTRA SPIRIT HOLDING L.L.C.
    )      

125


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of GODAVARI SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ISKMATI SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ASHKINI SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NARMADA SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of KAVERI SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of GANGES SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of YAMUNA SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      

126


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of LUIT SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of HUGLI SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of TEESTA SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of MAHANADI SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ESTHER SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Patrick Smith
    )     /s/ Patrick Smith
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of AXEL SPIRIT L.L.C.
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      

127


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by L. Vrettos
    )     /s/ L. Vrettos
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of CITIBANK, N.A. London Branch
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ING BANK N.V., London Branch
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of HSH NORDBANK AG (as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of FOKUS BANK (being the Norwegian
    )      
branch of DANSKE BANK A/S) (as a
    )      
Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of BNP PARIBAS
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of KfW
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      

128


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by Daniel Twenge
    )     /s/ Daniel Twenge
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of MORGAN STANLEY BANK
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of SCOTIABANK EUROPE PLC
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of DEUTSCHE BANK AG, FILIALE
    )      
DEUTSCHLAND GESCHÄFT
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by
    )     /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING
    )      
CORPORATION, BRUSSELS BRANCH
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of SWEDBANK AB (PUBL)
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      

129


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ALLIANCE & LEICESTER
    )      
COMMERCIAL FINANCE PLC
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of CALYON
    )      
(as a Lender)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC
    )      
(as the Agent)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC
    )      
(as the Security Trustee)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA
    )      
(as an MLA)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by L. Vrettos
    )     /s/ L. Vrettos
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS
    )      
LIMITED (as an MLA)
    )      

130


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ING BANK N.V., London Branch
    )      
(as an MLA)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of HSH NORDBANK AS (as an MLA)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of DANSKE BANK A/S (as an
    )      
MLA)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of BNP PARIBAS (as an MLA)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA
    )      
(as a bookrunner)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by L. Vrettos
    )     /s/ L. Vrettos
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED
    )      
(as a bookrunner)
    )      

131


 

             
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of ING BANK N.V., London Branch
    )      
(as a bookrunner)
    )      
 
           
SIGNED by Milan Thakker
    )     /s/ Milan Thakker
duly authorised for and on behalf
    )      
of HSH NORDBANK AG
    )      
(as Swap Provider)
    )      

132


 

DATED       November 2007
THE BORROWERS
(as Borrowers)
- and -
THE SEVERAL LENDERS
(as Lenders)
- and -
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC
(as Agent)
- and -
NORDEA BANK FINLAND PLC
(as Security Trustee)
- and -
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED
ING BANK N.V., London Branch
HSH NORDBANK AG
DANSKE BANK A/S
BNP PARIBAS
(as Mandated Lead Arrangers)
- and -
NORDEA BANK NORGE ASA
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS LIMITED
ING BANK N.V., London Branch
(as Bookrunners)
- and -
HSH NORDBANK AG
(as Swap Provider)
 
SECURED FACILITY AGREEMENT
 
STEPHENSON HARWOOD
One St. Paul’s Churchyard
London EC4M 8SH
Tel: 020 7329 4422
Fax: 020 7329 7100
Ref: 819/1138

 


 

CONTENTS
             
        Page  
   
 
       
1  
Definitions and Interpretation
    2  
   
 
       
2  
The Facility and its Purposes
    20  
   
 
       
3  
Conditions of Utilisation
    22  
   
 
       
4  
Advance
    29  
   
 
       
5  
Repayment
    29  
   
 
       
6  
Prepayment
    29  
   
 
       
7  
Interest
    31  
   
 
       
8  
Indemnities
    34  
   
 
       
9  
Fees
    38  
   
 
       
10  
Security and Application of Moneys
    38  
   
 
       
11  
Representations and Warranties
    41  
   
 
       
12  
Undertakings and Covenants
    46  
   
 
       
13  
Events of Default
    51  
   
 
       
14  
Assignment and Sub-Participation
    57  
   
 
       
15  
The Agent, the Security Trustee and the Lenders
    60  
   
 
       
16  
Set-Off
    70  
   
 
       
17  
Payments
    70  
   
 
       
18  
Notices
    72  
   
 
       
19  
Partial Invalidity
    75  
   
 
       
20  
Remedies and Waivers
    75  

 


 

             
21  
Joint and several liability; liability of Hugli
    75  
   
 
       
22  
Miscellaneous
    78  
   
 
       
23  
Law and Jurisdiction
    80  
             
SCHEDULE 1: The Lenders and the Commitments
        82  
 
           
SCHEDULE 2: The Borrowers and the Vessels
        94  
 
           
SCHEDULE 3: Conditions Precedent and Subsequent
        96  
Part I A: Conditions precedent to the First Drawdown Date for Tranche A
        96  
Part I B: Conditions precedent to the First Drawdown Date for Tranche B
        99  
Part II: Conditions subsequent to the First Drawdown Date in respect of either Tranche A or Tranche B
        102  
Part III: Conditions precedent to a Collateral Transfer Date
        103  
Part IV: Conditions subsequent to a Collateral Transfer Date
        105  
Part V: Conditions precedent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date
        106  
Part VI: Conditions subsequent to an Upsize Amount Drawdown Date
        109  
Part VII: Conditions precedent to the Tranche B Step Up Date
        110  
Part VIII: Conditions subsequent to the Tranche B Step Up Date
        113  
 
           
SCHEDULE 4: Calculation of Mandatory Cost
        114  
 
           
SCHEDULE 5: Form of Drawdown Notice
        116  
 
           
SCHEDULE 6: Form of Transfer Certificate
        117  
 
           
SCHEDULE 7: Form of Upsize Notice
        120  
 
           
SCHEDULE 8: Reductions
        121  
 
           
SCHEDULE 9: Form of Collateral Transfer Notice
        124  

 

 

EXHIBIT 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF TEEKAY TANKERS LTD.
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Formation
Erik Spirit L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Matterhorn Spirit L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Everest Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Falster Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Kanata Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Kareela Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Kyeema Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Nassau Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands
 
   
Sotra Spirit Holding L.L.C.
  Republic of The Marshall Islands